<<

348 337 330 325

Contents

Safety 1

Emergency 2

Controls 3

Driving 4

Maintenance 5

Information 6

Index 7 Contents

©2017 Inc - All Rights Reserved

This manual illustrates and describes the operation of features or equipment which may be either standard or optional on this vehicle. This manual may also include a description of features and equipment which are no longer available or were not ordered on this vehicle. Please disregard any illustrations or descriptions relating to features or equipment which are not on this vehicle.

PACCAR reserves the right to discontinue, change specifications, or change the design of its vehicles at any time, without notice and without incurring any obligation.

The information contained in this manual is proprietary to PACCAR. Reproduction, in whole or in part, by any means is strictly prohibited without prior written authorization from PACCAR Inc. SAFETY

1 INTRODUCTION How to Use This Manual ...... 1-3 How to Find What You Want ...... 1-3 Safety Alerts ...... 1-4 Vehicle Safety ...... 1-6 A Special Word About Repairs ...... 1-8 Additional Sources of Information ...... 1-9 CAB AND FRAME ACCESS Safety ...... 1-11 Door Lock and Keys...... 1-12 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ...... 1-13 Climbing Onto the Deck Plate ...... 1-14 GETTING TO YOUR ENGINE Hood Hold Downs...... 1-16 Hood Tilt...... 1-17 Hood Safety Cable ...... 1-18

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-1 SAFETY

1 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS Introduction ...... 1-20 Safety Restraint Belts ...... 1-21 Tether Belts ...... 1-24 Komfort-Latch® Feature ...... 1-25 During Pregnancy...... 1-26 Belt Damage and Repair ...... 1-27 Safety Restraint Tips ...... 1-27 START-UP Introduction ...... 1-29 Safe Vehicle Operation ...... 1-29 Vehicle Loading...... 1-30 Emergency Equipment ...... 1-31 Driver's Check List ...... 1-32

1-2 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION you need it the next time or when you How to Find What You Want pass the vehicle on to the next user. 1 How to Use This Manual There are several tools built into this manual to help you find what you need This manual contains useful quickly and easily. information for the safe and efficient operation of your vehicle. First is the Quick Table of Contents. It also provides information on Located at the front of the manual, this maintaining your vehicle in the best lists the main subjects covered and condition, with an outline for performing gives section numbers where you can safety checks and basic preventive find these subjects. Use the Quick maintenance inspections. Table of Contents to find information on a large subject like "Maintenance." We have tried to present the information you’ll need to learn about Cross-referenced citations also help your vehicle’s functions, controls, and you get the information you need. If operation—and to present it as clearly some other part of the manual contains as possible. We hope you’ll find this further information on the subject you manual easy to use. are reading about, we’ll indicate that in a cross-reference like this: (See There will be times when you need to Driver’s Check List on page 1-32). You take this manual out of your Peterbilt. won’t have to go searching for more When you do, please be sure to return information. it to the cab when you are finished using it. That way it will be there when Finally you’ll find a helpful Subject Index. It’s in the back of the manual

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-3 INTRODUCTION

and alphabetically lists the subjects Safety Alerts WARNING 1 covered. So if you want information on , for example, just look under Please read and follow all of the WARNING! in the Subject Index. You’ll find safety alerts contained in this manual. all the pages listed where brakes or They are there for your protection braking are discussed. and information. These alerts can help you avoid injury to yourself, your The safety message following this passengers, and help prevent costly symbol and signal word provides a damage to the vehicle. Safety alerts warning against operating procedures are highlighted by safety alert symbols which could cause death or personal and signal words such as "WARNING", injury. They could also cause "CAUTION", or "NOTE". Please do not equipment or property damage. The ignore any of these alerts. alert will identify the hazard, how to avoid it, and the probable consequence of not avoiding the hazard.

1-4 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) INTRODUCTION

CAUTION NOTE Example: 1 CAUTION NOTE WARNING! Do not carry additional fuel contain- ers in your vehicle. Fuel containers, The safety alert following this symbol The alert following this symbol and either full or empty, may leak, ex- and signal word provides a caution signal word provides important plode, and cause or feed a fire. Do against operating procedures which information that is not safety related not carry extra fuel containers. Even could cause equipment or property but should be followed. The alert empty ones are dangerous. Failure damage. The alert will identify the will highlight things that may not be to comply may result in death or per- hazard, how to avoid it, and the obvious and is useful to your efficient sonal injury. probable consequence of not avoiding operation of the vehicle. the hazard. Example: Example: NOTE CAUTION Pumping the accelerator will not as- Continuing to operate your vehi- sist in starting the engine. cle with insufficient oil pressure will cause serious engine damage. Fail- ure to comply may result in equip- ment or property damage.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-5 INTRODUCTION

Vehicle Safety 1 Make sure your vehicle is in top Safe driving is only possible with the WARNING! working condition before heading proper concentration on the driving out on the road, it is the responsible task. Keep distraction to a minimum to Do not drink alcohol and drive. Your driver's duty to do so. Inspect the improve your concentration. Examples reflexes, perceptions, and judgment vehicle according to the Driver's Check of distractions may include radio can be affected by even a small List beginning on page 1-32. controls, GPS navigation controls, amount of alcohol. You could have a cellular telephone calls, cellular text serious or even fatal accident, if you Every new vehicle is designed to messages, reading or reaching for drive after drinking. Please do not conform to all Federal Motor Vehicle something on the floor. Minimizing drink and drive or ride with a driver Safety Standards applicable at the time your distractions will improve safe who has been drinking. Failure to of manufacture. Even with these safety driving and will help avoid an accident comply may result in death, per- features, continued safe and reliable involving death or personal injury. sonal injury, equipment or property operation depends greatly upon damage. regular vehicle maintenance. Follow Be aware of local regulations that may the maintenance recommendations prohibit the use of cellular telephones WARNING! found in Preventive Maintenance on while driving. In addition to being an unsafe practice, it may be against local Do not text and drive. Your reac- page 5-9. This will help preserve your or federal ordinances to use cellular tion time, perceptions and judgment investment. devices while operating the vehicle. can be affected while texting or us- Keep in mind that even a well ing any other form of mobile mes- maintained vehicle must be operated This manual is not a training manual. saging while driving. Failure to com- within the range of its mechanical It cannot tell you everything you need ply may result in death, personal in- capabilities and the limits of its load to know about driving your vehicle. For jury, equipment or property damage. ratings. See the Weight Ratings label that you need a good training program on the driver's door edge. or driving school. If you have not

1-6 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) INTRODUCTION been trained, get the proper training California Proposition 65 Warning Data Recorder before you drive. Only qualified drivers 1 should drive this vehicle. • Diesel engine exhaust and some California Vehicle Code - Section of its constituents are known to 9951- Disclosure of Recording Device the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other Your vehicle may be equipped with one reproductive harm. or more recording devices commonly referred to as "event data recorders • Other chemicals in this vehicle (EDR)" or "sensing and diagnostic are also known to the State of modules (SDM)". If you are involved in California to cause cancer, birth an accident, the device(s) may have defects or other reproductive the ability to record vehicle data that harm. occurred just prior to and/or during the • Battery posts, terminals, and accident. For additional information on related accessories contain lead your rights associated with the use of and lead compounds, chemicals this data, contact known to the State of California • the California Department of Motor to cause cancer and reproductive Vehicles - Licensing Operations harm. Wash hands after handling. Division – or – • http://www.dmv.ca.gov/ pubs/vctop/d03_6/vc9951.htm

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-7 INTRODUCTION

1 Environmental Protection for information concerning proper A Special Word About disposal. Repairs WARNING! Diesel engine exhaust and some WARNING! of its constituents are known to the Do not attempt repair work without State of California to cause cancer, sufficient training, service manuals, birth defects, and other reproduc- and the proper tools. You could be tive harm. Other chemicals in this killed or injured, or you could make vehicle are also known to the State your vehicle unsafe. Do only those of California to cause cancer, birth tasks you are fully qualified to do. defects or other reproductive harm. This warning requirement is man- Your dealer’s service center is the best dated by California law (Proposition place to have your vehicle repaired. 65) and does not result from any You can find dealers all over the change in the manner in which vehi- country with the equipment and trained cles are manufactured. personnel to get you back on the road quickly—and keep you there. Some of the ingredients in engine oil, hydraulic oil, and Your vehicle is a complex machine. oil, engine coolant, diesel fuel, Anyone attempting repairs on it needs air conditioning refrigerant (R12, good mechanical training and the R134a, and PAG oil), batteries, etc., proper tools. If you are sure you may contaminate the environment if have these requirements, then you spilled or not disposed of properly. can probably perform some repairs Contact your local government agency yourself. However, all warranty repairs

1-8 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) INTRODUCTION must be performed by an authorized Additional Sources of 1 service facility. If you aren’t an WARNING! Information experienced mechanic, or don’t have Modifying your vehicle can make Installed Equipment - Operator's the right equipment, please leave all it unsafe. Some modifications can Manuals repairs to an authorized service facility. affect your vehicle's electrical sys- They are the ones equipped to do the tem, stability, or other important Major component suppliers also supply job safely and correctly. functions. Before modifying your operation manuals specific to their vehicle, check with your dealer to products. Additional manuals and Maintenance Manuals. If you do make sure it can be done safely. other pieces of literature are included in decide to do any complex repair work, Improper modifications can cause the glove box literature package. Look you’ll need the maintenance manuals. death or personal injury. for information on products such as Order them from your authorized the engine, driver's seat, transmission, dealer. Please provide your Chassis , wheels, , ABS/ESC (if Serial Number when you order, to be applicable), radio, 5th wheel. If you sure you get the correct manuals for are missing these pieces of literature, your vehicle. Allow about four weeks ask your Dealer for copies. for delivery. There will be a charge for these manuals.

Final Chassis Bill of Material. A complete, non-illustrated computer printout listing of the parts used to custom-build your vehicle is available through the dealer from whom you purchased your vehicle.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-9 INTRODUCTION

1 Other Sources Another place to learn more about trucking is from local truck driving schools. Contact one near you to learn about courses they offer.

Federal and state agencies such as the department of licensing also have information. The Interstate Commerce Commission can give you information about regulations governing transportation across state lines.

1-10 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CAB AND FRAME ACCESS

CAB AND FRAME 1 ACCESS WARNING! Jumping out of the cab or getting Safety into the cab without proper caution is dangerous. You could slip and WARNING! fall, which could lead to death or personal injury. Keep steps clean. Always reinstall steps before enter- Clean any fuel, oil, or grease off of ing the cab or accessing the deck the steps before entering the cab. plate. Without steps you could slip Use the steps and grab handles and fall. Failure to comply may re- provided, and always keep at least sult in death or personal injury. three points of contact between your hands and feet and the truck. Al- Be careful whenever you get into or out ways face toward the vehicle when of your vehicle’s cab. Always maintain entering or exiting the cab and look at least three points of contact with where you are going. your hands on the grab handles and your feet on the steps. The following picture shows the best way to enter and exit a Conventional Cab.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-11 CAB AND FRAME ACCESS

Door Lock and Keys Keys 1 Door Lock To lock or unlock the doors from outside the cab, insert the key in the The same key fits your ignition, doors, Doors can be locked from the inside by lock. Turn the key toward the rear to and sleeper luggage compartment. using the lock button. Close the door lock; forward to unlock. then push the button down to lock. Frame-mounted tool box locks and Doors automatically unlock when you locking caps each have open them from inside, and can be individual keys. locked from the outside with the key or the optional remote keyless entry key fob.

WARNING! To reduce the chance of death or personal injury, always lock the doors while driving. Along with using the lap shoulder belts properly, lock- ing the doors helps prevent doors from inadvertently opening and oc- cupants from being ejected from the vehicle.

1-12 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CAB AND FRAME ACCESS

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Operation 1 (Optional) NOTE To Unlock The Driver’s Door FCC ID: L2C0031T IC: 3432A- This vehicle may be equipped with a 0031T FCC ID: L2C0032R IC: Press the UNLOCK button once. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) system 3432A-0032R This device complies driver's door will unlock and the parking that adds security and convenience with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and lights will come on for 40 seconds. to your vehicle. The system will with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. To Unlock The Passenger’s Door lock or unlock the driver’s door and Operation is subject to the following passenger’s door with the key fob and two conditions: (1) This device may Press the UNLOCK button once and alert you with parking lights when the not cause harmful interference, and press again within 5 seconds. The selected doors are locked or unlocked. (2) This device must accept any in- passenger door will unlock. The system includes two key fobs that terference received, including inter- provide secure rolling code technology ference that may cause undesired To Lock All Doors that prevents someone from recording operation. Changes or modifica- the entry signal. tions not expressively approved by Press the LOCK button. The doors will the party responsible for compliance lock and the parking lights will come could void the user's authority to op- on for 2 seconds. If the doors are open erate the equipment. The term "IC:" they will not lock. The range of the before the radio certification number RKE system should be approximately only signifies that Industry Canada 30 ft. This will be reduced if it is technical specifications were met. operated close to other RF sources such as TV/radio transmitters and cell towers.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-13 CAB AND FRAME ACCESS

1 Batteries Synchronization Climbing Onto the Deck Plate The key fob uses one CR2032, The key fob may need to be 3V battery. Batteries should last synchronized to the truck when the WARNING! approximately three years, depending battery is replaced or when the key fob on use. Consistently reduced range has not been used for an extended When you are climbing onto and is an indicator that the battery needs period of time. off the deck plate, maintain at least replacement. Batteries are available three points of contact with your at most discount, hardware and drug To Synchronize A Key Fob hands on the grab handles and your stores. feet on the steps. Always face to- 1. Hold the key fob near the receiver ward the vehicle when entering or which is located behind the The battery can be accessed by exiting the cab and look where you speedometer and tachometer. removing the cover of the key fob. are going. Failure to comply may After a new battery is installed, the 2. Press and hold both the Lock and result in death or personal injury. key fob must be synchronized with the Unlock buttons at the same time vehicle. for approximately 7 seconds. WARNING! 3. When the key fob is When stepping onto a surface to en- resynchronized, the doors ter the cab or access the deck plate, will lock then immediately unlock. only use the steps and grab han- dles installed and designed for that 4. If the fob fails to synchronize, purpose. Failure to use the proper it could be programmed to a steps and grabhandles could cause different truck or could have failed. a fall which may result in death or Contact your dealer to re-program personal injury. your key fob.

1-14 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CAB AND FRAME ACCESS

WARNING! The following pictures show you the 1 Keep steps clean. Clean any fuel, right way to get on and off the area oil, or grease off the steps before behind your cab. entering the cab or accessing the deck plate. Stepping on a slippery surface can cause a fall which may result in death or personal injury.

WARNING! Always reinstall steps before enter- ing the cab or accessing the deck plate. Without steps you could slip and fall. Failure to comply may re- sult in death or personal injury.

NOTE Maintain three points of contact. Any alteration (adding bulkheads, headache racks, tool boxes, etc.) behind the cab that affects the uti- Hold handles as you step up. lization of installed grab handles, deck plates, or frame access steps should comply with Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulation 399.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-15 GETTING TO YOUR ENGINE

1 GETTING TO YOUR ENGINE 1. Hood Latch in the Closed Position 2. Pull Latch to Open

Hood Hold Downs

The hood is secured in its closed position by an external latch on each side. These latches serve as hold downs and keep the hood from opening unexpectedly.

CAUTION If you do not latch the hood securely, it could open during operation and cause vehicle damage. Be sure to latch the hood securely before mov- ing the vehicle.

To open the hood, unlatch both of the hood hold downs.

1-16 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) GETTING TO YOUR ENGINE

Hood Tilt 3. Pull Up to Separate 4. Hood Latch in the Open Position 1 WARNING! A pivoting hood could hurt some- one or be damaged itself. Before opening or closing the hood, be sure there are no people or objects in the way. Failure to stand in a position of safety can cause death or personal injury.

WARNING! Before opening the hood, make sure your footing is secure and stable. Failure to do so may cause the hood to close uncontrollably which may result in death or personal injury.

Put one hand on the hood handle (just above the Peterbilt emblem), one foot on the bumper, and one foot on the ground. Tilt the hood forward.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-17 GETTING TO YOUR ENGINE

Hood Safety Cable 1 WARNING! The hood is equipped with a hood Before closing the hood, be sure the safety cable. The cable is on the area is clear—no people or objects driver’s side of the radiator. Unwind are in the way. Failure to do so may the cable by pulling on it and attach result in death or personal injury. the loop of the cable to the hook on the hood. CAUTION To avoid hood damage when closing WARNING! the hood, detach the safety cable Always attach the hood safety cable from the hook on the hood before to keep a hood open any time any- closing the hood. one gets under a hood for any rea- son. Failure to do so may allow the hood to fall unexpectedly resulting in death or personal injury. Pull with hand from here

Locate the hood safety cable as shown in the following section and attach it to the hook on the hood.

To close the hood, you must first detach the hood safety cable from the hook on the hood.

1-18 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) GETTING TO YOUR ENGINE

1

Safety cable in its attached position

Safety cable in its stored position

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-19 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

1 SEATS AND Seat Adjustment Standard Driver's Seat RESTRAINTS WARNING! The standard driver's seat can be adjusted forward and rearward. These Do not adjust the driver's seat while Introduction movements are each controlled by the vehicle is moving. The seat levers located on the FRONT of the could move suddenly and unexpect- This section covers the operation seat. and safe use of your seats. For edly and can cause the driver to further information on features and lose control of the vehicle. Make all Driver's Seat with Air Suspension adjustment of the seat, see the adjustments to the seat while the (Option) manufacturer's Service and Operation vehicle is stopped. After adjusting Manual included with the vehicle. the seat and before driving off, al- WARNING! ways check to ensure that the seat is firmly latched in position. Failure Before driving or riding in the vehi- to comply may result in death, per- cle, be sure that there is adequate sonal injury or property damage. head clearance at maximum upward travel of seat. Serious injury may occur if head clearance is not ade- WARNING! quate. Before driving or riding in vehi- cle, ensure that there is adequate The driver's seat with air suspension head clearance at maximum upward can be adjusted using the controls travel of seat. Injury may occur if pictured. head clearance is not adequate. Failure to comply may result in death or personal injury.

1-20 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

Safety Restraint Belts much worse when riders are unbelted. Always fasten your seat belt and be 1 sure anyone riding with you does the same. Therefore, read the following instructions and always observe user warnings pertaining to safety belts.

WARNING! Do not drive vehicle without your seat belt and your riders belts fas- tened. Riding without a safety belt properly fastened can lead to death or personal injury in an emergency.

WARNING!

Safety belts have proven to be the In vehicles equipped with passenger single most effective means available seat swivel function, the seat belts for reducing the potential for either will only perform their intended func- death or personal injury in motor tion when the seat is facing forward. vehicle accidents. Unbelted riders Failure to comply can lead to death could be thrown into the windshield or personal injury in an emergency. or other parts of the cab or could be thrown out of the cab. They could Your vehicle is equipped with a seat belt strike another person. Injuries can be indicator in the warning light display

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-21 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

above the speedometer/tachometer Lap/Shoulder Belt 1 (see "Seat Belt, Fasten" on page 3-23). 5. Pull belt to check for proper The combination lap-shoulder belt is fastening and adjustment, as equipped with a locking mechanism. follows: The system adjusts automatically to a • Pull shoulder section to make sure person's size and movements as long belt fits snugly across the chest as the pull on the belt is slow. and pelvis. Hard braking or a collision locks the • There should be less than 1 inch belt. The belt will also lock when (25 mm) gap between the body driving up or down a steep hill or in a and the belt. sharp curve. • The shoulder belt must be To fasten the belt: positioned over the shoulder, it must never rest against the neck 1. Grasp the belt tongue. or be worn under the arm. 2. Pull belt in a continuous slow motion across your chest and lap. • Make sure any slack is wound up on the retractor and that the belt 3. Insert belt tongue into buckle on is not twisted. inboard side of seat. To unfasten the belt: 4. Push down until the tongue is securely locked with an audible 1. Push in the release button on the click. buckle. 2. The belt will spring out of the buckle.

1-22 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

releasing the belt, allow the belt to If the belt is locked, lean the body back retract completely by guiding the belt 1 to remove any tension in the belt. After tongue until the belt comes to a stop.

Safety Restraint Belts

Lap Belt Shoulder Belt

Correct Incorrect (too high on hips) Correct (over arm) Incorrect (under Incorrect (twisted) arm)

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-23 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

1 WARNING! Tether Belts WARNING! Proper seat belt adjustment and use This vehicle may have an external Failure to adjust tether belts properly is important to maximize occupant tether belt installed with a seat, instead can cause excessive movement of safety. Failure to wear or adjust of the internal tethering device. Tether the seat in an accident. Tether belts the safety belt properly may result in belts are designed to restrain the seat should be adjusted so that they are death or personal injury. in the event of a sudden stop or an taut when the seat is in its most up- accident. ward and forward position. Failure Internal tether belts do not require to comply may result in death or per- adjustment. sonal injury.

WARNING! Do not remove, modify, or replace the tether belt system with a differ- ent tether system. A failed or miss- ing tether belt could allow the seat base to fully extend in the event of an accident. Failure to comply may result in death or personal injury.

1-24 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

To adjust an external tether belt Komfort-Latch® Feature 4. While seated appropriately, push 1 the "on" button to engage the • Make sure that the tether belt is Your vehicle includes a feature Komfort Latch. attached to the cab floor and seat designed to eliminate cinching and frame. It should be routed through provide improved safety and comfort. 5. Learn forward in the seat until you the buckle on each side. Cinching is the condition where a belt hear a "click." becomes continually tighter around • Often the attachments are made you during a rough, bouncy ride. The 6. Return to normal driving position, using a split-type hook. Make sure need for this feature increases with and the Komfort Latch maintains both halves of the hook are around rough road conditions, particularly over the preset amount of tension relief. the anchor bracket. long distances. To disengage the mechanism: • To lengthen the tether, turn the buckle to a right angle to the To eliminate cinching, simply activate 1. Unbuckle the seat belt the Komfort-Latch feature located webbing. Then pull the buckle. 2. Press the "OFF" button of the To shorten the tether, pull on the on the seat belt webbing at the appropriate time. Komfort Latch or tug on the strap. shoulder strap. 1. Adjust the seat to its proper driving position. 2. Latch the seat belt. 3. If available, adjust the seat belt height adjuster to a comfortable driving position.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-25 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

During Pregnancy 1 WARNING! Do not set the Komfort Latch with too Pregnant women should always wear much slack. Too much slack may combination lap/shoulder belts. The reduce the effectiveness of the seat lap belt portion must be worn snugly belt. Failure to comply may result in and as low as possible across the death or personal injury. pelvis. To avoid pressure on the abdomen, the belt must never pass over the waist. A properly worn seat belt may significantly reduce the risks to woman and baby in the event of a crash.

Komfort-Latch®

More information and video tutorials can be found at: www.clicktugsnug.com.

1-26 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

Belt Damage and Repair Safety Restraint Tips 1 Damaged belts in the cab must • Do not wear a belt over rigid or be replaced. Belts that have been breakable objects in or on your stretched, cut, or worn out may not clothing, such as eye glasses, protect you in an accident. pens, keys, etc., as these may cause injury in an accident. If any seat belt is not working properly, see an Authorized Service Center for • Any authorized person sleeping repair or replacement. in your vehicle while it is moving should use the bunk restraint. For further information on seat belts • Any authorized person sitting in and seat belt maintenance, see Safety the sleeper area on the sofa bed Restraint System - Inspection on page (if equipped) while it is moving Pregnant Woman with Belt Properly 5-75. should wear a seat belt. Worn • A responsible operator sees to it that everyone in the vehicle rides or sleeps safely. The operator is responsible to inform any passengers or co-drivers how to properly use the seat belts and bunk restraint in the vehicle. • Do not strap in more than one person with each belt.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-27 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

1 • Keep seat belt and bunk restraint • All belts must be kept clean or the to keep you and your passengers buckles free of any obstruction retractors may not work properly. safe. that may prevent secure locking. • Never bleach or dye seat or bunk • If any seat belt or bunk restraint • Damaged or worn belts in the cab restraint belts: chemicals can is not working properly, see an or sleeper, subjected to excessive weaken them. Do, however, keep authorized dealer for repair or stretch forces from normal wear, them clean by following the care replacement. must be replaced. They may label on the belts. Let them dry not protect you if you have an completely before allowing them accident. to retract or be stowed away. • Any belts or restraints that have • Make sure the seat belts and been subjected to an accident bunk restraint of the unoccupied should be inspected for any loose passenger seat or bunk is fully (attaching) hardware or damaged wound up on its retractor or buckles. is stowed, so that the belt or restraint tongue is in its properly • If belts show damage to any part stowed position. This reduces the of assembly, such as webbing, possibility of the tongue becoming bindings, buckles or retractors, a striking object in case of a they must be replaced. sudden stop. • Do not allow safety belts (seat • Do not modify or disassemble the or bunk) to become damaged by seat belts or bunk restraint in your getting caught in door, bunk or vehicle. They will not be available seat hardware, or rubbing against sharp objects.

1-28 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) START-UP

START-UP Safe Vehicle Operation or federal ordinances to use cellular devices while operating the vehicle. 1 Introduction For your safety, as well as those around you, be a responsible driver: Much has gone into the of your vehicle including advanced The following section covers start-up • If you drink alcohol, do not drive. procedures for getting your vehicle engineering techniques, rigid quality ready for the road. • Do not drive if you are tired, ill, or control, and demanding inspections. under emotional stress. These manufacturing processes will be enhanced by you, the safe driver, Safe driving is only possible with the who observes the following: proper concentration on the driving • Knows and understands how to task. Keep distraction to a minimum to operate the vehicle and all its improve your concentration. Examples controls. of distractions may include radio controls, GPS navigation controls, • Maintains the vehicle properly. cellular telephone calls, cellular text messages, reading or reaching for • Uses driving skills wisely. something on the floor. Minimizing your distractions will improve safe For more information, refer to driving and will help avoid an accident Department of Transportation involving death or personal injury. Regulation 392.7, which states that interstate commercial motor vehicles Be aware of local regulations that may are not to be driven unless the driver is prohibit the use of cellular telephones sure that certain parts and accessories while driving. In addition to being an are in working order. unsafe practice, it may be against local

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-29 START-UP

Vehicle Loading 1 WARNING! WARNING! The use of alcohol, drugs, and cer- Do not text and drive. Your reac- Compare your vehicle's load capacity tain medications will seriously im- tion time, perceptions and judgment with the total load you are carrying. If pair perception, reactions, and driv- can be affected while texting or us- adjustments need to be made, make ing ability. These circumstances can ing any other form of mobile mes- them, do not drive an overloaded substantially increase the risk of an saging while driving. Failure to com- vehicle. If you are overloaded or your accident. Failure to comply may re- ply may result in death, personal in- load has shifted, your vehicle may be sult in death, personal injury, equip- jury, equipment or property damage. unsafe to drive. ment or property damage. WARNING! Do not drink alcohol and drive. Your Do not exceed the specified load rat- reflexes, perceptions, and judgment ing. Overloading can result in loss can be affected by even a small of vehicle control, either by causing amount of alcohol. You could have a component failures or by affecting serious or even fatal accident, if you vehicle handling. Exceeding load drive after drinking. Please do not ratings can also shorten the service drink and drive or ride with a driver life of the vehicle. Failure to comply who has been drinking. may result in death or personal in- jury.

The gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR), or the maximum front and rear gross axle weight ratings (GAWRs) are determined by the

1-30 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) START-UP components installed from the factory Emergency Equipment on to the vehicle and their designed Load Distribution: be sure any load 1 specifications. (Axle weight ratings are you carry is distributed so that no axle It is good practice to carry an listed on the driver's door edge.) has to support more than its GAWR. emergency equipment kit in your vehicle. One day, if you have a The following are some definitions of WARNING! roadside emergency, you will be glad weight you should know: An unevenly distributed load or a the following items are with you: load too heavy over one axle can af- • window scraper GVWR: is the Gross Vehicle Weight fect the braking and handling of your Rating. This is the MAXIMUM vehicle, which could result in an ac- • snow brush WEIGHT your vehicle is allowed to cident. Even if your load is under the carry, including the weight of the empty legal limits, be sure it is distributed • container or bag of sand or salt vehicle, loading platform, occupants, evenly. Failure to comply may result • emergency light fuel, and any load. Never exceed the in death, personal injury, equipment GVWR of your vehicle. or property damage. • warning triangles GCW: is the actual combined weight, • small shovel or Gross Combination Weight (GCW), of your vehicle and its load: vehicle, • first aid kit plus trailer(s), plus . • fire extinguisher GAWR: is the Gross Axle Weight • vehicle recovery hitches (see Rating. This is the total weight that Vehicle Recovery Guidelines on one axle is designed to transmit to the page 2-12 for details). ground. You will find this number listed on the driver's door edge.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-31 START-UP

Driver's Check List Approaching Your Vehicle 1 The following operations are to be To keep your vehicle in top shape and performed by the driver. Performing • Check the overall appearance and maintain a high level of safety for you, these checks and following the condition. Are windows, mirrors, your passengers, and your load, make maintenance procedures in this and lights clean and unobstructed? a thorough inspection every day before manual will help keep your vehicle • Check beneath the vehicle. Are you drive. You will save maintenance running properly. there signs of fuel, oil, or water time later, and the safety checks leaks? could help prevent a serious accident. Please remember, too, that Federal • Check for damaged, loose, or Motor Carrier Safety Regulation 392.7 missing parts. Are there parts requires a pre-trip inspection and so showing signs of excessive wear do commercial trucking companies. or lack of lubrication? Have a qualified mechanic examine any You are not expected to become a questionable items and repair professional mechanic. The purpose them without delay. of your inspections is to find anything that might interfere with the safe and • Check your load. Is it secured efficient transportation of yourself, any properly? passengers, and your load. If you do find something wrong and cannot fixit yourself, have an authorized dealer or qualified mechanic repair your vehicle right away.

1-32 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) START-UP

Daily Checks Chassis and Cab Checks - Daily b. Replace belts that are cracked 1 torn or broken. Engine Compartment Checks - Daily Before entering the cab and operating 3. Fuel Filter/Water Separator the vehicle, check the following 1. Engine Fluid Levels - add more if Draining - check and drain. equipment for proper maintenance: necessary. Depending on the fuel storage 1. Lights - are any exterior lights a. Engine oil facility, more frequent draining cracked or damaged? may be required. b. Coolant (check while engine 2. Windows and Mirrors - are they is cold) 4. Windshield washer reservoir fluid clean and adjusted properly? level - fill if necessary. c. fluid level 3. Tires and Wheels - are they 5. Battery Cables - check the 2. Engine Belt - check tension and inflated properly? Are all wheel condition of the battery and condition of belts. cap nuts in place and torqued alternator cables for signs of properly - tighten if necessary. a. See Accessory Drive Belts chafing or rubbing. Make sure Check front wheel bearing oil on page 5-102 for further that all clamps (straps) holding the levels. Inspect all tires and wheels information on checking belt cables are present and in good for damage - correct if found. tension. working order. 4. Suspension - check for loose or 6. Hood closed before entering cab. NOTE missing fasteners. Check damage Is it latched properly? to springs or other suspension Deflection should be one belt thick- 7. Check brake lines and hoses. parts such as cracks, gouges, ness for each foot distance between distortions, bulges or chafing. the pulley centers. 8. Check the steering components (pitman arm, draglink, power steering hoses, etc.).

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-33 START-UP

1 5. Brake Components - check lines, 9. Fluid Tanks (Fuel, DEF, etc.) - 11. Trailer Connections - are they linkages, chambers, parking and check underneath the vehicle for secure and the lines clear? If service brake operation. signs of fluid leaks. If any are they are not being used, are they found, correct before operating the 6. If your truck has hydraulic brakes, stored properly? vehicle. check: a. Is the trailer spare wheel 10. Fuel Tank Hardware - are the secure and inflated? ° the brake system for leaks tanks fill caps secure? Are the tank straps tight? Is the strap b. Is the landing gear up and the ° hydraulic lines for cracks or handle secured? kinks webbing in place? 12. Check the fifth wheel. Is the ° calipers for leaks WARNING! kingpin locked? 7. Air System - are there leaks? Diesel fuel in the presence of an ig- a. Is the sliding fifth wheel Air Tanks - drain water from all air nition source (such as a cigarette) locked? tanks. Make sure the drain cocks could cause an explosion. Do not re- are closed. This procedure is also move a fuel tank cap near an open Cab Interior - Daily required for air suspension tanks flame. Use only the fuel and/or addi- 1. Seat - adjust the seat for easy equipped with automatic drain tives recommended for your engine. reach of controls and visibility. valves. A mixture of gasoline or alcohol with For further details See Using the diesel fuel increases this risk of ex- 2. Seat Belts - fasten and adjust Brake System on page 4-24. plosion. Failure to comply may result safety restraint belts (which may in death, personal injury, equipment include restraints in the sleeper). 8. Steps and Handholds - check or property damage. See Refueling 3. Steering Column - adjust for easy for worn surfaces and loose or on page 4-67, for more information. missing fasteners (which includes reach and visibility. any fuel tank steps).

1-34 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) START-UP

air conditioner draws air from this Weekly Operations 4. Mirrors - check and readjust area and excessive dirt or pet hair 1 mirrors if necessary. 1. Battery - check battery and may shorten the service life of the terminals. 5. Lights - turn ignition key to the ON sleeper air conditioning air filter. position and check for warning 2. Wheel Cap Nuts - are they all lights and buzzer. Check operation The above items should be checked in place and torqued properly - of turn signals and emergency daily, as a minimum. They are in tighten if necessary. See Wheel lights. addition to, not in place of, Federal Cap Nut Torque on page 5-149. Motor Carrier Safety Regulations. 6. Instruments - check all These regulations may be purchased 3. Other Controls and Wiring - check instruments. by writing to: for condition and adjustment. 7. Windshield - check operation of 4. Steering Components - check windshield wipers and washers. Superintendent of Documents pitman arm, draglink, and power steering hoses, etc., for loose, 8. Horn - check operation of horn. U.S. Government Printing Office broken, or missing parts. 9. Fuel - check fuel. Is there enough Washington, DC 20402 5. HVAC Fresh Air Filter - check for fuel? condition and cleanliness. 10. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) - 6. Other Engine Compartment check level. Is there enough fluid? Checks 11. Sleeper air conditioning air filter - a. Check condition and fastening check the condition of the sleeper of engine belt, hoses, clamps, air conditioning air filter. Keep and radiator. the sleeper floor area behind the passenger front seat clear of debris and pet hair. The sleeper

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 1-35 START-UP

1 b. Check the air cleaner, muffler, and exhaust pipes. Are they tight and secure? c. Automatic transmission fluid (when applicable) - Check level, after the engine has warmed up to operating temperature.

1-36 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) EMERGENCY

WHAT TO DO IF... You Need Roadside Assistance...... 2-3 Low Air Alarm Turns On ...... 2-3 2 Stop Engine Lamp Turns On ...... 2-4 Engine Oil Pressure Lamp Turns On...... 2-4 Engine is Overheating ...... 2-5 Fuse or Relay Blows ...... 2-6 JUMP STARTING VEHICLES Introduction ...... 2-8 VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES Vehicle Recovery Guidelines ...... 2-12 Returning Vehicle to Service ...... 2-20 Spring Brakes—Manual Release ...... 2-20 Sand, Mud, Snow and Ice ...... 2-22 the Vehicle ...... 2-23

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-1

WHAT TO DO IF...

WHAT TO DO IF... types of services offered, hours of Low Air Alarm Turns On operation and contact information. You Need Roadside • They can assist with jump and Assistance pull starts, tires, trailers, fines and permits, chains, towing, hazardous 2 clean-up, out of fuel (roadside), 1. Slow down carefully. mechanical repairs and preventive 2. Move a safe distance off the road maintenance services. and stop. • They have bilingual agents and 3. Place the transmission in access to a translation service neutral (park with automatic to ensure quality assistance transmissions, if equipped) and for customers who speak any set the parking brake. (Refer Call toll-FREE 1-800-4-PETERBILT language. to Parking Brake Valve on (1-800-473-8372) to talk to someone page 4-43 and Operating the at the PACCAR Customer Center. • They can’t answer your warranty questions but can get you in Transmission on page 4-22, for • Open 24-7-365 days a year contact with a Peterbilt dealer who transmission shifting and parking can. brake information.) • They can help you get roadside 4. Turn OFF the engine. assistance. • The PACCAR Customer Center service is FREE even if you don’t 5. Turn ON the emergency flasher They have a custom mapping • drive a Peterbilt. and use other warning devices to system which locates Peterbilt alert other motorists. dealers and Independent Service Providers (ISPs) near you and lists

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-3 WHAT TO DO IF...

Stop Engine Lamp Turns On Engine Oil Pressure Lamp WARNING! Turns On Stop Engine Lamp - If If the air pressure falls below 60 the Stop Engine warning lamp illuminates, it means Engine Oil Pressure Lamp psi (414 kPa) the spring brakes - If the oil pressure suddenly may stop the vehicle abruptly, which you have a serious engine 2 system problem. drops, or the audible alarm could cause an accident resulting and engine oil pressure in death or personal injury. Ob- warning light come on while driving, do the following: serve the red warning lamps on the WARNING! gauges. If one comes on, do not 1. Slow down carefully. continue to drive the vehicle until it This should be considered an emer- has been properly repaired or ser- gency. You should stop the vehicle 2. Move a safe distance off the road viced. as safely as possible and turn OFF and stop. the ignition. The vehicle must be 3. Place the transmission in park If the light and alarm do not turn off at serviced and the problem corrected and set the parking brake. startup, do not try to drive the vehicle before driving again. Failure to do (See Parking Brake Valve on until the problem is found and fixed. so may cause severe engine or DPF page 4-43 and Operating the (Refer to Using the Brake System on damage, or cause an accident which Transmission on page 4-22, for page 4-24, for more brake information.) may result in death or personal in- transmission shifting and parking jury. brake information.) 4. Turn OFF the engine. 5. Turn ON the emergency flasher and use other warning devices to alert other motorists.

2-4 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) WHAT TO DO IF...

Engine is Overheating parking brake. (See Parking Brake 6. Wait a few minutes to allow oil to Valve on page 4-43 and Putting drain into the engine oil pan, and The cooling system may overheat if the Vehicle in Motion on page then check the oil level. (See Oil the coolant level is below normal or if 4-19, for transmission shifting and Level Check on page 5-100, for there is sudden loss of coolant, such parking brake information.) Keep details on checking oil level.) as a split hose. The system may also the engine running. 2 7. Add oil if necessary. If the problem temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions such as: 2. Check to ensure the Oil Pressure persists, contact an authorized Gauge reads normal. dealer as soon as possible. • Climbing a long hill on a hot day 3. Make sure the engine is CAUTION • Stopping after high-speed driving turning by switching the Engine Fan Switch from AUTO to MAN Continuing to operate your vehicle If either one of the above occurs, DO (Manual). with insufficient oil pressure may NOT TURN OFF THE ENGINE unless: cause severe engine damage or 4. Increase the engine speed to a) the Low Water warning device cause an accident which may result about one-half of full operating indicates a loss of coolant, b) the Red in equipment or property damage. speed, or 1,100 to 1,200 rpm, Warning lamp (on the gauge) and maximum. Check Engine lamp comes ON, c) the It is important to maintain oil pressure Buzzer sounds showing an overheat 5. Return the engine speed to normal within acceptable limits. If oil pressure condition, or d) if you have any other idle after 2 or 3 minutes. drops below the minimum psi (kPa) a reason to suspect the engine may be 6. Monitor the engine temperature. Red Warning Lamp on the oil pressure overheating - follow these steps. gauge will illuminate and the Stop After the temperature returns to Engine Lamp will come ON. 1. Reduce engine speed and normal, allow the engine to idle stop. When stopped, place the 3 to 5 minutes before shutting it transmission in Neutral and set the

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-5 WHAT TO DO IF...

off. This allows the engine to cool Fuse or Relay Blows gradually and uniformly. WARNING! To reduce the chance of death, per- Fuses are located behind the drivers 7. If overheating came from side kick panel, below the ignition severe operating conditions, the sonal injury and/or vehicle damage from overheated engines, which can switch, and accessible by a door panel. 2 temperature should have cooled See Fuse Panel on page 5-88. by this time. If it has not, stop result in a fire, never leave the en- gine idling without an alert driver the engine and let it cool before WARNING! checking to see if the coolant is present. If the engine should over- low. heat, as indicated by the engine Do not replace a fuse with a fuse of a coolant temperature light, immedi- higher rating. Doing so may damage For further information on engine ate action is required to correct the the electrical system and cause a temperature and operating engines condition. Continued unattended fire. Failure to comply may result in properly, see the Engine Operation operation of the engine, even for death, personal injury, equipment or and Maintenance Manual and Starting a short time, may result in serious property damage. & Operating the Vehicle on page 4-5. engine damage or a fire. Check the coolant level after each CAUTION trip when the engine has cooled. WARNING! The coolant level should be visible Before replacing a fuse, turn OFF all Do not remove the radiator fill cap within the surge tank—add coolant if lights and accessories and remove while the engine is hot. Scalding necessary. See Topping Off in Engine the ignition key to avoid damaging steam and fluid under pressure may Cooling System on page 5-80, for the electrical system. escape. You could be badly burned. instructions on checking and filling the Failure to comply may result in death coolant expansion tank. or personal injury.

2-6 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) WHAT TO DO IF...

Fuse Inspection and Replacement CAUTION If it is blown, replace it with a fuse of All the electrical circuits have fuses the same rating. Never patch fuses with tin foil or to protect them from a short circuit or wire. This may cause serious dam- overload. If something electrical on If a fuse of the same rating is not age elsewhere in the electrical cir- your chassis stops working, the first available, a fuse of a lower rating may 2 cuit, and it may cause a fire. thing you should check for is a blown be temporarily substituted. You can fuse. also use a fuse from a circuit you can CAUTION do temporarily without (for example an 1. Turn OFF all lights and accessories accessory circuit or radio). If a circuit keeps blowing fuses, have and remove the ignition key to the electrical system inspected for a avoid damaging the electrical CAUTION short circuit or overload by an au- system. thorized dealer as soon as possible. When replacing a failed circuit Failure to do so could cause seri- 2. Determine from the chart on the breaker, always use an approved ous damage to the electrical system fuse panel which fuse controls that circuit breaker with a current rat- and/or vehicle. component. ing equal to or less than the circuit 3. Remove that fuse and see if it is breaker being replaced. Only use blown. the approved Type II modified re- set circuit breakers. NEVER use a Type I (automatic reset) or Type III (manual reset) circuit breaker. A fuse with a current rating equal to or less than the circuit breaker being replaced can also be used. 1 Blown

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-7 JUMP STARTING VEHICLES

JUMP STARTING metal jewelry and avoid leaning over VEHICLES WARNING! the battery. Never jump start a battery near fire, Introduction flames, or electrical sparks. Bat- 2 teries generate explosive gases Jump starting a vehicle is not a that could explode. Keep sparks, recommended practice due to the flame, and lighted cigarettes away various battery installations and from batteries. Failure to comply electrical options. may result in death, personal injury, equipment or property damage. However, if your battery is discharged (dead), you may be able to start it WARNING! by using energy from a good battery in another vehicle. This is termed Never remove or tamper with battery jump starting. Be sure to follow the caps. Ignoring this could allow bat- precautions and instructions below. tery acid to contact eyes, skin, fab- rics, or painted surfaces. Failure to WARNING! comply may result in death, personal injury, equipment or property dam- Batteries contain acid that can burn age. and gasses that can explode. Ignor- ing safety procedures may result in death, personal injury, equipment or Be careful that metal tools (or any property damage. metal in contact with the positive terminal) do not contact the positive battery terminal and any other metal on the vehicle at the same time. Remove

2-8 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) JUMP STARTING VEHICLES

To Jump Start Your Vehicle Preparing the vehicles: CAUTION 1. Remove any personal jewelry WARNING! Improper hook-up of jumper cables that may come in contact with the When jump starting using a battery or not following these procedures battery terminals. booster, it is best to jump start with can damage the alternator or cause 2 an equivalently powered vehicle. serious damage to both vehicles. 2. Select a jumper cable that is long Verify that the booster battery has enough to attach to both vehicles in a way that ensures neither the same volt and CCA specifica- WARNING! tions as the dead battery before vehicle touches each other. Heed all warnings and instructions attempting to jump start. Failure 3. Position the two vehicles together, of the jumper cable manufacturer. to comply may cause an explosion but do not allow them to touch. resulting in death, personal injury, Failure to comply may result in equipment or property damage. death, personal injury, equipment or 4. Turn OFF all lights, heater, radio, property damage. and any other accessory on both vehicles. CAUTION 5. Set the parking brakes: pull out Applying a higher voltage booster the Yellow button located on the battery may cause expensive dam- dash. age to sensitive electronic compo- nents, such as relays, Electronic 6. Shift the transmission into park Control units or electronics in gen- position or neutral for manual eral. Failure to comply may result in transmissions. (See Operating equipment damage. the Transmission on page 4-22 and Parking Brake Valve on page 4-43, for transmission shifting and parking brake information.)

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-9 JUMP STARTING VEHICLES

Connect the batteries: 7. If either vehicle is equipped with 6. Start the vehicle that has the battery disconnects ensure they 1. Attach one end of a jumper cable good battery first. Let it run for 5 are in the "OFF" position prior to to the positive (+) terminal of the minutes. connecting the two vehicles. discharged (dead) battery. This 7. Start the vehicle that has the will have a large red + or P on the 2 discharged (dead) battery. battery case, post, or clamp. 2. Attach the other end of the same If the engine fails to start, do not cable to the positive (+) terminal continue to crank the starter but of the good (booster) battery. contact the nearest authorized dealer. 3. Attach the remaining jumper cable FIRST to the negative (-) terminal (black or N) of the good battery. 4. Attach the other end of the negative cable to a bare metal part not bolted to the engine block.

NOTE Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (-) to negative (-).

5. If either vehicle is equipped with battery disconnects, ensure that they are in the "ON" position.

2-10 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) JUMP STARTING VEHICLES

Remove jumper cables:

WARNING! When disconnecting jumper cables, make sure they do not get caught in 2 any moving parts in the engine com- partment. Failure to comply may re- sult in death, personal injury, equip- ment or property damage.

Reverse the above procedure exactly when removing the jumper cables. With engine running, disconnect jumper cables from both vehicles in the exact reverse order, making sure to first remove the negative cable from the vehicle with the discharged battery.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-11 VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

VEHICLE RECOVERY the lubricant in the top front of the AND SPRING BRAKES drive axle will drain to the rear. This CAUTION will leave the top components dry. The If your vehicle has a Meritor axle resulting friction may damage them. Vehicle Recovery Guidelines with a driver-controlled main differ- Always remove the main drive axle ential lock, install the caging bolt be- 2 shafts before towing your vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with fore removing the axles for towing, removable Recovery Hitches, see Driver Controlled Main Differen- CAUTION designed for short distance recovery tial Lock on page 2-16. Installing purposes only. Use only the provided Remove the drive axle shafts or lift the caging bolt prevents damage by hitches, according the following the driving wheels off the ground be- locking internal axle components in instructions. When using this fore towing the vehicle. Towing the position. connection, do not transport your vehicle with either the wheels on the vehicle over long distances. (If your ground or the axle shafts in the axles CAUTION vehicle does not have the proper will cause damage to the axle gears. hitches, contact your dealer.) Connect only to the Recovery Hitches, see Vehicle Recovery All lubricating and application Guidelines on page 2-12. Connec- oil pressure is provided by an tions to other structural parts could engine-driven pump, which will not damage the vehicle. Do not attach work when the engine is stopped. to bumpers or brackets. Use only You could seriously damage your equipment designed for this pur- vehicle by towing it with the driveline pose. Failure to comply may result connected and the drive wheels on in equipment damage. the ground. Worse, when vehicles are towed, either by wrecker or piggyback,

2-12 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

Recovery Procedure the vehicle’s air system is connected to that of the recovery 1. Review and understand all the vehicle. Ensure that any air line cautions and warnings of this that has been removed from a section, see Vehicle Recovery driver-controlled main differential Guidelines on page 2-12. lock is firmly capped to prevent 2 2. Install the recovery hitches, see loss of air pressure from the Recovery Hitch Installation on recovery vehicle if it is supplying page 2-15. air pressure. If you don’t desire to use the 3. Disconnect the drive axle shafts recovered vehicle’s brakes, and cover the open hubs. This ensure that you cage the spring is necessary because if the brakes before attempting to move transmission is driven by the the vehicle, see Driver Controlled driveshaft (rear wheels on the Main Differential Lock on page ground), no lubricant will reach 2-16. the gears and bearings, causing damage to the transmission. 1 Recovery Hitch Sockets 4. Install the recovery rigging using a safety chain system, see Recovery Rigging on page 2-19. 5. Make sure the recovered vehicle's parking brakes are released. 6. If you desire to use the recovered vehicle’s brakes, ensure that

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-13 VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

Recovery Hitch Connection Recommended Practice #602–B WARNING! • — "Recovery Attachment Points Specially designed hitches are Before towing a vehicle, test your air For , Tractors, and required to recover your vehicle. The brakes to ensure that you have prop- Combination Vehicles." recovery hitches attach to the frame, erly connected and inspected the re- 2 see Recovery Hitch Assembly on page covery vehicle’s brake system. Fail- • Recommended Practice #626 2-15. ure to do so could lead to a loss of — "Heavy Duty Truck Towing Procedures." vehicle control which may result in an Two hitch assemblies, made up of the accident involving death or personal following parts, are recommended for injury. Copies of these can be obtained from the following address: the proper recovery of your vehicle: see Recovery Hitch Assembly on page 7. Follow state/provincial and local Technology & Maintenance Council 2-15. laws that apply to vehicles in tow. 950 N. Glebe Road 8. Do not tow vehicles at speeds in WARNING! (703) 838-1763 excess of 55 mph (90 km/h). Arlington, VA 22203 Do not use parts from other trucks or materials from other sources to re- For additional information concerning Email: [email protected] pair a hitch or to replace a missing heavy duty truck recovery, refer to the http://tmc.truckline.com hitch. The parts provided for recov- following Technology & Maintenance ery are made of high strength still Council (TMC) literature. specifically designed for vehicle re- • Recommended Practice #602–A covery. Failure to use the correct — "Front Towing Devices For factory equipment may result in an Trucks and Tractors." accident involving death or personal injury.

2-14 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

Recovery Hitch Installation Driver Controlled Main Differential If your vehicle is not equipped with the proper recovery hitch assembly, Use the following procedure to install Follow these steps to lock a contact an authorized dealer to obtain the Vehicle Recovery Hitches. See driver-controlled main differential. the proper equipment. Recovery Hitch Assembly illustration for part identification. WARNING! 2 1. Check square sockets behind An open air line on the recovered lower bumper for obstructions, vehicle will cause a leak in the air clear if necessary. system of the recovery vehicle if both vehicles’ brake systems are 2. With lock pins removed, insert connected. This could cause a loss hitches through bumper and into of system air, which can cause the the square hitch socket. service brakes not to function, re- 3. Align the hole in the tow hitch with sulting in the sudden application of the square hitch socket hole. the spring brakes causing wheel lock-up, loss of control, or overtake 4. Insert the lock pin into the square by following vehicles. You could hitch socket hole and through Recovery Hitch Assembly be in an accident involving death the hole in the tow hitch until the or personal injury. Ensure that any 1 Tow Pin lock tab is within the square hitch air line that has been removed from 2 Tow Hitch socket. a driver-controlled main differential 3 Square Hitch Socket 5. Rotate the lock pin 90 degrees to lock is firmly capped to prevent loss 4 Lock Pin secure the pin in place. of air pressure from the recovery 5 Lock Tab vehicle if it is supplying air pressure. 6. Remove the hitches and store all parts after recovering the vehicle.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-15 VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

CAUTION CAUTION Failure to lift the driving wheels off Water, dirt and other material can the ground or remove the driveline enter an open hub or axle. This 2 and axle shafts before towing the ve- can contaminate the axle fluid and hicle could seriously damage your cause possible damage to compo- vehicle. All lubricating and clutch ap- nents. Ensure that the hubs are cov- plication oil pressure is provided by ered with plastic whenever a drive an engine-driven pump, which does axle shaft is removed. not work when the engine is stopped. When vehicles are towed either by 3. For vehicles with driver-controlled wrecker or piggyback, lubricant in the main differential lock, install the top front of the drive axle will drain to caging bolt before removing the Driver Controlled Main Differential the rear. This will leave the top com- axle shafts for towing. Lock ponents dry, resulting in friction that a. Remove the air line and firmly will seriously damage these compo- 1 Air Line (remove to install cap. nents. Caging Bolt) 2 Caging Bolt (in storage b. Remove the caging bolt from 2. Cover open hubs when removing its storage hole. location) drive axle shafts. 1. Lift driving wheels off the ground c. Screw the caging bolt into or remove the driveline and axle the air line hole. When shafts before towing the vehicle. fully engaged, a 0.25 - 0.5 in. (6.35-12.7 mm) space will remain between the air cylinder and the bolt head.

2-16 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

This action will lock the differential by pushing a piston CAUTION CAUTION into a "lock" position. A recovered vehicle will have no op- Connect recovery rigging only to erational brake system. Additionally, hitches intended for that purpose. CAUTION the rear axle spring brakes will prob- Do not attach to bumpers or brack- 2 Failure to install the caging bolt when ably be applied. ets. Connections to other structural towing vehicles with driver-control parts could damage the vehicle. • If you desire to use the recovered main differential lock can result in vehicle’s brakes, ensure that the damage by failing to lock internal vehicles air system is connected components in position. to that of the recovery vehicle. Also ensure that any air line WARNING! that has been removed from a Ensure there are no open air lines driver-controlled main differential on the recovered vehicle if the re- lock is firmly capped to prevent covery vehicle and recovered vehicle loss of air pressure from the brake systems are connected. An recovery vehicle. open air line on the recovered vehi- • If you don’t desire to use the cle will cause a leak in the air brake recovered vehicle’s brakes, system of the recovery vehicle pos- ensure that you cage the spring sibly causing death, personal injury, brakes before attempting to equipment or property damage. move the vehicle.

4. Install recovery hitches and rigging.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-17 VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

Recovery Hitch Capacities CAUTION The maximum rated loads for vehicle recovery varies depending on the Recovery pull maximums assume direction or angle of pull. These the tow rigging evenly distributes the 2 capacities are listed in the table below load between both recovery hitches. and are for the two hitches working See examples in Recovery Rigging together, simultaneously. on page 2-19 for details. Serious damage to the vehicle may occur if Hitch Capacities rigging is not connected properly.

MAXIMUM DIRECTION OF CAPACITY CAUTION PULL (Lb) * When recovering ditched or bogged Directly Forward 80,000 vehicles, stay well below Maximum Directly Vertical or 14,600 Capacities. Even at loads below Horizontally to the maximum, the physical strain of re- Side covering a vehicle could damage 45º in any Direction 20,000 axles, suspensions, fifth wheels, * Both hitches pulled simultaneously. etc.

2-18 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

Recovery Rigging • Never loop a single chain or cable cable no closer than 6 ft. from the through both hitches (3). vehicle (2). To connect to the vehicle, follow the suggested rigging methods below. • Use a spreader or equalizer bar to distribute the load on both hitches • Use a double chain or cable setup (1). 2 that distributes the load equally to both hitches. See 1 or 2 in • If no spreader bar is available, Recovery Rigging illustration. connect the main tow chain or

1. Spreader Bar or Equalizer 2. Minimum 6 FT. 3. NEVER USE SINGLE CHAIN OR CABLE Preferred Acceptable LOOPED THROUGH TOW DEVICES

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-19 VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

Returning Vehicle to Service Spring Brakes—Manual Release The brakes can be released in this You will have to add lubricant to manner should the pressure in the air prevent damage after your vehicle has Recovering a vehicle requires that you system not be enough to release them. been towed. release the parking brakes. There may This may occur in instances where 2 the engine's air compressor is not 1. Into the pinion cage, add 1 pint be times when there is not enough air able to get the system up to operating (.47 liter) of lubricant or into the pressure to release the parking brakes. pressure. interaxle differential, add 2 pints In such cases, the parking brakes (.94 liter) of approved lubricant. (or Spring Brakes) can be manually released. WARNING! 2. After adding the specified type Do not disassemble a spring brake and amount of lubricant, drive the WARNING! chamber. These chambers con- vehicle. It should be unloaded. Do not drive vehicle with malfunc- tain a powerful spring that is com- Drive 1 to 2 miles (1.5 to 3 km) tioning brakes. If one of the brake pressed. Sudden release of this at a speed lower than 25 mph circuits should become inoperative, spring may result in death or per- (40 km/h). This will thoroughly braking distances will increase sub- sonal injury. circulate the lubricant through the stantially and handling characteris- assembly. tics while braking will be affected. You could lose control of your vehi- cle or cause an accident. Have it towed to the nearest dealer or qual- ified repair facility for repair. Failure to comply may result in death, per- sonal injury, equipment or property damage.

2-20 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

pressure in the brake system, perform WARNING! the following procedure: 4. Insert the release stud through the opening in the spring Do not operate a vehicle when the 1. Remove the spring brakes have been manually chamber where the cap from the spring cap was removed. released. Driving a vehicle after its chamber. Insert it into the 2 spring brakes are manually released pressure plate. Turn is extremely dangerous. The brakes the release stud 1/4 turn clockwise in the may not function. Failure to comply pressure plate. This may result in death, personal injury, 2. Remove the secures the cross equipment or property damage. release stud pin into the cross pin assembly from the area of the pressure side pocket, and plate and locks it into WARNING! remove the release the manual release nut and washer from position. Always secure the vehicle with the release stud. wheel chocks, chains, or other 5. Assemble the safe means to prevent rolling be- 3. Slide out the release stud washer fore manually releasing the spring release stud. and nut on the release stud. brakes. Releasing the spring brakes on an unsecured vehicle could lead to an accident. The vehicle could roll, which may result in death, per- sonal injury, equipment or property damage.

To move a vehicle immobilized by the spring brakes due to loss of air

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-21 VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

Sand, Mud, Snow and Ice 6. With a wrench, WARNING! turn the release stud If the vehicle gets stuck in sand, assembly nut until the Do not spin the wheels faster than compression spring mud, snow, or ice: 35 mph (55 km/h). Spinning a at is 90-95 percent speedometer readings faster than 2 caged. While doing • Move the gearshift lever or this, check to make selector from First to Reverse. 35 mph (55 km/h) can be dangerous. sure the push rod Tires can explode from spinning too (adapter push rod Apply light pressure on the fast. Under some conditions, a tire or service push • rod) is retracting. accelerator pedal while the may be spinning at a speed twice Do not over-torque transmission is in gear. that shown on the speedometer. the release stud Any resulting tire explosion could assembly. (S-Cam • Remove your foot from the type maximum: 50 cause death or personal injury to a lb-ft, Wedge type accelerator while shifting. bystander or passenger, as well as maximum: 30 lb-ft). extensive vehicle damage: includ- The spring brake is • Do not race the engine. now mechanically ing tire, transmission and/or rear released. • For best traction and safety, avoid axle malfunction. spinning the wheels. Comply with the following instructions to avoid transmission damage: • Always start vehicle in motion with the shift lever in first gear.

2-22 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES

• Be sure that transmission is fully Towing the Vehicle • If towing from the front, ensure engaged in gear before releasing that the rear axles are prepared Towing the vehicle should be done the clutch pedal (manual only). for towing. by either an authorized dealer • Do not shift into reverse while the or a commercial vehicle towing • If towing from the rear, ensure vehicle is moving. service. The dealer or commercial that all body components such as 2 towing service will have the necessary roof, side and chassis fairings are • If the vehicle needs to be equipment to safely tow the vehicle and secured properly to avoid damage recovered from being stuck, do not should be able to make arrangements while in transit. permit the vehicle to be towed for to limit any damage to the vehicle. The long distances without removing towing service and the dealer should WARNING! the driveshaft. be aware of towing regulations and Secure the roof, side and chassis safety precautions. Tire Chains fairings while towing from the rear. The towing service will ensure that the An unsecured fairing may come off If you need tire chains, install them on following precautions are taken: of the vehicle during transit. Failure both sides of the driving axle. to secure the fairings while towing • Use of a safety chain system. may cause an injury accident result- CAUTION ing in death or personal injury. • Abide by all local towing Chains on the tires of only one tan- regulations. dem axle can damage the driveline U-joints and the interaxle differen- • Ensure that the towing device tial. Repairs could be costly and does not contact any surfaces that time-consuming. Failure to comply could be damaged while in transit. may result in equipment damage.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 2-23

CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL Instruments and Controls ...... 3-5 Menu Control Switch (MCS) ...... 3-8 WARNING SYMBOLS Standard Warning Lights and Audible Alarm . . . . 3-9 Warning Light / Indicator Symbols ...... 3-11 3 Description of Warning Symbols ...... 3-19 DRIVER INFORMATION DISPLAY Introduction ...... 3-25 STANDARD GAUGES Introduction ...... 3-31 Speedometer...... 3-31 Odometer / Trip Meter ...... 3-32 Tachometer ...... 3-32 Engine Hours / Outside Air Temperature . . . . . 3-33 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 3-34

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-1 CONTROLS

Water Temperature Gauge ...... 3-35 Fuel Gauge ...... 3-36 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Gauge ...... 3-37 Primary (Secondary) Air Pressure Gauge (Air Reservoir) ...... 3-37 OPTIONAL GAUGES 3 Introduction ...... 3-39 Forward Drive Axle Temperature Gauge . . . . . 3-39 Rear Drive Axle Temperature Gauge ...... 3-40 STEERING COLUMN-MOUNTED CONTROLS Steering Column Controls ...... 3-41 Horn ...... 3-46 DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS Ignition Switch ...... 3-47 Hazard Flasher ...... 3-47 Daytime Running Lights ...... 3-48 Panel Light Dimmer ...... 3-49 ID and Clearance Lights Switch ...... 3-49

3-2 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CONTROLS

Dome Light ...... 3-49 Fog Lights Switch ...... 3-50 Air Suspension Deflate Switch (Dump Valve) . . 3-50 Cruise Control Switch ...... 3-51 Regeneration Switch ...... 3-52 Power Mirror Switch ...... 3-53 Mirror Heat Switch ...... 3-54 3 Power Window Switch ...... 3-54 Power Door Lock Switch ...... 3-55 Jacobs Engine Brake or "C" Brake Switch 3-55 Interaxle Differential Lock Switch ...... 3-56 Two-Speed Rear Axle (Range) Switch ...... 3-56 Fifth Wheel Lock (Slider Adjustment) Switch . . . 3-57 Parking Brake Valve and Trailer Air Supply Valve . 3-57 Power Port ...... 3-60 Cupholders/Ashtray ...... 3-60 Shift Pattern Display...... 3-61

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-3 CONTROLS

HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Cab Controls ...... 3-62 Introduction ...... 3-63 Manual Controls ...... 3-65 ACCESSORIES 3 Navigation System ...... 3-69 Radio ...... 3-70 Glove Compartment ...... 3-70 Vehicle Telematic System ...... 3-71

3-4 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) INSTRUMENT PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL

Instruments and Controls

The dash includes standard gauges and switches. Your vehicle may come with all or some of the switches and gauges discussed here. The location of switches on the dash will vary 3 depending on the options ordered and how your vehicle was configured.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-5 INSTRUMENT PANEL

3

1. Engine Oil Pressure 9. Water Temperature 17. Cruise Control On/Off 2. DEF Gauge 10. Headllights 18. Cruise Control Select 3. Fuel Level 11. Clearance Lights 19. Menu Control Switch 4. Tachometer 12. Hazard Switch 20. Ignition 5. Driver Information Display 13. Optional 6. Speedometer 14. Optional 7. Primary Air Pressure 15. Panel Lights 8. Secondary Air Pressure 16. Engine Fan

3-6 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) INSTRUMENT PANEL

3

1. Radio 8. Optional Electric Switch* *These switches are not 2. Storage or Optional 9. Optional Electric Switch* shown. These switch Navigation 10. Park Brake Controls locations are available only 3. HVAC Controls 11. Transmission Display if the automatic transmission 4. Emission Controls (Automatic) selector is not mounted (item 5. Engine Brake (on/off) 12. Optional Air Switch 11). (Optional) 13. Optional Air Switch 6. Engine Brake (Select) 14. Optional Air Switch (Optional) 15. Optional USB Port 7. Optional Electric Switch* 16. Optional Switch

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-7 INSTRUMENT PANEL

Menu Control Switch (MCS)

The MCS is used to navigate the Driver Information Display unit. The Menu Control Switch is located on the D Panel as shown in the illustration below.

3

The MCS has the following functions: • Rotating the MSC ° Selecting display ° Setting values • Pushing the MSC ° Confirming desired selection

3-8 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) WARNING SYMBOLS

WARNING SYMBOLS are active, the menu control switch (MCS) can be used to scroll through Standard Warning Lights the additional warnings. and Audible Alarm 2. Status Indicator: Additional lights and indicator symbols are displayed in The warning lights and audible alarm the Status Indicator. They are limited may indicate a system malfunction. to: Check the lights frequently, and respond properly as soon as you see • Park Brake 3 one go on. These lights could save you from a serious accident. 1. Driver Information Display • Transmission Gear (Automatic 2. Status Indicator transmissions only) WARNING! 3. Lower Light Bar • Warnings Do not ignore a warning light or Warning lights and indicator symbols • Cruise Control - active audbile alarm. These signals tell will be shown in both areas 1 and 2. you something is wrong with your Area 3 is dedicated to the turn and • Clock alarm bell vehicle. It could be a failure in high beam indicator symbols. an important system, such as the Refer to Warning Light/Indicator brakes, which could lead to an acci- 1. Driver Information Display: The Symbols on page 3-11 for information dent. Have the appropriate system display can show up to six warning on each symbol. checked immediately. lights. Warnings do not have fixed positions and are displayed in order of criticality. The most critical warning will be displayed on the top row and to the left. If more than six warnings

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-9 WARNING SYMBOLS

Instrument System Self Test: Audible Alarm: Completing this sequence will indicate When the ignition switch is turned a successful Self Test. Have your The audible alarm will sound during on the instrumentation system will instrumentation system checked by a the Instrumentation System Self Test. undergo a Self Test. This test will qualitfied service technician if does not The audible alarm will also sound in verify the operation of the gauges and successfully complete. conjunction with some warning lights. warnings. These events include but are not limited to headlight on, fifth wheel, stop During the Instrumentation System Self engine, primary/secondary air, and 3 Test, three screens will sequentially driver door open warnings. display warning icons (approximately 3 seconds each screen) on the Information Display. These are:

Refer to Warning Light/Indicator Symbols on page 3-11 for information on each symbol.

3-10 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) WARNING SYMBOLS

Optional Lights: Warning Light / Indicator • whether the symbol is standard Symbols Additional lights may be operational (Std) or optional (Opt) depending on individual vehicle The following is a list of Warning Light • whether the symbol has an specifications. These will be included / Indicator Symbols. Reading left to associated check message in the Instrument System Self Test. right, the table header identifies: • the Page Number reference for NOTE • the Symbol Name additional information Some optional lights may illumi- • the appearance of the Symbol Symbols are listed by major component 3 nate even though your vehicle is not sections. equipped with that particular fea- • the Symbol Color when it is illuminated ture. Example: Engine, and then in alphabetical order.

Warning Light/Indicator Symbols

Std/ Symbol Name Symbol Color Msg Page Opt

1. Active Warnings, Exclamation Point Red Std on page 3-19

2. Active Warnings, Number Yellow Std on page 3-19

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-11 WARNING SYMBOLS

Std/ Symbol Name Symbol Color Msg Page Opt

3. Active Warnings, Triangle Yellow Std on page 3-19

4. Alternator Red Opt on page 3-19 3

5. Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Yellow Std on page 3-19

6. Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS), Trailer Yellow Std on page 3-19

7. Axle, Inter-Axle Differential Locked (Tandem Axles) Yellow Std on page 3-20

8. Axle, Stability Control Yellow Std on page 3-20

3-12 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) WARNING SYMBOLS

Std/ Symbol Name Symbol Color Msg Page Opt

9. Axle, Traction Control Yellow Std on page 3-20

10. Brake System Opt on page 3-21 3

11. Clock, Alarm Bell Yellow Std on page 3-21

12. Cruise Control, Active Yellow Std on page 3-21

13. , Body Up Yellow Opt on page 3-21

14. Dump Truck, Trailer Body Up Yellow Opt on page 3-21

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-13 WARNING SYMBOLS

Std/ Symbol Name Symbol Color Msg Page Opt

15. Emissions, Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Yellow Std on page 3-21

16. Emissions, High Exhaust System Temperture (HEST) Yellow Std on page 3-21 3

17. Emissions, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Yellow Std on page 3-21

18. Engine, Check Engine Yellow Std on page 3-21

19. Engine, Ether Start Green Opt on page 3-21

20. Engine, Heater Yellow Opt on page 3-22

3-14 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) WARNING SYMBOLS

Std/ Symbol Name Symbol Color Msg Page Opt

21. Engine, Low Coolant Level Yellow Std on page 3-22

22. Engine, Overspeed Red Opt on page 3-22 3

23. Engine, Retarder (Brake) Green Opt on page 3-22

24. Engine, Stop Engine Red Std on page 3-22

25. Engine, Wait To Start Yellow Opt on page 3-22

26. Fifth Wheel, King Pin Lock Red Opt on page 3-22

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-15 WARNING SYMBOLS

Std/ Symbol Name Symbol Color Msg Page Opt

27. Fifth Wheel, Slide Unlocked Red Std on page 3-22

28. Lights, High Beam Blue Std on page 3-22 3

29. Message Waiting Green Opt on page 3-23

30. Park Brake Red Std on page 3-23

31. Power Take-off (PTO) Green Opt on page 3-23

32. Power Take-off (PTO), Pump Mode Green Opt on page 3-23

3-16 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) WARNING SYMBOLS

Std/ Symbol Name Symbol Color Msg Page Opt

33. Refrigerator Green Opt on page 3-23

34. Seat Belt, Fasten Red Std on page 3-23 3

35. Suspension Dump Yellow Std on page 3-23

36. Tire Inflation Yellow Opt on page 3-23

37. Transmission, Auxiliary Yellow Opt on page 3-23

38. Transmission, Check Red Opt on page 3-23

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-17 WARNING SYMBOLS

Std/ Symbol Name Symbol Color Msg Page Opt

39. Transmission, Range Inhibit Red Opt on page 3-24

40. Transmission, Oil Filter Yellow Opt on page 3-24 3

41. Transmission, Oil Temperature High Yellow Opt on page 3-24

42. Turn Signal, Left Green Std on page 3-24

43. Turn Signal, Right Green Std on page 3-24

44. Voltage Orange Std on page 3-24

3-18 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) WARNING SYMBOLS

Description of Warning Symbols 4. Alternator Illuminates during the Instrumentation System Self Test and the tractor/truck 1. Active Warnings, Exclamation is connected with a ABS equipped Point Illuminates if the alternator is not trailer. charging. (For alternators with warning Illuminates during normal operating Illuminates when a red warning is lamp output signal.) conditions to indicate a problem with active. Use the MCS knob to view the 5. Anti-Lock Brake System the Trailer ABS System. This should warnings that are active. (ABS) be checked by a Peterbilt dealer as 3 soon as possible. 2. Active Warnings, Number Illuminates during the Instrumentation System Self Test. Have the ABS system checked by a Peterbilt dealer Illuminates the total number of red if the ABS Warning Lamp stays on for and yellow active warnings. Use the more than 3 seconds. MCS to view the active warnings if the display shows a > symbol. Illuminates during normal operating conditions to indicate a problem with 3. Active Warnings, Triangle the ABS System.

Illuminates when a problem exists Illuminates when a yellow warning is with the optional Wheel Spin Control active. Use the MCS knob to view the feature. warnings that are active. 6.Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS), Trailer

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-19 WARNING SYMBOLS

differentials equally. When the switch • Illuminates when the ESC system NOTE is turned off (inter-axle differential is regulating individual wheel • Tractors/Trucks and trailers unlocked) the engine power is allowed brakes to correct the vehicle’s built after 3/1/01 must be to flow to any of the 4 drive tires based direction of travel. able to turn on an In-Cab on the differential effect (mostly to the Trailer ABS Warning Lamp forward rear differential). (This feature 9. Axle, Traction Control (ATC (per U.S. FMVSS121). The is standard on all tandem axles). or Automatic Traction Control) industry chose Power Line Communication (PLC) as the 8. Axle, Stability Control (ESC 3 or Electronic Stability Control) Watches vehicle’s wheel speeds standard method to turn it on. to detect slippage and may reduce engine power, or apply vehicle brakes, • On trailers built prior to 3/1/01 Calculates the driver’s intended to help increase traction. verify trailer ABS system status path of travel from wheel speed and via the required external warning steering angle sensors, then compares • Illuminates during the power-on lamp mounted on the trailer. calculations to the actual direction of self-test when the ignition is The indicator lamp on the trailer travel. The system uses individual turned ON. It turns off after a few should be yellow and identified wheel brakes to re-adjust the path of seconds if no system problems with the letters "ABS". the vehicle. are detected. If an ATC problem is detected, the ATC warning lamp Illuminates during the power-on 7. Axle, Inter-Axle Differential • will turn on and stay on. Locked (Tandem Axles) self-test when the ignition is turned ON. It turns off after a few • Illuminates when the ATC is seconds if no system problems regulating wheel spin and turns off Illuminates when the inter-axle are detected. If an ESC problem after the traction control event has differential switch is ON thus locking is detected, the ESC warning lamp ended. the inter-axle differential. This powers will turn on and stay on. the forward rear and the rear rear

3-20 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) WARNING SYMBOLS

• Flashes continuously when the Illuminates when Truck Dump Body is 17. Emissions, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ATC/ Deep Snow & Mud switch up. is turned on, indicating that this feature is active. 14. Dump Truck, Trailer Body Illuminates when an engine emissions Up failure has occurred. The vehicle 10. Brake System can be safely driven but should be Illuminates when Trailer Dump Body serviced to correct the problem. The is up. situation should not be considered Illuminates to indicate a malfunction an emergency. In some cases, the 3 in the hydraulic brake system (when 15. Emissions, Diesel Malfunction Indicator Lamp will activate equipped with Hybraulic brakes). Particulate Filter (DPF) in conjunction with the High Exhaust Temperature, Diesel Particulate Filter 11. Clock, Alarm Bell Illuminates when diesel particulate (DPF) and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) trap is plugged. This warning will also Warning Lights. illuminate when regeneration operation Illuminates when the alarm is set. It will is disabled. 18. Engine, Check Engine flash when the clock alarm is active. 16. Emissions, High Exhaust System Temperture (HEST) Illuminates when a problem exists, but 12. Cruise Control, Active the vehicle can still be safely driven. Vehicle should be serviced to correct Illuminates when the exhaust gas the problem but the situation should Illuminates when cruise control is temperature and exhaust components not be considered an emergency. active. become extremely hot.

13. Dump Truck, Body Up 19. Engine, Ether Start

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-21 WARNING SYMBOLS

Illuminates when ether start switch is Illuminates when the engine retarder Illuminates when engine grid heater is on. (compression brake or exhaust brake) on (PACCAR PX-6 and PX-8). switch is turned on. (Engine retarders 20. Engine, Heater are an option.) 26. Fifth Wheel, King Pin Lock

Illuminates when Engine Heater switch 24. Engine, Stop Engine Illuminates when air actuated fifth is on. wheel King Pin is unlocked. 3 Illuminates and an audible alarm tone 27. Fifth Wheel, Slide Unlocked 21. Engine, Low Coolant Level will sound when a major engine system problem exists. Illuminates with an audible alarm Illuminates and an audible warning indicating critically low coolant level. WARNING! tone will sound when the air operated sliding fifth wheel switch is on, thus The vehicle must be serviced to correct This should be considered an emer- unlocking the sliding fifth wheel. the problem but the situation should gency. You should stop the vehicle The light and an audible warning not be considered an emergency. as safely as possible and turn OFF tone should NOT be considered an the ignition. The vehicle must be emergency but simply as a reminder 22. Engine, Overspeed serviced and the problem corrected to turn off the switch to lock the sliding before driving again. Failure to do fifth wheel before driving. This switch so may cause severe engine dam- Illuminates when engine RPM is should not be operated while driving. age or cause an accident. exceeded. (Sliding fifth wheels are an option).

23. Engine, Retarder (Brake) 25. Engine, Wait To Start 28. Lights, High Beam

3-22 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) WARNING SYMBOLS

Illuminates when the high beams are 31. Power Take-off (PTO) Illuminates when the ignition key is on. This icon will flash with audible turned on as a reminder to fasten your alarm if the headlamps are left on seat belt. when the door is open. In addition, this Illuminates when the PTO is engaged. icon will flash, but without an audible 35. Suspension Dump alarm, if there is a problem with the NOTE low beam headlights or the low beam Do not drive vehicle with PTO en- Illuminates when suspension air bags headlight wiring. In such event, the gaged. high beam headlights will turn on at are deflated. 3 50% normal brightness. 32. Power Take-off (PTO), Pump Mode 36. Tire Inflation 29. Message Waiting Illuminates with remote throttle Illuminates when tire pressures need to Illuminates with telematic equipped application. Indicates pump mode is be checked. (Tire Pressure Monitoring messaging. active. System is an option)

30. Park Brake 33. Refrigerator 37. Transmission, Auxiliary

Illuminates in the status indicator when Illuminates to indicate that the Illuminates to indicate auxiliary parking brakes are applied and the refrigerator is on and ignition is off. transmission is in neutral. vehicle is stationary. This symbol will also illuminate in the Driver Information 34. Seat Belt, Fasten 38. Transmission, Check Display if the parking brakes are applied and the vehicle is in motion.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-23 WARNING SYMBOLS

Illuminates when transmission has Illuminates when transmission Blinks when the right turn signal or the recorded a fault code. This icon lubricant temperature is too high. The hazard light function is operating. may also appear in the Transmission information display will provide the Display menu of the Driver Information current oil temperature when the icon 44. Voltage Display unit. If the user is in this display is illuminated. menu, the icon does not indicate a fault code. CAUTION Illuminates when transmission lubricant temperature is too high.The This should be considered an emer- 3 39. Transmission, Range Inhibit information display will provide the gency. You should stop the vehicle current oil temperature when the icon as safely as possible and turn OFF is illuminated. Illuminates with Allison 1000/2000 the ignition. The vehicle must be series transmissions with "Range serviced and the problem corrected Inhibit" output. before driving again. Failure to do so may cause severe transmission damage. 40. Transmission, Oil Filter

42. Turn Signal, Left Illuminates when service is required (Allison transmissions only). Blinks when the left turn signal or the 41. Transmission, Oil hazard light function is operating. Temperature High

43. Turn Signal, Right

3-24 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DRIVER INFORMATION DISPLAY DRIVER INFORMATION DISPLAY The Driver Information Display, located The bullets in the Menu Bar allow at the top of the instrument cluster, access to each item by pushing displays important vehicle information the MCS when the desired bullet is Introduction through a constant monitoring of highlighted. systems when any of the following conditions are met: • ignition key in ON or ACC positions 3 • ignition timer is active • MCS button is pushed (independent of ignition key switch position) WARNING! In addition to a blank screen, the Do not look at the Driver Information • clock alarm sounds following are menu items and the Display for prolonged periods while • driver or passenger door is opened information available within each menu the vehicle is moving. Only glance selections. at the monitor briefly while driving. • hazard warning lamp switch is on Failure to do so can result in the driver not being attentive to the vehi- The various functions may be cle’s road position, which could lead accessed by navigating through Menu to an accident and possible personal Screens using the MCS. Refer to Menu injury or equipment damage. Control Switch (MCS) on page 3-8 for more detail for the MCS.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-25 DRIVER INFORMATION DISPLAY

Fuel Economy RPM Detail NOTE Accessible while parked or driving. Accessible while parked or driving. Some Driver Information Display functions are only accessible when the vehicle is parked. Other func- tions are accessible while the vehi- cle is moving or when parked. Each function is identified in the following 3 descriptions.

Current fuel economy - Indicates RPM reading of actual engine RPM. instantaneous fuel economy. Engine RPM within the bar graph indicates the engine is operating in the Trip fuel economy - Indicates trip fuel most efficient RPM range. The display economy. color will change if you are operating outside of this range.

3-26 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DRIVER INFORMATION DISPLAY

Ignition Timer Trip Information Other Trip Information functions are Accessible while parked only. NOTE accessible only when parked: When accessing the trip information • Trip Distance menu, push the MCS on this menu (bullet). To exit, push the MCS • Trip Engine Hours again. To reset the trip values, press • Trip Idle Hours the Trip Odometer Reset Button on the main gauge instrument cluster. • Trip Idle Percentage (%) 3 • PTO Hours Ignition timer is set from this menu. • PTO Trip Hours The ignition timer may be set for up to 30 minutes. • PTO Trip Percentage (%) To reset the Trip Values, press the Trip Odometer Reset Button on the main gauge instrument cluster. Certain Trip Information functions area accessible when driving or when parked: • Trip Economy • Trip Average Speed

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-27 DRIVER INFORMATION DISPLAY

Truck Information • Transmission Make Diagnostic Display Accessible while parked only. • Transmission Model Accessible while parked only.

NOTE • Transmission SW Version NOTE When accessing the truck informa- • ABS (Antilock Braking System) "Faults Found" will only be active if a tion menu, push the MCS on this Make red or yellow warning lamp is illumi- menu (bullet). To exit, push the MCS nated. 3 again. • ABS Model • ABS SW Version • CECU (Cab Electronic Control Unit) Software Version • CECU Hardware Version

The diagnostic display menu (bullet) Truck information available: will indicate a fault that is generated by the vehicle's Engine, ABS and/or • Chassis Number Transmission systems. While on • Engine Make this menu item the display will either indicate "No Faults Found" or "Faults • Engine Model Found". If "Faults Found" is active, pushing the MCS will display new • Engine SW Version menus for more information.

3-28 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DRIVER INFORMATION DISPLAY

Transmission Display Settings Menu

Automated transmissions only - Accessible while parked only. accessible while parked or driving. NOTE NOTE Refer to the Automated Transmis- Refer to the Automated Transmis- sion Operator’s Manual for addi- sion Operator’s Manual for addi- tional information. tional information. To Set Clock Display Format: 3 The Settings menu screen allows 1. When in the Settings Menu, scroll the driver to view and/or change the through the list of menu items to following menu items: "Format". • Display Format 12 Hour (AM/PM) 2. Press the MCS to display either 12 or 24 Hour (military) hour (AM/ PM) or 24 hour (military) • Home/Local Time time. • Alarm ON/OFF This menu will show gear number that coincides with the current transmission • Alarm Time gear selected. The menu also displays Units of measure the transmission icon to let the user • know what screen they are in. (Does • Language (English, Spanish or not indicate a fault code.) French)

To Set Home, Local or Alarm Time:

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-29 DRIVER INFORMATION DISPLAY

1. When in the Settings Menu, scroll through the list of menu items. 2. Press the MCS to select the item to change.

3

3. Rotate the MCS knob to change the hour. Press the MCS.

3-30 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STANDARD GAUGES

STANDARD GAUGES by an audible alarm, whenever the Speedometer limits of the function being displayed Introduction are exceeded. The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed in miles per hour (mph) On the pages that follow you will find and in kilometers per hour (km/h). descriptions of some of the gauges The speedometer also includes an on your instrument panel. For more odometer, trip meter, and trip reset information about using them in button. driving, see "Starting and Operating 3 the Vehicle" Also check the Index under the name of the gauge or function you want to know more about.

WARNING! Do not ignore a warning light or audbile alarm. These signals tell you something is wrong with your vehicle. It could be a failure in an important system, such as the brakes, which could lead to an acci- dent. Have the appropriate system checked immediately.

Some gauges will display a red LED warning light, with some accompanied

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-31 STANDARD GAUGES

Odometer / Trip Meter odometer is "9999.9" before it rolls Tachometer over to zero. The LCD display in the lower part of the Your tachometer measures the engine speedometer contains the odometer To reset the trip odometer, press speed in revolutions- per-minute and trip meter. and hold the trip reset button on (RPM). The tachometer also includes the speedometer. The numbers will an engine hour meter and outside air reset to 0 and begin to count new temperature display. miles/km traveled. This also resets the trip values in the Driver Information 3 Display. The odometer displays the total The trip reset button also toggles all distance your vehicle has traveled. displays between English and Metric. It will display in miles on an English speedometer or in kilometers on a NOTE metric speedometer. The maximum distance that can be shown on the The Odometer/Trip Meter comes odometer is "1 999 999" before it rolls on when the door is opened or the over to zero. key is in the accessory or ignition position. The Odometer/Trip Meter Watching your tachometer is important The trip odometer displays how far will remain on for 3 seconds after to driving efficiently. It will let you the vehicle has gone on a particular the door is closed or the ignition match driving speed and gear selection trip. The trip odometer will display in switch is turned off. This allows to the operating range of your engine. miles on an English speedometer or in driver and service personnel to read If your engine speed gets too high, kilometers on a metric speedometer, the odometer without ignition switch you can select a higher gear to lower in one tenth divisions. The maximum being turned on. the RPM. If your engine speed drops distance that can be shown on the trip

3-32 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STANDARD GAUGES too low, you can select a lower gear Engine Hours / Outside Air a snowflake symbol. The symbol will to raise the RPM. Temperature turn on when the temperature drops below 34°F or 11°C and flash for the The LCD display in the lower part of the first 3 seconds, then stay on until the tachometer contains the engine hour temperature goes above 37°F or 28°C meter and the outside air temperature display. The temperature can display using Standard or Metric units. Press the trip reset button on the Speedometer 4 times within 4 seconds. This will also 3 change the units shown by the Driver Information Display. The engine hour meter will display the total number of hours the engine NOTE has been running. The maximum The OAT will come on when the door hours that can be shown are "99999.9" is open and the key switch is in the before the meter rolls over to zero. accessory or ignition position. The OAT display will turn off when the The outside air temperature (OAT) ignition switch is turned off. will display the temperature outside the vehicle. The temperature can be displayed from -40° to 158° in Fahrenheit or -40° to 70° Celsius.The display will also alert the driver when the outside temperate approaches freezing (32°F or 0°C) by displaying

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-33 STANDARD GAUGES

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge NOTE CAUTION The OAT uses a sensor (located at Continuing to operate your vehi- the bottom of the driver’s side mir- cle with insufficient oil pressure will ror assembly) to measure outside air cause serious engine damage. temperature only. It is not capable • If your oil pressure fails to rise of displaying the temperature of the within 10 seconds after your road surface on either the tempera- engine starts, stop the engine 3 ture display or the snowflake icon. and determine the cause. • If your oil pressure suddenly NOTE It is important to maintain oil pressure within acceptable limits. Your engine drops while you are driving, bring The effects of direct sunlight, or the manual will give normal operating the vehicle to a stop as soon as use of mirror heat, will increase the pressures for your engine. possible in a safe location off outside air temperature displayed the road and turn off the engine. while the vehicle is stationary. Wait a few minutes to allow oil to drain into the oil pan, and then check the oil level. Add oil if necessary. If the problem persists, contact an authorized service center.

Check the engine manufacturer’s manual for the correct oil pressure ranges for your engine.

3-34 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STANDARD GAUGES

Water Temperature Gauge Engine Overheating face, hands, and arms by covering the cap with a large, thick rag to protect WARNING! you against escaping fluid and steam. Do not remove the radiator fill cap Before you completely remove the while the engine is hot. Scalding cap, carefully and slowly turn the cap steam and fluid under pressure may part way to allow excess pressure to escape and cause serious personal escape. Then push down and turn for injuries. You could be badly burned. final removal. • Wait until the coolant The cooling system may overheat if 3 temperature is below 122°F the coolant level is below normal or if The water temperature gauge shows (50°C). there is a sudden loss of coolant (such the temperature of the engine coolant. as a worn hose splitting). It may also Under normal operating conditions • Protect face, hands, and arms temporarily overheat during severe the water temperature gauge should by covering the cap with a large, operating conditions such as climbing register between 165° and 205°F (74° thick rag to protect against a long hill on a hot day or stopping and 90°C). Under certain conditions, escaping fluid and steam. after high-speed driving. somewhat higher temperatures may • Carefully and slowly turn the be acceptable. But the maximum cap one-quarter of a turn or If the "Engine Coolant Temperature" allowable temperature is 210°F (99°C) until it reaches the first stop— warning light comes on, or you have with the cooling system pressurized, allowing excess pressure to any other reason to suspect the engine except for certain special engines. escape—push down and turn for may be overheating: Check your engine manual to be sure. final removal. • Stop the vehicle, but DO NOT TURN OFF THE ENGINE unless a Wait until the coolant temperature is below 122° F (50°C). Protect your

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-35 STANDARD GAUGES

low water warning device indicates Fuel Gauge a loss of coolant. The fuel gauge shows the approximate amount of fuel in the fuel tanks. • With the transmission in neutral, Besides empty and full, the gauge check to be certain the oil pressure also indicates 1/4, 1/2, and 3/4 of gauge reads normal. Increase total capacity. You will want to keep the engine speed to about 1100 your fuel tanks at least half full to - 1200 RPM, maximum. Return reduce condensation of moisture in the idle speed to normal after 2 the tanks. This moisture can damage 3 or 3 minutes. If the warning light your engine. does not go off or the temperature gauge does not begin to drop, then turn the engine off. WARNING! • If the overheating came from severe operating conditions, the Do not remove a fuel tank cap near temperature should have cooled an open flame. Hot fuel vapors are by this time. If it has not, stop combustible and can cause an ex- the engine and let it cool before plosion or fire resulting in injury or checking to see if the coolant is death. low. CAUTION Use Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel only. Failure to do so may damage components of the Diesel Particu- late Filter (DPF).

3-36 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STANDARD GAUGES

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Primary (Secondary) Air Gauge CAUTION Pressure Gauge (Air Use Diesel Exhaust Fluid only. Fail- Reservoir) ure to do so may damage compo- nents of the Diesel Particulate Filter The air pressure gauge indicates the (DPF). amount of air pressure in the brake system in pounds per square inch (psi). • The primary gauge shows front reservoir air pressure. 3

The diesel exhaust fluid gauge shows the approximate amount of DEF fluid in the DEF tank. Besides empty and full, the gauge also indicates 1/4, 1/2, and 3/4 of total capacity. DEF fluid is required to meet certain emission • The secondary gauge shows requirements. Maintain an adequate pressure in the rear reservoir. amount of diesel exhaust fluid at all times, as provided in the aftertreatment system operator manual. Please refer to the aftertreatment operator manual for more details about DEF fluid.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-37 STANDARD GAUGES

WARNING! The air pressure warning light and the audible alarm indicate a danger- ous situation. There is not enough air pressure in the reservoirs for re- peated braking and the brake sys- tem has failed. If air pressure falls 3 below 60 psi (414 kPa) the spring Ensure the air pressure registers more brakes could suddenly apply, caus- than 100 psi in both service systems ing a wheel lockup, loss of control, before you move the vehicle. If the or your vehicle to be overtaken by pressure in either circuit is too low for following vehicles. You could be in normal brake operation, the warning an accident and severely injured. If light will glow and the audible alarm these alarms come on while you are will sound. driving, bring your vehicle to a safe stop right away. If the light and alarm do not turn off at start-up, do not try to drive the vehicle until the problem is found and fixed.

3-38 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPTIONAL GAUGES

OPTIONAL GAUGES Forward Drive Axle Temperature Gauge CAUTION Introduction Driving with very hot temperatures in This gauge indicates the temperature your rear drive axles can cause se- Maximum transmission temperature of the lubricant in your vehicle’s axle(s). rious damage to axle bearings and may vary, depending upon the These temperatures will vary with seals. Have your axle lubrication transmission and type of lubricant. the kind of load you are carrying and checked if you notice a sign of over- Check your transmission’s owner’s the driving conditions you encounter. heating. manual. Maximum axle temperature may vary, depending upon the axle and type 3 of lubricant. Very high temperatures signal a need to have your axle(s) lubrication checked.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-39 OPTIONAL GAUGES

Rear Drive Axle Temperature Gauge CAUTION Driving with very hot temperatures in This gauge indicates the temperature your rear drive axles can cause se- of the lubricant in your vehicle’s axle(s). rious damage to axle bearings and These temperatures will vary with seals. Have your axle lubrication the kind of load you are carrying and checked if you notice a sign of over- the driving conditions you encounter. heating. Maximum axle temperature may vary, 3 depending upon the axle and type of lubricant. Very high temperatures signal a need to have your axle(s) lubrication checked.

3-40 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STEERING COLUMN-MOUNTED CONTROLS

STEERING The lever controls several functions: 1. Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column COLUMN-MOUNTED turn signal, high beam, and windshield wiper control. Depending on your vehicle’s CONTROLS configuration, you may have either a Tilt/Telescoping or a fixed steering Steering Column Controls column. Introduction • The tilt feature allows forward and rearward movement of the wheel. 3 • The telescoping feature allows you to move the wheel up and down.

To activate these features, locate the Tilt/Telescoping lever.

WARNING! 1. Tilt Telescoping Lever 2. Turn Signal Lever Make all adjustments to the steer- 3. Trailer Hand Brake ing mechanism while the vehicle is stopped. Adjusting the Tilt-Tele- NOTE scoping Steering Wheel while the vehicle is in motion could cause loss The ignition key must be turned to of control. You wouldn’t be able to ON for the signal/switch to operate. steer properly and could have an accident resulting in death or per- The turn signal lever is mounted on sonal injury. the left side of the steering column.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-41 STEERING COLUMN-MOUNTED CONTROLS

2. Turn Signal/High Beam Switch To adjust the steering wheel, PUSH and HOLD the lever down fully. Push NOTE or pull the wheel to the desired height The ignition key must be turned to and angle, then PUSH the lever back ON for the signal/switch to operate. into the locked position.

The lever-action turn signal/high beam switch is located on the left side of 3 the steering column. Each time a turn indicator is activated the buzzer emits a short beep.

Turn Signals Steering Column Unlocked

Steering Column Locked

Turn Signal • To signal a right turn, push the lever forward (clockwise).

3-42 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STEERING COLUMN-MOUNTED CONTROLS

• To signal a left turn, pull the lever • To return to previous beam: pull back (counterclockwise). WARNING! the lever towards the steering After you complete a turn, shut the wheel again. • Each time the turn indicator is system off by returning the lever to activated the audible warning the "OFF" (center) position. Failure • The high beams can be emits a short beep. to shut off a turn signal could con- momentarily flashed with or fuse other drivers and result in an without the headlights being on. NOTE injury accident. An indicator light in To flash the high beams, gently If the vehicle turn signals and turn the instrument panel will flash until push the headlight lever away from 3 signal indicators in the dash gauge the turn signal is turned off. the steering wheel to momentarily cluster ever begin flashing at an turn on the lights. accelerated rate (115 cycles per High Beam minute) when the turn signal lever NOTE is in the OFF (center) position, or NOTE Continued pressing of the high when a Right/Left turn has been se- beam flash will not keep the high The headlights must be ON for the lected, the problem may be related beams on. high beam switch to operate. to a failed turn signal switch or turn signal module. In either case, the problem is not a failed bulb. Contact • To switch your headlights to lower your nearest authorized dealer to or higher beam, gently pull the turn have the problem corrected as soon signal lever, toward the steering as possible. wheel, until you hear the switch click and the beam changes. The blue indicator light in the instrument panel will be ON when the high beam is being used.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-43 STEERING COLUMN-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Windshield Wipers/Washer

Your vehicle is equipped with a two-speed, intermittent windshield wiper system. The windshield wiper system is integrated with the exterior lights so that the low beam headlights ID and Clearance Lights Flash will turn on when the windshield wipers turn on. 3 To override this function, turn the headlights on and then off again and the low beams will turn off. Permanently overriding this functionality is attainable via the Settings Menu in the instrument cluster display. Go to Settings - > Wiper Interlock and turn this value to OFF.

A seven-position rotary wiper switch Flash to pass (located on the turn signal lever) operates the windshield wipers and washer. Rotate the end of the turn signal lever to change the wiper mode.

3-44 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STEERING COLUMN-MOUNTED CONTROLS

the washing cycle. After the lever NOTE is released, the wipers will shut off CAUTION The ignition key must be turned to automatically or resume the wiper’s Do not use antifreeze or engine ON or ACC for the wiper/washer setting speed. coolant in the windshield washer switches to operate. reservoir - damage to seals and To activate the wipers for one swipe other components will result. without activating the washer ("mist" function), push the turn signal lever in (towards the steering column) and CAUTION 3 release in less than 0.5 seconds. The If the electric pump is operated for a wipers will perform a single swipe and long period (more than 15 seconds) then resume the wiper’s setting speed. with a dry reservoir, the pump motor Wiper/Washer may be damaged. WARNING! The first position after OFF is the Clean blades regularly with a damp Check the windshield washing fluid intermittent #1 cycle. The next cloth to remove road film and wax level daily. If necessary, fill to top. positions are intermittent #2, #3, and build-up. Do not drive with worn or #4. The last two positions are wiper dirty wiper blades. They can reduce Clean all inside and outside windows low speed and wiper high speed. visibility, making driving hazardous regularly. Use an alcohol-based which may lead to an injury accident cleaning solution and wipe dry with To wash the windshield resulting in death or personal injury. either a lint-free or a chamois cloth. Avoid running the wiper blades over a Push the rotary wash/wipe knob in dry windshield to prevent scratching (towards steering column), hold for the glass. Spray on washer fluid first. more than 0.8 seconds and then A scratched windshield will reduce release. Hold the knob in to extend visibility.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-45 STEERING COLUMN-MOUNTED CONTROLS

3. Trailer Brake Hand Valve Horn Air Operated Horn (Option) Electric Horn This hand valve, mounted on the Your Medium Duty may be equipped steering wheel column, provides air Your Peterbilt has an electric horn. with an air horn. To operate, pull on the pressure to apply the trailer brakes To operate, press on the horn symbol lanyard extending from the overhead only. It operates independently of near the center of the steering wheel. header panel. the foot treadle valve. See Using the Brake System on page 4-24, for more instructions on proper use of the Trailer 3 Brake Hand Valve.

3-46 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

DASH- AND 3. IGN & ACC: This position allows Hazard Flasher DOOR-MOUNTED you to turn on the engine and all The four-way Emergency Flasher accessory power. CONTROLS switch is located to the right of the 4. START: Starter activation to start ignition key switch. With the switch Ignition Switch engine. in the ON position, the emergency flasher makes all four turn signals Your ignition switch has four (front and rear) flash simultaneously. (unmarked) positions: The flasher works independently of the ignition switch. You should always use 3 the flasher if the vehicle is disabled or parked under emergency conditions.

1. ACC (Accessory): With your key in this position you can play the radio or use other accessories, but your engine won’t start. 2. OFF: In this position all systems are off, and you can remove your key.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-47 DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Daytime Running Lights WARNING! WARNING! Use your Hazard Flasher Warning On vehicles equipped with the Daytime Do not use daytime running lights System any time you have to stop off Running Light (DRL) system, the (DRL) during periods of darkness or the road or on the side of the road, low beam headlights are turned ON reduced visibility. Do not use DRL as day or night. A hard-to-see vehi- automatically at reduced brightness (to a substitute for headlights or other cle can result in an injury accident. conserve headlamp life). lights during operations that require Another vehicle could run into you lighting of your vehicle. Doing so 3 if you do not set your flashers and could lead to an injury accident. follow the placement of emergency signals per FMCSR 392.22. Always CAUTION move the vehicle a safe distance off the road when stalled or stopped On vehicles equipped with daytime for repairs. A disabled vehicle can running lights (DRL), the high-beam be dangerous for you and others. headlamps go on automatically at The hot exhaust system could ig- reduced brightness if the engine is nite dry grass, spilled fuel, or other running and the headlamp switch If the headlight switch is turned OFF, substances. Do not park or operate is turned off. The daytime running the DRL system engages automatically your vehicle where the exhaust sys- lights are turned off automatically after the engine starts and you release tem could contact dry grass, brush, while the parking brake is engaged. the parking brake. If the headlight spilled fuel, or any other material that If the headlamp switch is turned switch is ON, the DRL system is could cause a fire. on, the DRL system is overridden & overridden, and headlights operate headlamps operate normally. normally.

3-48 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Panel Light Dimmer ID and Clearance Lights Dome Light Switch The Panel Light Dimmer lets you vary The center-mounted dome light is the brightness of your instrument panel operated by gently pushing on the lens lights. until a click is heard. The same action turns the light on or off, depending on its previous state.

3

These are the amber lights on top of your cab, the lights on the front and sides of the trailer, and the red lights on To Operate Your Panel Light Dimmer: the rear of a truck or trailer. They are controlled by the control panel switch 1. Turn on either the headlights or labelled CL LPS or with the symbol clearance lights. shown above. 2. To brighten the instrument lights, rotate the thumbwheel up. 3. To dim the instrument lights, rotate the thumbwheel down.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-49 DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Fog Lights Switch Air Suspension Deflate NOTE Switch (Dump Valve) Across the U.S.A. and Canada, State/Provincial requirements vary as to when high beams and fog lights can and cannot be used together. Some states allow only four lights to be used together, while some allow 3 more. How your lights are arranged will affect whether you can operate headlights and fog lights concur- Your Peterbilt vehicle may have an rently—always comply with the state If your vehicle has fog lights, turn them air suspension deflation switch which or provincial requirements where ON or OFF with the control panel allows the air in the suspension to be you are driving. switch with the symbol shown above. exhausted from a switch on the dash. The purpose of this feature is to allow you to lower your tractor to get under a trailer. You may notice a guard over the switch. This prevents you from accidentally deflating the suspension.

3-50 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Cruise Control Switch WARNING! WARNING! Operating the Air Suspension De- Do not operate the cruise control flate Switch (Dump Valve) while driv- when operating on road surfaces ing can lead to an accident. Sudden with poor traction (wet, icy, or snow deflation while your vehicle is mov- covered roads) or in heavy traffic. ing can affect handling and control. Accelerations caused by the normal Use this switch only when your vehi- operation of the cruise control could cle is not moving. cause you to lose control of the ve- 3 hicle resulting in an injury accident. CAUTION Operating a vehicle with air suspen- The master switch turns the cruise NOTE sion bags either overinflated or un- control ON or OFF. The second switch Cruise control functions and fea- derinflated may cause damage to allows you to SET the desired speed tures may vary depending upon driveline components. If a vehicle or RESUME the desired speed after which engine you have. For specific must be operated under such con- the cruise control function has been explanation of your cruise control, ditions, do not exceed 5 mph. interrupted. see the cruise control or engine manual included with your vehicle.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-51 DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Regeneration Switch to release the button to ensure that This vehilcle’s electronic system will the system will begin the regeneration perform a ‘rationality check’ every time In order to meet 2007 EPA engine cycle. the vehicle is started. This check is emission requirements, vehicles to ensure that the service brakes are will have a either a two or three CENTER: (three position switch only) working before allowing cruise control position switch to help control and Center is the normal position of the to function. This safety feature is maintain the exhaust Diesel Particulate switch. The center position will allow designed to ensure that a driver is able Filter. Please refer to the Exhaust an automatic regeneration to occur. to cancel the cruise set speed by using Aftertreatment System Supplement 3 the service brake pedal. The system provided with the vehicle for more STOP: (three position switch only) will not allow cruise control operation if detailed information about the emission When STOP is pressed the system will it does not pass the ‘rationality check’. control system. not regenerate under any conditions. The Driver Information Display will prompt you to press the service brake CAUTION pedal if it has not been pressed since Do not leave the three position the vehicle has been started. switch in the STOP position unless you need to cancel or stop regen- eration. Leaving the switch in the STOP position for extended periods of time will result in increased soot levels in the DPF.

START: Depressing the button in the START direction for 4 to 8 seconds will initiate a parked regeneration. Be sure

3-52 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Power Mirror Switch To Adjust Moto Mirrors WARNING! If your vehicle is equipped with 1. Move the mirror selector switch Convex mirrors can distort images to the right or left from the neutral power mirrors, the mirror controls will and make objects appear smaller be located on the driver side door center position to select the and farther away than they really desired mirror for adjustment. pad. Aerodynamic- style mirrors are. You could have an accident are controlled for 4-way adjustable if you are too close to another ve- NOTE movement, while Moto mirrors are hicle or other object. Keep plenty controlled for 2-way adjustable of space between your vehicle and If the mirror is fixed (non-motorized) 3 movement. others when you turn or change on the left side, then the mirror selec- lanes. Remember that other objects tor switch will ONLY allow selection are closer than they may appear. of the neutral and right mirror switch positions.

NOTE 2. Depress the mirror directional The Power Mirror Switch does not control pad towards the arrows control the adjustment of the convex pointing left or right to adjust the mirrors. mirror in/out.

NOTE After mirror adjustments have been completed, return the mirror selec- tor switch back to the center (neutral) position, to prevent unintentional ad- justments to the mirrors.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-53 DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Mirror Heat Switch button again turns the mirror heat and Power Window Switch the indicator light Off. Your vehicle may be equipped with Your vehicle is probably equipped with optional heated mirrors. Mirror heat NOTE power windows. Power window rocker is controlled by the mirror heat switch switches are located on the door pads The effects of direct sunlight, or the button, which is part of the mirror switch (a switch for the passenger window is use of mirror heat, will increase the module located on the driver side door also on the driver side door pad, as outside air temperature displayed pad. Motorized mirrors with mirror heat shown above). while the vehicle is stationary. have an automatic 15-minute "time 3 out" feature, where the mirror heat-only module is automatically deactivated.

To open or close a window, depress the switch for that window at the end that displays a downward- or To defrost the mirrors in cold weather, upward-directed arrow, respectively, in depress the mirror heat switch button the window symbol on the switch face. and release. The mirror heat symbol Release the switch to stop window in the button will illuminate to indicate movement. the mirror heat function has been activated. Pressing and releasing the

3-54 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Power Door Lock Switch Jacobs Engine Brake or • If you have the three-mode Cummins "C" Brake Switch system, you can select low, Your vehicle is probably equipped with medium, or high retarding. power door locks. Power door lock The ON/OFF switch turns the system rocker switches are located on the ON or OFF. The second switch door pads (switch on the driver side performs the progressive braking door pad is shown above). function that controls the amount of retarding. 3

To lock or unlock both cab doors as well as a sleeper door, depress any door lock switch at the end that displays a closed or open padlock symbol, respectively, on the switch face.

• If you have the two-mode system, you can select HIGH or LOW.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-55 DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Interaxle Differential Lock Two-Speed Rear Axle Switch WARNING! (Range) Switch Placing the differential lock in the The interaxle differential allows "LOCK" position while your wheels differential action between the forward are spinning could cause loss of rear and the rear rear driving axles. control or axle damage. You could The interaxle differential lock switch be hurt. Switch to "LOCK" only allows the operator to LOCK or when your wheels are not spinning. 3 UNLOCK the differential. The guard over this switch prevents you from See Interaxle Differential on page 4-47 accidentally activating the lock. for more information on using your interaxle differential.

If your vehicle is equipped with a two-speed rear axle, you can select the axle range by the dash mounted switch shown above. The low range provides maximum torque for operating off-highway. The high range is a faster ratio for highway speeds.

3-56 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Fifth Wheel Lock (Slider Parking Brake Valve and Adjustment) Switch Vehicles having an air slide fifth wheel Trailer Air Supply Valve have a fifth wheel slider lock controlled WARNING! by a switch on the instrument panel. Before you leave the cab, apply all By placing the switch in the unlock parking brakes. Do not move the fifth wheel while position, you can slide the fifth wheel the tractor-trailer is in motion. Move- to various positions to adjust weight ment of the fifth wheel while a trac- distribution. There is a guard over tor-trailer is moving can cause a se- this switch to protect you against rious accident. Your load could shift accidentally activating or releasing the 3 suddenly, causing you to lose con- lock. trol of the vehicle. Never operate the vehicle with the switch in the un- lock position. Always inspect the fifth wheel after you lock the switch to be sure the fifth wheel is engaged.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-57 DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Vehicles with Air Brakes: WARNING! 1. Apply all parking brakes. Pull out the Yellow Parking Brake Do not pull out the parking brake Control knob (1) located on valve while the vehicle is moving. the dash. In tractors, the Red Stopping with the parking brake con- (octagon-shaped) Trailer Air trols can cause a sudden wheel lock- Supply Control knob (2) will up, loss of control, or over-take by automatically pop out. following vehicles. You could be se- Combination (Tractor/Trailer) verely injured. 3 Parking Brake Control Valves

WARNING! Do not leave the cab without applying the parking brake. The truck could roll and cause an injury accident. Al- ways apply the parking brake before you leave the cab. Full Truck Parking Brake Valve 2. Shift the transmission into its PARK position. 3. Turn the key to OFF. 4. Remove the key.

3-58 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Vehicles with Hydraulic Brakes: until it reaches an over (top) center CAUTION position. (The PARK light on the The parking brake consists of a Unless it is an emergency, do not dash will come on.) driveline drum brake actuated by a pull upward on the parking brake lever and cable. The hand lever, lever while the vehicle is moving. NOTE mounted on the vehicle's cab floor, Attempting to stop with the parking Ensure the lever is over center. The pulls or releases the cable controlling brake could cause damage to the light will come on prior to brake being the brake. Pulling upward on the driveline, transmission, or the park- fully applied. parking brake lever pulls the cable ing brake mechanism itself. and expands the driveline brake shoes 3 outward against the driveline brake drum. Using the parking brake: 1. Come to a complete stop. The driveline brake is disengaged by pushing the handle downward to its lowest position.

NOTE Failure to fully release the parking brake can cause the brakes to over- heat.

2. Apply the parking brake. Pull upward on the parking brake lever

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-59 DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Power Port Cupholders/Ashtray

Power ports are available in the Your vehicle comes standard with two cab to operate accessories. The 12 cupholders located in the center of the volt power circuit is protected by a cab, below the dashboard. This vehicle 10-ampere fuse to prevent damage. may have an optional ashtray which is designed to fit into one cupholder. WARNING! 3 Do not exceed the voltage/amper- age capacity of the cigarette lighter. It could result in a fire. Follow all warnings and instructions in the op- erator's manual for the appliance you are using.

The receptacle may be used to power auxiliary equipment not drawing more than 15 amperes maximum. While there are two receptacles at the top of the dashboard, there is one more on WARNING! the base of the cup holders. Paper or other combustible sub- stances in an ashtray could cause a fire. Keep all burnable materials besides smoking materials out of the ashtray.

3-60 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DASH- AND DOOR-MOUNTED CONTROLS

Shift Pattern Display

The correct shift pattern for your vehicle appears on your control panel or windshield or on a medallion in the shift knob. It is important that you know more about your transmission than just the shift pattern. Please read the manufacturer’s manual that is included with your vehicle. 3

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-61 HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

Cab Controls

3

1. Fan Control Dial 4. Floor 7. Temperature Control Dial 2. Dash 5. Floor & Defrost 8. Air Conditioner Enable, Blue Light (On) Indicates A/C is Enabled 3. Dash & Floor 6. Defrost 9. Fresh Air / Recirculate, Blue Light (On) Indicates Recirculated Air

3-62 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

Introduction WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! Exhaust fumes from the engine con- Never idle your vehicle for prolonged Do not drive with visibility reduced tain carbon monoxide, a colorless periods of time if you sense that ex- by fog, condensation, or frost on the and odorless gas. Do not breathe haust fumes are entering the cab. windshield. Your view may be ob- the engine exhaust gas. A poorly Investigate the cause of the fumes scured, which may result in death, maintained, damaged or corroded and correct it as soon as possible. personal injury, equipment or prop- exhaust system can allow carbon If the vehicle must be driven under erty damage. For clear visibility and monoxide to enter the cab. Entry of these conditions, drive only with the 3 safe driving it is extremely impor- carbon monoxide into the cab is also windows open. Failure to repair the tant for you to follow the instructions possible from other vehicles nearby. source of the exhaust fumes may re- pertaining to the function and use Failure to properly maintain your ve- sult in death, personal injury, equip- of the ventilation/heating and defog- hicle could cause carbon monoxide ment or property damage. ging/defrosting system. If in doubt, to enter the cab, resulting in death or consult your dealer. Maximum heat- personal injury. ing output and fast defrosting can be obtained only after the engine has reached operating temperature.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-63 HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

NOTE CAUTION NOTE Keep the engine exhaust system Do not stay in the vehicle with the If you are required to idle your ve- and the vehicles cab ventilation engine running or idling for more hicle for long periods of time, install system properly maintained. It is than 10 minutes with the vehicle's an auxiliary heater or automatic idle recommended that the vehicles ex- Heater and A/C ventilation system control. These auxiliary devices can haust system and cab be inspected: in RECIRC or at LOW FAN SPEED. reduce fuel consumption and save Even with the ventilation system on, you money. • By a competent technician every running the engine while parked or 3 15,000 miles stopped for prolonged periods of NOTE • Whenever a change is noticed in time is not recommended. the sound of the exhaust system If you are parked next to idling ve- hicles, move your vehicle or do not • Whenever the exhaust system, NOTE stay in your vehicle for prolonged pe- underbody, or cab is damaged When idling for short periods of time: riods of time. • Set the heating or cooling NOTE system to Heat or A/C To allow for proper operation of the • Set the fan to Medium or High vehicle ventilation system, keep the speed inlet grille at the base of the wind- shield clear of snow, ice, leaves and • Set the controls to FRESH AIR other obstructions at all times.

3-64 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

Manual Controls Floor, De-mister Vents and What Each Control Does *Defrost Vents Air Conditioner Switch

This button turns the A/C compressor on *Defrost and De-mister Vents Fan Speed Adjustment and off. When using the Max Def function the user will not be able to turn off the AC compressor with this button. *Fresh air and air conditioning are Turning this dial clockwise from the OFF automatically turned ON. 3 position turns the fan ON and increases NOTE the fan speed. Temperature Control Dial Fan Control Dial must also be in the ON position for A/C to be Air Flow Control Dial Turn this dial clockwise for heat, on. A/C engages automatically This dial directs the air flow through 5 in AUTO, defrost and floor/de- primary sets of vents: counterclockwise for cool. frost.

Instrument Panel and De-mister Vents

Instrument Panel, De-mister and Floor Vents

Floor and De-mister Vents

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-65 HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

Tips for Efficient Cooling How To Use The System Fresh Air/Recirculation An air conditioner can reduce fog build Switch up on the windshield by setting it to the The engine must be running for the defrost or the floor/defrost air selection. heater and air conditioner to generate This switch controls the source of the air To increase the effectiveness of the hot and cold air. flowing into the heater and air conditioner air conditioner, use the A/C button unit To Cool in the ON position, increase the air Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior of temperature setting and/or increase Push the Fresh 3 the vehicle (when used with A/C) and may the fan speed. Air/Recirculation Switch to the also help reduce undesired outside odors Fresh Air mode (Blue indicator from reaching the interior of the vehicle. If the cabin becomes humid or damp, light off). Manually setting the This button can be engaged manually in system to recirculate air will any non-defrost modes. use the air conditioner with the fan increase the effectiveness and on, with fresh air (not in recirculate air uses the least amount of fuel. mode) and the A/C in the ON position NOTE to dry the cabin air. You may notice changes in sound In situations where more cooling of Turn ON the Fan Control Dial to between recirculated mode and the desired fan speed. other airflow modes. the cab is required, make sure the system is in the recirculation mode. This setting will be more effective than using fresh air. Turn Temperature Dial to Desired Setting.

3-66 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

Turn the Air Flow Control Dial Turn the Air Flow Control Dial to Floor Vents. Turn ON the Fan Control Dial to to Dash Vents. the desired fan speed.

Adjust the Temperature Control Dial clockwise until the air temperature If the outside air is not cold Adjust the Temperature Control enough to cool the cab, press to feels comfortable. Dial until the air temperature feels engage the compressor which comfortable. 3 will deliver colder air. Using this function in "manual" mode will provide the maximum heating The air conditioner removes moisture performance. from the air while the heater heats the For more cooling effect, you air. may need to press the switch To Dehumidify back to recirculation mode. To Defog and Defrost the Windshield Push the Fresh Air/Recirculate To Heat Switch to the Fresh Air mode (Blue indicator light off). Turn the Fan Control Dial clockwise to the highest fan speed. Turn the Fan Control Dial ON to the desired fan speed. Turn ON the Air Conditioning Switch (Blue indicator light on). Turn the Air Flow Control Dial to Defrost Vents.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-67 HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

Fresh air and air conditioning are automatically turned ON.

Adjust the Temperature Control Dial clockwise to full heat.

CAUTION 3 During extreme cold weather, do not blow hot defroster air onto cold wind- shields. This could crack the glass. Turn the Air Flow Control Dial to De- frost and adjust the fan speed ac- cordingly while the engine warms. If the engine is already warm, move the Temperature Control Dial to cool, then gradually increase the temper- ature when you see that the wind- shield is starting to warm up. Failure to comply may result in equipment damage.

3-68 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES WARNING! CAUTION Navigation System Only glance at the Navigation Sys- Do not rely on the Navigation Sys- tem monitor while driving. Pro- tem to route you to the closest emer- Your vehicle may be equipped with longed periods of viewing while gency services. Not all emergency a Peterbilt Navigation System. This driving could result in an accident services are in the database. system is a Global Positioning Satellite and possible personal injury. (GPS)-linked computer. It receives input from multiple sources to locate NOTE WARNING! 3 your vehicle. Read and understand Regardless of how and where the the Supplemental Navigation System Do not program the Navigation Sys- navigation system directs you, it is Owner’s Manual and observe the tem while driving. Always stop your responsibility to operate the ve- Warnings, Cautions, and Notes that your vehicle when programming or hicle in a safe and legal manner. follow before using the system. changing the settings on the Nav- igation System. Programming the NOTE WARNING! system while driving can cause you to take your eyes off the road, which Ensure the volume level of all audio Verify legal weight and height re- could result in an accident. Failure devices is set to a level that still al- strictions for the route suggested by to do so could lead to serious injury lows you to hear outside traffic and the Navigation System. Failure to or equipment damage. emergency vehicles. verify height restrictions could lead to personal injury. Failure to verify weight restrictions could result in a traffic infraction.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-69 ACCESSORIES

Radio Glove Compartment NOTE As an option, your vehicle has either A glove compartment is provided to The map database is the most cur- an AM/FM Stereo Receiver or an store important documents, the vehicle rent available at the time of produc- AM/FM Stereo/Cassette Player. literature set (including this Operator's tion. The database is designed to Manual) and other related materials. provide you with route suggestions For instructions on how to operate your You can open it by pushing the knob and does not take into account the particular radio, see the manufacturer's on the front. relative safety of a suggested route Radio Operating Instructions in the 3 or of factors that may affect the time glove compartment. • To close, push the cover up and required to reach your destination. press to latch it. See the Supplemental Navigation System Owner’s Manual for more • You can lock and unlock the information. glove compartment door with your ignition key; turn it clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock.

3-70 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ACCESSORIES

Vehicle Telematic System WARNING! WARNING! Your vehicle may be equipped with Do not drive with the glove compart- Only glance at the system monitor an onboard telematics system. This ment open, it can be dangerous. In while driving. Prolonged periods of system is a Global Positioning Satellite an accident or sudden stop, you or a viewing while driving could result in (GPS)-linked computer. It receives passenger could be thrown against an accident involving death or per- input from multiple sources to locate the cover and be injured. To reduce sonal injury. your vehicle. Read and understand the risk of personal injury during an the Supplemental Telematics and accident or sudden stop, keep the Navigation System Owner’s Manual WARNING! 3 glove compartment closed when the and observe the Warnings, Cautions, vehicle is in motion. Do not program the telematic sys- and Notes that follow before using the tem while driving. Always stop system. your vehicle when programming or WARNING! changing the settings on the telem- Do not carry loose objects in your WARNING! atic system. Programming the sys- cab, it can be dangerous. In a sud- Verify legal weight and height re- tem while driving can cause you to den stop, or even going over a bump strictions for the route suggested take your eyes off the road, which in the road, they could fly through by the telematic system. Failure to could result in an accident involving the air and strike you or a passenger. verify height restrictions could lead death, personal injury or equipment You could be injured or even killed. to causing death, personal injury or damage. Secure all loose objects in the cab property damage. Failure to verify before moving the vehicle. weight restrictions could result in a traffic infraction.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-71 ACCESSORIES

Care of the Display Screen WARNING! NOTE From time to time it may be necessary Regardless of how and where the The map database is the most cur- to clean the display screen. To clean navigation system directs you, it is rent available at the time of produc- the screen, dampen a clean, soft, your responsibility to operate the tion. The database is designed to lint-free cloth with water only. A mild vehicle in a safe and legal man- provide you with route suggestions glass cleaner that does not contain ner. Failure to comply may result in and does not take into account the alcohol or ammonia may also be death, personal injury, equipment or relative safety of a suggested route used. Cleaners that contain alcohol property damage. or of factors that may affect the time 3 and/or ammonia will eventually dry-out, required to reach your destination. crack and "yellow" the screen. Wipe See the Supplemental Navigation WARNING! the screen gently back and forth. You System Owner’s Manual for more can also use a commercial cleaner Ensure the volume level of all audio information. devices is set to a level that still al- especially designed for LCD screens. lows you to hear outside traffic and emergency vehicles. Failure to com- ply may result in death, personal in- jury, equipment or property damage.

CAUTION Do not rely on the telematic system to route you to the closest emer- gency services. Not all emergency services are in the database.

3-72 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ACCESSORIES

Screen Display On/Off acknowledge and understand the Warning/Informational Screen information. The MENU screen will 1. Press and hold the POWER/LIGHT automatically appear next. button for approximately 1 second. 4. To turn the system off, press and 2. After the display has been turned WARNING hold the POWER/LIGHT button for 3 on, the following Warning/Informational Do not let this device distract you while seconds. screen will appear: driving. Always concentrate on your driving. Distractions could cause an Disclaimer accident resulting in injuries to you or 3 others. The vehicle manufacturer is not IMPORTANT responsible for erroneous map data, Disclaimer: Map data may be inaccurate misrouting or any downtime or other and navigation routes may not be damages associated with or arising out available for larger size vehicles. of the use of the Navigation System. Regardless of how and where the navigation system directs you, it is your responsibility to operate the vehicle in a safe and legal manner. Note: Before using this system, read the Owner's Manual and learn how it operates. Some functions of this system will not operate when the truck is moving.

3. After reading the information, touch the TTT in the upper right corner of the screen with your finger indicating you

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 3-73

STARTING & OPERATING

STARTING & OPERATING Introduction ...... 4-5 Normal Weather ...... 4-5 Cold Weather ...... 4-6 Engine Block Heater (Option)...... 4-6 Engine Warm-up ...... 4-7 OPERATING THE ENGINE Stationary PTO Operation ...... 4-11 Engine Fan Control ...... 4-11 4 Winterfronts ...... 4-12 Engine Control Display ...... 4-13 OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION Introduction ...... 4-14 Operating Manual Transmissions ...... 4-14 Putting the Vehicle in Motion ...... 4-19 Automatic and Automated Transmissions . . . . 4-22 Auxiliary Transmission...... 4-23

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-1 STARTING & OPERATING

More Transmission Tips ...... 4-23 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM Introduction ...... 4-24 Hydraulic Brakes ...... 4-35 Retarders ...... 4-41 Parking Brake ...... 4-43 CRUISE CONTROL Cruise Control Switch ...... 4-44 4 AXLE Differential Lock ...... 4-47 Dual Range (Two-Speed) Rear Axle ...... 4-48 Auxiliary Axles - Pusher or Tag ...... 4-50 SUSPENSION Setting Ride Height ...... 4-57 Driving with Deflated Air Springs ...... 4-60 AFTER-TREATMENT SYSTEM Introduction ...... 4-61

4-2 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STARTING & OPERATING

DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES Introduction ...... 4-62 Coasting ...... 4-62 Descending a Grade ...... 4-63 Engine Overspeed ...... 4-63 Fuel - Excess Consumption ...... 4-64 STOPPING THE ENGINE Before Stopping the Engine ...... 4-67 Refueling ...... 4-67 4 Refuel Before the Final Stop ...... 4-68 Final Stop ...... 4-69

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-3

STARTING & OPERATING

STARTING & Normal Weather OPERATING NOTE When the outside temperature is Some starters are equipped with above 50° F (10° C), you can use the overcrank protection. Check the Introduction following procedure. "Engine Operation and Maintenance Since each vehicle is 1. Set the parking brake. Manual" for details. custom-equipped, all engine operation 2. Put your main transmission in instructions in this manual are general. 5. Turn the ignition key to the START Neutral. You will want to consult the manual for position. If the engine does not your engine to find out details about 3. Disengage (depress) the clutch start within 30 seconds, release your specific engine’s needs. You (with manual transmission). the ignition switch. To avoid may need to use a slightly different overtaxing the starter motor or 4. Turn the key switch to ON. procedure from the one outlined here. the batteries, don’t use the starter 4 for more than 30 seconds. Let Below are instructions for both CAUTION the starter motor cool and the normal-temperature starting and Never operate the starter motor while batteries recover for two minutes cold-weather starting. the engine is running. The starter before trying again. and flywheel gears could clash or If the engine still won’t start after a jam, severely damaging them. couple of tries, check the fuel lines for possible fuel starvation or air leaks. Starting failure may mean fuel isn’t reaching the injectors. 6. As soon as the engine starts, begin to watch the oil pressure gauge. Check your engine manufacturer’s

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-5 STARTING & OPERATING

manual for the right pressure for Cold Weather Engine Block Heater your engine. If the oil pressure (Option) doesn’t rise within a few seconds, In cold weather, fast engine starting stop the engine. Find out what helps relieve the loads on the electrical To preheat the engine before starting, is wrong before restarting the system and cranking motor. Using the plug the optional engine block heater engine. special cold starting equipment will into a properly grounded AC electrical help starting. If you follow a few simple source. Do not start the engine with 7. Slowly engage (release) the clutch guidelines, you will extend the service the heater plugged in. after the engine has started. life of your engine. 8. Wait for the oil pressure gauge to WARNING! • Keep the electrical system in top reach normal operating pressure condition. Engine block heaters can cause before operating the vehicle or fires which may result in death, in- idling faster than 1000 rpm. 4 • Use the best quality fuel of the jury and/or property damage if not recommended grade. properly maintained and operated. Regularly inspect the engine block • Use recommended engine heater wiring and connector for lubricating oil. damaged or frayed wires. Do not • Fully depress the accelerator use the heater if there are any signs pedal after engaging the starter. of problems. Contact your autho- rized dealer or the manufacturer of • For manual transmissions and the heater if you are in need of re- auxiliary transmissions, leave the pairs or information. transmission in neutral and allow the transmission lubricating oil to warm up (approximately 3-5 minutes) before operating vehicle.

4-6 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STARTING & OPERATING

Engine Warm-up slowly and evenly. In extremely CAUTION Engine cold temperatures, you may have Always unplug heater before starting to increase idle speed. The purpose of engine warm-up is to the engine. Damage to the cooling allow oil film to be established between system could occur if the heater is NOTE pistons and liners, shafts and bearings not turned OFF (unplugged). In colder climates where the tem- while your engine gradually reaches perature is often below freezing, operating temperature. Depending on engine make, when the the warm-up for turbocharged en- temperature falls below -10° F (-24° Warm-up Procedure gines is especially important. Chilled C), the block heater is required. external oil lines leading to the tur- 1. After you’ve started your engine, bocharger will slow the oil flow until • Use a solution of half ethylene idle it at approximately 600 RPM the oil warms, reducing oil available glycol antifreeze and half water for while you check: for the bearings. Watch the engine 4 best heater performance. Do not a. oil pressure oil temperature or pressure gauge exceed 65 percent concentration for a warming trend before increas- of antifreeze, as a shortened b. air pressure ing engine idle speed (RPM). heater life will result. See Engine c. alternator output Cooling System on page 5-80, for 3. Continue the engine warm-up until more information. 2. After a few minutes of idling at the coolant temperature reaches 600 RPM, increase your idle at least 130° F (54° C). At this • After servicing the cooling system, speed to 900 or 1000 RPM. temperature, you can use partial operate the vehicle for a day or two Continue your warm-up. This throttle. Wait until the coolant before using the heater. Trapped procedure allows oil to warm and temperature is at least 160° F (71° air inside the engine needs time flow freely while pistons, liners, C) before operating at full throttle. to escape. shafts, and bearings expand

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-7 STARTING & OPERATING

WARNING! CAUTION NOTE Exhaust fumes from the engine The use of a winterfront can result Keep the engine exhaust system contain carbon monoxide, a color- in excessive engine coolant, oil, and and the vehicle’s cab/sleeper venti- less and odorless gas. A poorly charge air () temperatures, lation system properly maintained. maintained, damaged, or corroded which can lead to overheating and It is recommended that the vehicle’s exhaust system can allow - possible engine damage. If you exhaust system and cab/sleeper be bon monoxide to enter the cab or must use a winterfront: inspected: sleeper. Failure to properly main- tain your vehicle could cause car- • Refer to the "Engine Operation • By a competent technician every bon monoxide to enter the cab and and Maintenance Manual" 15,000 miles for operating restrictions and cause death or personal injury. • Whenever a change is noticed in recommendations. 4 the sound of the exhaust system • Use only a winterfront WARNING! • Whenever the exhaust system, available from your dealer Never idle your vehicle for prolonged underbody, cab or sleeper is that is compatible with an periods of time if you sense that ex- damaged EPA-compliant engine cooling haust fumes are entering the cab. system. These winterfronts are Investigate the cause of the fumes specifically designed for use with and correct it as soon as possible. new grill snap patterns. If the vehicle must be driven under these conditions, drive only with the windows slightly open. Failure to re- pair the source of the exhaust fumes may lead to death or personal injury.

4-8 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STARTING & OPERATING

NOTE WARNING! CAUTION • Do not stay in the vehicle with To reduce the chance of death or Do not allow your engine to idle, the engine running or idling personal injury and/or vehicle dam- at low rpms (400–600 rpm), longer for more than 10 minutes with age from overheated engines, which than five minutes. Long peri- the vehicle’s Heater and A/C can result in a fire, never leave the ods of idling after the engine has ventilation system in RECIRC engine idling without an alert driver reached operating temperatures or at LOW FAN SPEED. Even present. If the engine should over- can decrease engine temperature with the ventilation system On, heat, as indicated by the engine and cause gummed piston rings, running the engine while parked coolant temperature light, immedi- clogged injectors, and possible en- or stopped for prolonged periods ate action is required to correct the gine damage from lack of lubrica- of time is not recommended. condition. Continued unattended tion. The normal torsional vibrations operation of the engine, even for generated can also cause transmis- • If other vehicles are parked next 4 a short time, may result in serious sion wear. to you idling, move your vehicle engine damage or a fire. or do not stay in your vehicle for prolonged periods of time.

Idling the Engine

Under most circumstances, idling your engine for long periods merely wastes fuel. In severe arctic weather conditions, however, you may need longer idling to be sure all parts of your engine are fully lubricated.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-9 STARTING & OPERATING

Transmission a. Put the main transmission in In cold weather (below 32° F (0° gear. C), you may find shifting sluggish b. Put the auxiliary transmission when you first start up. Transmission in Neutral. This will allow warm-up is especially important at the transmission countershaft this time, but it is always a good to turn, agitating the oil and idea to warm-up your transmission warming it. before starting out on the road. To warm-up the transmission, follow these procedures.

To warm-up the transmission 4 lubricating oil during engine warm-up, with a single transmission (manual and automatic): 1. Put the transmission in Neutral. 2. Release the clutch pedal (manual only) and operate the transmission in neutral for 3 to 5 minutes prior to operating the transmission in either forward or reverse range. 3. If you have a two-transmission combination:

4-10 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE ENGINE

OPERATING THE 5. Toggle the SET/RESUME switch Engine Fan Control ENGINE to obtain the desired engine rpm.

Stationary PTO Operation Cancelling Cruise Control

The cruise control buttons for this You can cancel cruise control in any vehicle may be used to control the of these ways: The engine fan can be turned ON using a switch that is mounted on the engine rpm when the vehicle is • Tap the brake pedal. stationary and the operator wants to accessory switch panel. This lets you use the PTO on the engine. Use the • Tap the clutch pedal. set the fan to manual or automatic cruise control options in the same operation. manner as with the vehicle in motion, • Move the ON/OFF switch to the • With the ignition key turned ON but instead of setting vehicle speed, "OFF" position. and the fan switch in the MANUAL 4 the engine speed (RPM) is set instead. position, the engine fan will be ON Setting Idle Speed regardless of engine temperature. 1. Ensure parking brakes are applied. • With the engine fan switch in the AUTO position, the engine fan will 2. Ensure transmission is in Neutral. automatically turn ON when the 3. Engage PTO per the engine computer sends a signal manufacturer's operating requiring the engine fan to be on. instructions. 4. Move the ON/OFF switch to the "ON" position.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-11 OPERATING THE ENGINE

Winterfronts WARNING! NOTE A winterfront or other air flow restriction Do not work on or near the fan with Do not operate the engine fan in device may be mounted in front of the engine running. Anyone near the the MANUAL position for extended the radiator to increase cab heater engine fan when it turns on could be periods of time. The fan hub was temperature in cold climates. injured. If it is set at MANUAL, the designed for intermittent operation. fan will turn on any time the ignition Sustained operation will shorten the CAUTION key switch is turned to the ON posi- fan hub's service life as well as re- tion. In AUTO, it could engage sud- duce fuel economy. A winterfront should only be used denly without warning. Before turn- at temperatures below 40°F (4°C). ing on the ignition or switching from Use of a winterfront above 40°F AUTO to MANUAL, be sure no work- (4°C) can decrease life of cool- 4 ers are near the fan. ing module components. Remove winterfront as soon as the ambi- CAUTION ent temp reaches 41°F (5°C). The use of a winterfront above 40°F The fan or equipment near it could (4°C) can result in excessive engine be damaged if the fan turns on sud- coolant, oil, and charge air (intake) denly when you do not expect it. temperatures, which can lead to Keep all tools and equipment away overheating and possible engine or from the fan. coolant module damage and emis- sions non-compliance.

4-12 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE ENGINE

Engine Control Display NOTE Your vehicle may come with an optional The winterfront is designed to min- Engine and Driver Information Display. imize the temperature differences This instrument records information across the radiator and reduce the on engine diagnostics, scheduled possibility of cooling module dam- maintenance, driving conditions, and age. Aftermarket winterfronts may general trip information. The specific not provide the proper airflow dis- features of your display may vary tribution and could cause cooling depending on engine make. For module damage. complete information on the display see the engine manufacturer's manual. 4

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-13 OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION

OPERATING THE in the transmission manufacturer's Operating Manual TRANSMISSION manual that is included with your Transmissions vehicle. 6, 9, 10, and 11–Speed Manual Introduction NOTE The 6–speed synchronized manual Your Medium Duty is equipped You will find a shift pattern diagram transmission has 6 forward speeds and with either a manual or automatic in the cab. Check to be sure you 1 reverse. The 9–speed transmission transmission with special features know the correct sequence for your has 9 forward and 2 reverse speeds, and gearing to meet your particular particular transmission. consisting of a 5– speed low range needs. It is important for you, the section and a 4–speed high range driver, to understand how your section. particular transmission is operated. For specific instructions on To do this, you have two sources of 4 operating one of the optional 10- information: this Operator's Manual or 11-speed transmissions, consult and the transmission manufacturer's the transmission manufacturer’s Driver/Operator's Instruction Manual. Driver/Operator Instruction Manual. Because of the variety of different transmissions installed in Medium Duty vehicles, operating procedures for your particular transmission are not included in this manual; therefore, you should read and understand both manuals. Read the general guidelines and instructions that follow and read the specific instructions contained

4-14 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION

Transmission Warm–Up Putting the Vehicle in Motion cause a very jumpy start and excessive wear. In cold weather [below 32°F (0°C)], you After making sure the vehicle's oil may find shifting sluggish when you and air pressure are correct and all CAUTION first start up. Transmission warm-up is other parts and systems are in proper Always use first gear or a low speed especially important at this time, but working condition: range to start the vehicle in motion. it is always a good idea to warm your 1. If your truck is equipped with a The use of a higher gear or speed transmission oil before starting out on hand throttle, disengage the hand range forces undue strain on the en- the road. throttle before driving the vehicle. gine, clutch, other transmission com- ponents, and may cause damage. To warm the transmission lubricating 2. Fully depress the clutch pedal until oil during engine warm-up: the clutch brake makes contact. 3. Evaluate the road surface 1. Put the transmission in Neutral. The contact will occur at about 1 conditions and terrain your vehicle 4 inch or less from the floorboard. is on. Select a gear low enough to 2. Release the clutch pedal and let let your vehicle start forward with the transmission operate in Neutral ° The total stroke of the clutch the throttle at idle. for three to five minutes prior to pedal is about 10 inches. The shifting into either a forward or first 1½ inches is free travel. 4. Push the parking brake valve reverse range. After the free travel comes handle (Yellow) against the dash the release stroke, which is panel to release the brakes. the part that fully releases the clutch. The last inch engages 5. Release the clutch pedal, then the clutch brake. gradually accelerate to permit smooth starting, ° Always start out in a low gear. 6. Do not allow your vehicle Starting in a higher gear, to roll (even a little) in the even with a light load, will

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-15 OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION

opposite direction during clutch where maximum torque and power are Shifting Gears in a New Vehicle engagement. If you need to obtained. For further information, see start up on an incline, apply your More Driving Tips and Techniques on Shift carefully in a new vehicle. The service brakes before you release page 4-62. transmission may be a little stiff at the parking brake. Then release first. Avoid gear clashing by closely your service brakes as you engage following these procedures. the clutch and apply throttle. When you are operating a new vehicle For further instructions on operating or one that has been exposed to cold your transmission, see the weather, you want the transmission transmission manufacturer's manual lubricant (fluid) to circulate and coat that is included with your vehicle. the contacting surfaces of the gears. Metal contacting metal in moving 4 If you have a misaligned gear condition parts may seriously damage your in your vehicle's transmission and transmission—do not drive in one cannot start, gradually release the gear for long periods of time until the clutch, allowing the drive gear teeth to transmission lubricant has a chance to line up properly. Then the drive gear coat all contacting surfaces. Carefully can roll enough to allow the teeth to observe the free travel in the clutch line up properly and complete the shift. for the first few hundred miles. As the clutch lining wears and high spots get The best engine performance and worn smooth, you will get less free maximum economy is obtained if gears travel. are properly selected. This efficiency is achieved by always selecting gears within optimum engine rpm, which is

4-16 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION

Clutch Brake and Travel (9–, 10–, the transmission manufacturer's and 11–Speed Transmissions only) manual that is included with your Whether you are upshifting or down vehicle for further details. shifting, it is best to double clutch. These transmissions utilize a clutch Double clutching is easier on the brake, rather than synchronizers. The During Normal Driving transmission and on the engine, clutch brake works by stopping all of helping your vehicle match engine the gears in the transmission, allowing If you want to shift directly into any gear speed with driveline speed and you to easily shift into first gear or other than first or reverse, depress the achieving clash-free shifts. To double reverse without grinding gears. The clutch pedal only far enough to release clutch: the clutch. Pushing the clutch to the total stroke of the clutch pedal is about 1. Push the clutch pedal down to floor applies the clutch brake and could 10 inches. The first part is the release disengage the clutch. stroke: the part that fully releases cause gear hang-up. the clutch. The last inch engages the 2. Move the gear shift lever to clutch brake. CAUTION Neutral. 4 Be careful not to apply the clutch 3. Release the pedal to engage During hard-shifting with vehicle brake while the vehicle is moving. the clutch. This lets you control not moving The purpose of the clutch brake is the rpm of the mainshaft gears, • To apply the clutch brake (while to stop the transmission so that you allowing you to match the rpm of the vehicle is stopped) fully can shift into a starting gear without the mainshaft gears to those of the depress the clutch pedal to the grinding gears. Applying the clutch output shaft. floorboard to stop the gears. With brake when the vehicle is moving ° Upshifts: let the engine and the throttle at idle, select first gear causes a braking effect on the drive- gears slow down to the rpm then release the clutch pedal to train and shortens the service life of required for the next gear. let the vehicle start forward, until the clutch brake. the clutch is fully engaged. See Double Clutching

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-17 OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION

° Downshifts: press accelerator, helps prevent unnecessary wear to • Never coast with the transmission increase engine and gear your clutch release bearing, and it is in Neutral and the clutch speed to the rpm required in less tiring for you, too. disengaged. the lower gear. Clutch Adjustment • To provide smooth gear 4. Now quickly press the pedal to engagements while shifting, disengage the clutch and move Inspect manual according to use proper coordination between the gear shift lever to the next gear the manufacturer's recommendations. shift lever and clutch. speed position. Regular maintenance should be followed to maintain correct clutch 5. Release the pedal to engage the adjustment. Have your dealer's clutch. Service Department perform any adjustment necessary. 4 "Riding" the Clutch Tips The clutch is not a footrest. Do not drive with your foot resting on the • Always use the clutch when clutch pedal. It will allow your clutch making upshifts or downshifts. to slip, causing excessive heat and wear—damage could result. • Always select a starting gear that will provide sufficient gear Release Bearing Wear reduction for the load and terrain.

When you must idle your engine for any • Never downshift when the vehicle period of time, shift your transmission is moving too fast. to Neutral and disengage the clutch • Never slam or jerk the shift lever (take your foot OFF of the pedal). This to complete gear engagement.

4-18 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION

Putting the Vehicle in Motion start up on an incline, apply your CAUTION service brakes before you release After making sure the vehicle's oil Always use first gear or a low speed the parking brake. Then release and air pressure are correct and all range to start the vehicle in motion. your service brakes as you engage other parts and systems are in proper The use of a higher gear or speed the clutch and apply throttle. working condition: range forces undue strain on the en- For further instructions on 1. Fully depress the clutch pedal (for gine, clutch, other transmission com- operating your transmission, see manual transmission) until the ponents, and may cause damage. the transmission manufacturer's clutch brake makes contact. 2. Evaluate the road surface Driver/Operator's Instruction Manual. a. The total stroke of the clutch conditions and terrain your vehicle If you have a misaligned gear condition pedal is about 6 inches (152 is on. Select a gear low enough to in your vehicle's transmission and mm). The first ½ inch (13 let your vehicle start forward with cannot start, gradually release the 4 mm) is free travel. After the the throttle at idle. free travel comes the release clutch, allowing the drive gear teeth to stroke, which is the part that 3. Push the parking brake valve line up properly. Then the drive gear fully releases the clutch. The handle (Yellow) against the dash can roll enough to allow the teeth to last ½ inch (13 mm) engages panel to release the brakes. line up properly and complete the shift. the clutch brake. 4. Release the clutch pedal (manual The best engine performance and b. Always start out in a low only), then gradually accelerate to maximum economy is obtained if gears gear. Starting in higher gears, permit smooth starting, are properly selected. This efficiency even with a light load, will 5. Do not allow your vehicle is achieved by always selecting gears cause a very jumpy start and to roll (even a little) in the within optimum engine RPM, which is excessive wear. opposite direction during clutch where maximum torque and power are engagement. If you need to obtained. For further information, see

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-19 OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION

More Driving Tips and Techniques on Shifting Gears in a New Vehicle Clutch Brake and Travel page 4-62. Shift carefully in a new vehicle. The The clutch brake is used for stopping transmission may be a little stiff at transmission gears, allowing you to first. Avoid gear clashing, by closely easily shift into first gear or reverse following these procedures. without grinding gears. Approximately the last ½ inch (13 mm) of clutch pedal When you are operating a new vehicle travel activates the clutch brake. or one that has been exposed to cold weather, you want the transmission To apply the clutch brake (while the lubricant (fluid) to circulate and coat vehicle is stopped) fully depress the the contacting surfaces of the gears. clutch pedal to stop the gears. With Metal contacting metal in moving the throttle at idle, select first gear 4 parts may seriously damage your then release the clutch pedal to let the transmission, do not drive in one vehicle start forward, until the clutch is gear for long periods of time until the fully engaged. See the manufacturer's transmission lubricant has a chance to Driver/Operator's Instruction Manual coat all contacting surfaces. for further details.

If the transmission has a butt-tooth condition and you cannot engage a gear, gradually release the clutch. Then the drive gear can roll enough to allow the teeth to line up properly and complete the shift.

4-20 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION

During Normal Driving Double Clutching b. Downshifts: press accelerator, increase engine and gear If you want to shift directly into any gear Whether you are upshifting or down speed to the RPM required in other than first or reverse, depress the shifting, it is best to double clutch. the lower gear. clutch pedal only far enough to release Double clutching is easier on the the clutch. Fully depressing the pedal transmission and on the engine, 4. Now quickly press the pedal to applies the clutch brake and could helping your vehicle match engine disengage the clutch and move cause gear hang-up. speed with driveline speed and the gear shift lever to the next gear achieving clash-free shifts. speed position. CAUTION To double clutch: 5. Release the pedal to engage the Be careful not to apply the clutch clutch. brake while the vehicle is moving. 1. Push the clutch pedal down to The purpose of the clutch brake is disengage the clutch. 4 to stop the transmission so that you 2. Move the gear shift lever to can shift into a starting gear without neutral. grinding gears. Applying the clutch brake when the vehicle is moving will 3. Release the pedal to engage render the clutch inoperative. the clutch. This lets you control the RPM of the mainshaft gears, allowing you to match the RPM of the mainshaft gears to those of the output shaft. a. Upshifts: let the engine and gears slow down to the RPM required for the next gear.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-21 OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION

Automatic and Automated Hill Hold Transmissions WARNING! If your vehicle has an automated An automatic or automated transmission, be aware that it can transmission makes shifting much roll backwards when stopped on a easier. It remains important to hill or grade, or when starting from completely understand how to operate a stop on a hill or grade. Failure to the transmission to optimize its comply may result in death, personal efficiency. Please read the manual The hill hold feature is available as injury, equipment or property dam- for your automatic or automated an option with certain automated age. Observe the following guide- transmission included with your transmissions. This feature holds the lines: vehicle. vehicle while on a hill to allow the operator to release the service brakes • When stopped on a hill or grade, 4 For automated transmissions, there is and press the accelerator. This feature press the brake pedal. no "park" position. So you will need to will hold the vehicle if the vehicle is • When starting from a stop on a apply the parking brake before leaving attempting to go up a hill from a stop in hill or grade, quickly remove your the cab. either drive or reverse. foot from the brake pedal and firmly press on the accelerator WARNING! pedal. Do not leave the cab of your vehicle without applying the parking brake. The truck could roll and cause an accident resulting in death or per- sonal injury. Always apply the park- ing brake before you leave the cab.

4-22 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION

Auxiliary Transmission More Transmission Tips • Never downshift when the vehicle Riding the Clutch If you have an auxiliary transmission, is moving too fast. see your transmission manufacturer’s The clutch is not a footrest. Do not • Never slam or jerk the shift lever manual for its proper operation. drive with your foot resting on the to complete gear engagement. clutch pedal. It will allow your clutch to slip, causing excessive heat and wear, • Never coast with the transmission damage could result. in neutral and the clutch disengaged. Release Bearing Wear • To provide smooth gear When you must idle your engine for any engagements while shifting, period of time, shift your transmission use proper coordination between to neutral and disengage the clutch shift lever and clutch. 4 (take your foot OFF of the pedal). This helps prevent unnecessary wear to Double clutching is a very effective your clutch release bearing, and it is means to increase the service life of less tiring for you, too. your transmission. Double clutching refers to a technique where the clutch Tips pedal is used twice per shift instead of once. It also requires that you adjust • Always use the clutch when the engine rpm in the middle of the making upshifts or downshifts. shift which ultimately synchronizes the gears during shifting. Synchronizing • Always select a starting gear reduces wear on the gears. that will provide sufficient gear reduction for the load and terrain.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-23 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM The air compressor on the engine will Certain conditions may result in your typically provide 100-130 psi (690-896 brake surfaces becoming overheated kPa) to the air tanks. The vehicle (above 800° F or 427° C). Overheated Introduction is also designed with an air dryer, brakes will damage linings and which removes moisture from the drum surfaces, ultimately decreasing This vehicle’s brake system functions compressed air in order to protect all braking performance. Refer to with the use of compressed air components in the air system. Retarders and Descending a grade to generated from the engine’s air avoid overheating the brakes. compressor. The compressed air is The brake system may be further stored in various air tanks to ensure enhanced by additional devices This vehicle may be equipped with that air pressure is available whenever such as brake proportioning valves, an anti-lock braking system (ABS). the driver needs it. Anti-lock braking systems or sensors This ABS reduces the possibility of 4 designed to let you know if your brake wheel lock-up. If a wheel is about Compressed air is delivered to the pads need to be serviced. to lock during braking, the ABS will brake system through the valve at automatically adjust air pressure to the the brake pedal and is controlled Certain conditions may result in the brake chambers on the appropriate with various valves and braking brake surfaces getting wet. Brake wheel(s) to prevent wheel lock-up. The circuits. The brake system is designed surfaces that are wet do not perform ABS is automatically turned on when with separate front, rear and (when as well as when they are dry. There the ignition switch is turned on. applicable) trailer circuits so that if one may be situations where wet brake circuit is compromised and loses air, surfaces cannot be avoided. In such the other circuits will not be affected. situations, apply the brakes while in Safety valves in each circuit will protect motion, to dry the brake surfaces. the other circuits in the event that a circuit loses air.

4-24 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! The Anti-Lock Brake System is Do not drive through water deep Do not rely on an anti-lock brake sys- a critical vehicle safety system. enough to wet brake components, tem that is functioning improperly. For the safety of you and others as it may cause the brakes to work You could lose control of the vehi- around you, have the vehicle sub- less efficiently than normal. The cle resulting in a severe accident, mitted for periodic preventive main- vehicle's stopping distance may be causing death or personal injury. If tenance checks as well as having longer than expected, and the vehi- your ABS lamp goes on while you any suspected problems immedi- cle may pull to the left or right when are driving or stays on after the self- ately checked by an authorized brakes are applied, which could check, your anti-lock system might dealer. Failure to properly maintain contribute to an accident involving not be working. The ABS may not your brake system can lead to se- death or personal injury. function in an emergency. You will rious accidents. Failure to comply still have conventional brakes, but 4 may result in death, personal injury, not anti-lock brakes. If the lamp in- equipment or property damage. dicates a problem, have the ABS checked.

Vehicles without anti-lock brake systems (ABS) are typically equipped with a bobtail brake proportioning system. When a trailer is not connected, the drive axle brake application pressure will automatically be limited by the proportioning system. When driven in a bobtail mode,

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-25 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

these tractors will require greater Trailer ABS brake pedal application to provide the Power Line Communication (PLC) CAUTION equivalent braking to a bobtail tractor Do not splice into the non-switchable not equipped with a proportioning North American on-highway vehicles Auxiliary circuit on the primary 7-way system. are equipped with a separate electrical trailer light line. Doing so may cause circuit to power the anti-lock brake the trailer ABS to malfunction. This system (ABS) on towed vehicle(s). circuit is dedicated for trailer ABS In most cases, the ABS power will power. To add a switchable auxiliary be supplied through the Auxiliary circuit, contact a dealership. circuit on the primary 7-way trailer light line connector. If the vehicle Vehicles and trailers built after was manufactured with a switchable 3/1/01 must be able to turn on an Auxiliary circuit for trailer accessories, In-Cab Trailer ABS Warning Lamp 4 an additional 7-way connector would (per Federal Motor Vehicle Safety have been provided for trailer ABS Standards (FMVSS) 121). The industry power. In either case, the ABS chose Power Line Communication power line on the vehicle will be PLC (PLC) as the standard method to turn equipped. it on.

NOTE Trailers not equipped with PLC can not turn on the In-Cab Trailer ABS Warning Lamp.

4-26 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Special Trailer ABS (Without PLC) NOTE CAUTION Option For doubles or triples, the lamp does The center pin of the 7-way trailer If a trailer does not have PLC, but not distinguish between trailers. An light line may be constantly powered it does have ABS that is powered ABS problem in any of the trailers for ABS. Make sure it will not acci- through an optional second trailer will activate the Trailer ABS Warning dently turn on trailer equipment. connector (ISO 3731) and that trailer Lamp. ABS is designed to control the Trailer ABS Warning Lamp in the cab and NOTE the vehicle has been ordered with the If you change the intended service in option to turn on this lamp for these any way (i.e. number of axles, mul- types of trailers, then this lamp will turn on when that trailer ABS has a system tiple trailers, add switchable trailer 4 accessories, etc.) from the date problem. This should be checked by a the vehicle was manufactured, you dealer as soon as possible. The Trailer should contact your trailer manufac- ABS Warning Lamp will not turn on for turer and/or trailer anti-lock brake the power-on test when connected to manufacturer to determine if the these types of trailers. power available at the 7-way trailer light line is adequate. Failure to do NOTE so might result in insufficient power Very few trailers built before 3/1/01 to the trailer ABS system which may have this option. Trailers built after affect its operation. 3/1/01 are built with PLC technology.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-27 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Advanced ABS with Stability Roll Stability Program Control RSP, an element of the overall ESC This vehicle may be equipped with system, addresses rollover conditions. Electronic Stability Control (ESC). ESC In the case of a potential roll event, is a feature for ABS-equipped vehicles the ECU will override the throttle that reduces the risk of rollovers, and quickly apply brake pressure at jackknifing and other loss of control all wheel ends to slow the vehicle situations. ESC features include Roll combination. The level of braking Stability Program (RSP) and Yaw application during an RSP event will Control. be proportional to roll risk.

During operation, the ECU of the A Real World Example of How the 4 ESC system constantly compares RSP System Operates performance models to the vehicle’s actual movement, using the wheel Excessive speed for road conditions speed sensors of the ABS system, creates forces that exceed the as well as lateral, yaw, and steering threshold at which a vehicle is likely to rollover on a higher-friction surface. angle sensors. If the vehicle shows a RSP Example tendency to leave an appropriate travel path, or if critical threshold values are The system automatically reduces approached, the system will intervene engine torque and applies the service to assist the driver. brakes (based on the projected rollover risk) to reduce the vehicle speed, thereby reducing the tendency to roll over.

4-28 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Yaw Stability Yaw Control The Bendix® Yaw Control system Yaw stability counteracts the tendency Yaw Control responds to a wide reduces engine throttle and selectively of a vehicle to spin about its vertical range of low- to high-friction surface applies brakes to reduce the vehicle axis. During operation, if the friction scenarios including rollover, jackknife speed, thereby reducing the tendency between the road surface and the tires and loss of control. In the case of to jackknife. is not sufficient to oppose lateral (side) vehicle slide (over-steer or understeer forces, one or more of the tires can situations), the system will reduce the slide, causing the truck/tractor to spin. throttle and then brake one or more of the "four corners" of the vehicle These yaw events are referred to as (in addition to potentially applying either "under-steer" (where there is a the trailer brakes), thus applying a lack of vehicle response to steering counter-force to better align the vehicle input due to tire slide on the steer axle) with an appropriate path of travel. For 4 or "over-steer" (where the tractor's example, in an over-steer situation, rear end slides out due to tire slide the system applies the "outside" on the rear axle) situation. Generally, front brake; while in an under-steer shorter wheelbase vehicles (tractors, condition, the "inside" rear brake is for instance) have less natural yaw applied. stability, while longer wheelbase vehicles (straight trucks, for instance) A Real World Example of How Yaw have greater natural yaw stability. Control Operates Factors that influence yaw stability are: wheelbase, suspension, steering Excessive speed exceeds the geometry, weight distribution front to threshold, creating a situation where a rear, and vehicle track width. vehicle is likely to spin and jackknife. Yaw Control Example

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-29 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

ESC May Reduce The Vehicle Speed Towing Doubles Or Triples May Limitations Of Stability Systems Automatically Reduce The Effectiveness Of Stability Systems The ESC system’s effectiveness may To minimize unexpected deceleration be greatly reduced if: and reduce the risk of a collision the ESC is designed and optimized for operator must: trucks and for tractors that tow single • The load shifts due to improper trailers. If a tractor equipped with retention, accident damage or the • Avoid aggressive driving ESC is used to power multiple trailer inherently mobile nature of some maneuvers, such as sharp combinations (known as "doubles" or loads (for example, hanging meat, turns or abrupt lane changes at "triples") the effectiveness of the ESC live animals or partially laden high speeds, which might trigger system may be greatly reduced. tankers), the stability system. • The vehicle has an unusually high WARNING! 4 • Always operate the vehicle safely, or off-set center of gravity (CG), drive defensively, anticipate Exercise extreme care when tow- obstacles and pay attention ing doubles or triples with a vehicle • One side of the vehicle drops off to road, weather and traffic equipped with Electronic Stabil- the pavement at an angle that is conditions. ABS, ATC and ESC ity Control. Excessive speed and too large to be counteracted by a systems are no substitute for aggressive maneuvers, such as reduction in speed, prudent, careful driving. sharp turns, sudden steering inputs • The vehicle is used to haul double or abrupt lane changes should be or triple trailer combinations, avoided because these maneuvers could cause loss of vehicle control • If very rapidly winding steering possibly resulting in an accident in- inputs are inputted at high speeds, volving death or personal injury. • There are mechanical problems with suspension leveling of the

4-30 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

tractor or trailer resulting in uneven To Maximize The Effectiveness Of Truck Chassis Modifications loads, ESC The ESC system was specifically • The vehicle is maneuvering on a • Loads must be properly secured calibrated and validated only for high banked road creating either and evenly distributed at all times. your vehicle’s original factory-built additional side forces due to the configuration. If your vehicle’s chassis • Drivers need to exercise extreme weight (mass) of the vehicle or components are altered (for example; caution at all times, and avoid a deviation between expected & a wheelbase extension or reduction, sharp turns, sudden steering actual yaw rates, tag axle addition or removal, tractor to inputs or abrupt lane changes at truck conversion or steering system • Gusty winds are strong enough high speeds, particularly if: component change) the ESC system to cause significant side forces a. the vehicle hauls loads that must be disabled immediately by a on the vehicle and any towed could shift, qualified mechanic. vehicles. 4 b. the vehicle or load has a high WARNING! or off-set center of gravity (CG) when loaded, or Failure to disable ESC "Electronic Stability Control" when modifying a c. the vehicle tows doubles or vehicle could result in a loss of ve- triples. hicle control possibly resulting in an accident involving death or personal injury.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-31 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Steering Angle Sensor ATC Functions WARNING! Re-Calibration (standard) For vehicles equipped with ESC Whenever maintenance or repair Your truck/tractor ABS may be "Electronic Stability Control" do not work is performed to the steering equipped with an automatic traction replace the vehicle’s steering wheel mechanism, linkage, gear, adjustment control (ATC) feature. This feature with an aftermarket or different part of the wheel track, or if the steering is controlled by a switch as shown in number than originally supplied. Us- angle sensor is replaced or the steering the next illustration. This feature is ing a different steering wheel could wheel is changed or re-centered, the monitored by a warning lamp located cause ESC to malfunction causing Steering Angle Sensor must be on the switch. a loss of vehicle control possibly re-calibrated. resulting in an accident involving death or personal injury. WARNING! 4 If the Steering Angle Sensor is not re-calibrated, the Yaw Control sys- Automatic Traction Control Warning tem will not function properly. A un- Lamp calibrated sensor could result in a loss of control of your vehicle which The Traction Control warning lamp on can lead to an accident involving page 3-20 will briefly illuminate and death or personal injury. then go out when the ignition switch is first turned on. The traction control warning lamp will illuminate whenever the ATC system detects drive wheel spin. The lamp will remain illuminated as long as wheel spin is detected and the ATC system is applying the

4-32 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM drive wheel brakes or reducing engine torque to the wheels with better by slightly increasing the permissible torque. Engine torque or vehicle traction. wheel spin. When this function is in speed should be reduced to eliminate use, the ATC Warning Lamp blinks wheel spin and prevent excessive • If all drive wheels spin, ATC continuously. application of the ATC system. Except reduces engine torque to provide for checking for proper illumination of improved traction. Off-Road ABS Function Switch the ABS and traction control warning (option) ATC turns itself on and off, you do lamps when first starting the vehicle, not have to select this feature. If and for monitoring these lamps Your vehicle may be equipped with drive wheels spin during acceleration, while driving, no special operating a separate switch to activate an the ATC Warning Lamp comes on, procedures are required. For detailed Off-Road ABS function. This function indicating wheel spin control is active. system description, see literature for is NOT to be used for On-Highway driving but is intended to be used your specific ABS that was provided Do not allow the ATC Warning Lamp with your vehicle. to improve stopping performance in 4 to remain on continuously for an Off-Highway conditions (e.g. loose extended length of time. Extended, This feature helps improve traction gravel and mud). The Off-Road ABS continuous use of the ATC can cause when vehicles are on slippery surfaces function is accomplished by allowing a overheating of the drive wheel brakes. or surfaces with poor traction (i.e. "wedge" of material to build-up in front of momentarily locked wheels. mud or snow) by reducing drive wheel Deep Snow and Mud Switch (option) overspin. Automatic traction control Features and Benefits works in two different ways: A deep snow and mud switch is • If a drive wheel starts to spin, included with Wheel Spin Control. The • Changes the ABS control limits to ATC applies air pressure to brake Deep Snow and Mud feature is helpful allow for a more aggressive ABS the wheel. This transfers engine during acceleration. This function function while off-road. increases available traction on extra soft surfaces like snow, mud or gravel,

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-33 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

• Improves vehicle control and • At speeds between 10 and 25 WARNING! helps reduce stopping distances mph, the ABS control software is in off-road conditions or on poor While the off-road mode can im- modified to allow short periods traction surfaces such as loose prove vehicle control and shorten (0.25 seconds) of locked-wheel gravel, sand and dirt. stopping distances, some steering cycles. ability may be reduced on certain • Allows retarders to function surfaces resulting from the momen- • At speeds below 10 mph, the ABS independently of the ABS function. tarily sliding tires. Always oper- control software is turned off to ate your vehicle at safe operating allow locked wheels. • If your vehicle does not have an speeds. Failure to do so may cause engine retarder, the Off-Road ABS • When the Off-Road ABS function you to lose control of the vehicle switch will function the same. is enabled, the Retarder Disable and could result in an accident or output is turned off. That is, personal injury. 4 CAUTION the engine retarders are left to function without ABS intervention. Never drive your vehicle on im- How The Off-Road ABS Function For additional information, see the proved roads/highways with the Works Off-Road ABS pamphlet in your Off-Road ABS function turned on. vehicle’s glove box. When you drive your vehicle onto an • The ABS lamp flashes slowly improved road surface or highway, during off-road mode engagement. immediately turn off the Off-Road This is done to alert you of a ABS switch. Failure to do so will modification to the ABS control cause the ABS system to not func- software. tion properly in an ABS event under 25 mph and could result in an acci- • At speeds above 25 mph, the ABS dent or personal injury. controller operates in the normal on-highway mode.

4-34 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Hydraulic Brakes pump presses on the master cylinder piston. As a safety precaution, the WARNING! WARNING! pressurized fluid from the master Never drive your vehicle with the Do not operate the vehicle in the cylinder has two mutually independent parking brakes applied. Always re- event of a malfunction in any air or circuits. The primary circuit supplies lease the parking brakes prior to hydraulic circuit. Such a malfunc- the front wheels while the secondary moving the vehicle. Failure to dis- tion may prevent the brake system circuit supplies the rear wheels. The engage the parking brakes prior to from operating properly, and could displaced fluid from the master cylinder moving your vehicle could result result in an injury accident. The ve- travels through brake pipes terminating in excessive heat build-up of the hicle should not be operated until the at the wheel cylinders which actuate brakes and start a fire. system is repaired and both brak- the brake pad mechanisms. Actuation of these mechanisms force the brake ing circuits, including all pneumatic, NOTE hydraulic, and mechanical compo- pads against the rotors to stop the Today’s diesel electronic engines 4 nents are working properly. wheels. have significant torque and starta- A reserve electric motor pump provides bility power at low RPM. Combina- The operation of the vehicle's braking a redundant power source for the tions of engine speed and available system is based on the principle of hydraulic booster in the event normal torque may over-power the vehicle’s hydraulics. Hydraulic action begins flow from the power steering pump is parking brakes. when force is applied to the brake interrupted. Manual braking is also pedal. This force creates hydraulic available in the event both the power pressure in the master cylinder and is and reserve systems are inoperative. amplified with assistance of a power booster. The supplemental boost in force is developed when pressurized power steering fluid from the steering

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-35 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Brake Components WARNING! Brake Master Cylinder: translates The following is a brief description brake pedal force into hydraulic fluid The brake system is a critical vehicle of the hydraulic brake system. It is pressure in the primary and secondary safety system. For the safety of you intended to supply you with general circuits. and others around you, have the ve- information on how the system works. hicle submitted for periodic preven- For complete information see the Brake Pedal: applies actuation force tive maintenance checks as well as Peterbilt Medium Duty Maintenance from operator's foot to the master having any suspected problems im- Manual. cylinder pistons. mediately checked by an Authorized Service Center. Failure to properly Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Brake Warning Lamp: illuminates maintain your brake system can lead Modulator Valve Body: adjusts brake when either power steering fluid flow to serious injury accidents. fluid flow between the master cylinder is interrupted or when a pressure 4 and the wheel calipers to avoid wheel differential is present in the primary lockup. and secondary brake fluid pressure. Either case adversely affects braking ABS Warning Lamp: lights when the operation. ABS controller detects wheel lock-up while driving and activates the ABS. Differential Switch: measures the Lights also when a fault in the ABS is hydraulic fluid pressure difference detected. between the primary and secondary circuits. Brake Fluid Reservoir: stores brake fluid and offers a place to replenish Electrohydraulic Pump: The when needed. Electrohydraulic (EH) pump is used as a backup boost pump. The EH pump turns on and provides fluid pressure

4-36 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM to the hydraulic booster in the event Brake Warning Lamp power steering fluid stops flowing Power Steering Fluid Reservoir: through the booster head. stores power steering fluid and offers a When the brake warning lamp comes place to replenish when needed. on, it indicates a malfunction in the Front and Rear Wheel Calipers: brake system. Possible malfunctions translate hydraulic fluid pressure into Power Steering Gear: assists include loss of hydraulic pressure from force applied at each wheel-end brake the steering operation and sends the power steering circuit or a pressure rotor to retard wheel motion. pressurized power steering fluid to the differential between the primary and brake booster. secondary brake circuits. Hydraulic Booster: The hydraulic booster applies additional hydraulic Power Steering Pump: draws power WARNING! force from the power steering gear to steering fluid from the reservoir and Do not operate the vehicle if the the master cylinder piston when the sends it to the power steering gear. brake light or buzzer comes on. The brake pedal is applied. 4 Warning Buzzer: sounds when either light or buzzer indicates a failure in Parking Brake Lamp: illuminates power steering fluid flow is interrupted one of the brake components/sys- when the parking brake is engaged or when a pressure differential is tem. Drive your vehicle to the side (the lever is in the up position.) present between the primary and of the road immediately. Failure to secondary brake fluid pressure. do this may lead to an accident and Parking Brake Lever: the hand lever Either case adversely affects braking severe injury. located in the cab which engages or operation. disengages the driveline drum brake.

Power Steering Flow Switch: senses flow of power steering fluid.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-37 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Wet or Overheated Brakes 4. Turn on the emergency flasher If the buzzer sounds while driving, or and use other warning devices to if the BRAKE light comes on, do the Wet Brakes alert other motorists. following: If you have been driving in heavy rain 1. Slow down carefully. or deep standing water, your brakes Here are some things you can do will get wet. Water in the brakes to assist in slowing the vehicle: can cause them to be weak, to apply ° Downshift - Putting the unevenly, or to grab. These conditions transmission into a lower gear can cause a lack of braking power, will help slow the vehicle. wheel lockups, or pulling of the vehicle to one side or the other. ° Pump the brakes - Pumping 4 the brake pedal may generate Avoid driving through deep puddles enough hydraulic pressure to or flowing water if possible. If not stop the vehicle. possible, you should to the following: ° Use the parking brake - The • Slow down. parking or emergency brake Place transmission in lower gear. is separate from the hydraulic • system. Therefore it can be • Gently press on the brake pedal. used to slow the vehicle. • Increase engine speed while 2. Move a safe distance off the road keeping light pressure on the and stop. brake pedal for a short distance to 3. Set the parking brake. dry out the brake linings.

4-38 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Anti-Lock Braking System ABS Warning Lamp Overheated Brakes This vehicle is equipped with an The ABS warning lamp will come on While traveling down steep hills, Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS). briefly, then go off, when the key switch gravity will tend to speed you up. You ABS reduces the likelihood of a is first turned on. If the lamp remains must go slow enough that your brakes wheel locking. If a wheel is about ON until a speed of 4 mph (6 km/h) is can hold you back without getting too to lock during braking, the ABS will reached, then goes OFF, there may be hot. If you ride the brake pedal and the automatically adjust hydraulic pressure a stored fault code. If the lamp remains brakes get too hot, they may "fade", to the brake calipers on the appropriate ON when a speed in excess of 4 mph causing you to press even harder in wheel(s) to prevent wheel lock-up. The (6 km/h) is reached, there may be an an attempt to maintain your desired ABS is automatically activated when active fault in the ABS system. stopping power. The brakes may even the ignition switch is turned on. fade so much that you won’t be able to CAUTION slow down or stop at all. 4 CAUTION If the ABS warning light does not Using lower transmission gears will The center pin of the 7-way trailer illuminate when the ignition is first help keep the vehicle from going too light line may be constantly powered turned on, there is a problem with fast. Using lower gears allows engine for ABS. Make sure it will not acci- the bulb or wiring. You should have compression and friction to help slow dently turn on trailer equipment. this checked as soon as possible. the vehicle. Be sure to be in the right gear before you start down a hill, especially if you have a manual transmission. You could get hung up in NEUTRAL and lose the benefit of engine braking. "Coasting" is illegal, and also VERY dangerous.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-39 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Parking Brake Burnishing 40 pounds) until the vehicle is WARNING! brought to a stop. Do not allow the This procedure is recommended No indication will be given via the wheels to lock up. for new vehicles where less lever dashboard warning lights or buzzer actuation force is required. This 3. After stopping, release the parking if tires of the wrong size are installed procedure is mandatory whenever the brake lever and drive the vehicle on your vehicle. The Anti-Lock driveline brake shoes or brake drum at 20 mph (32 km/h) in a low gear Brake System (ABS) is calibrated are replaced. for approximately 2.5 miles, to for the specific tire revolutions per allow the brake drum to cool. mile. Use of a tire and/or wheel size WARNING! different from that originally installed 4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 above on your vehicle may cause the ABS If a new drum or new brake shoes until a total of 10 stops have been system to not function during a hard are installed, the driveline brake completed. 4 braking event. This could cause an must be burnished. Failure to prop- 5. Adjust the parking brake lever. See accident or serious personal injury. erly burnish the parking brake before the Medium Duty Maintenance Consult with your Peterbilt dealer putting it in service could result in Manual. before using a different tire and/or an inoperative parking brake, pos- wheel size than was originally in- sible vehicle rollaway, and serious stalled on your vehicle. personal injury or damage to the vehicle.

1. Drive the vehicle at 15 mph (24 km/h) in a low gear (first or second) on a dry, hard road surface. 2. Apply the parking brake lever with a moderate force (approximately

4-40 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Retarders pressure to slow the . Use WARNING! the service brakes for quick stops. Various retarders are available which Do not use any of the vehicle’s re- function against the engine, driveline, tarders in any situation that requires Do not use the retarder when operating or transmission. These are devices an immediate stop and/or in situa- on road surfaces with poor traction that use your engine’s power to slow tions of poor traction (such as wet, (such as wet, icy, or snow covered down your vehicle. They save wear icy or snow covered roads). Trying roads or gravel). Retarders can and tear on your service brakes and to use the retarder instead of the ser- cause the wheels to skid on a slippery can be a safety feature, too, because vice brakes may cause a loss of ve- surface. they can keep your brakes from hicle control which may result in an overheating. accident involving death or personal injury. Ideally, you should always slow your vehicle with your retarder (where 4 permitted by law) and use your service WARNING! brakes only for stopping completely. The service brakes must be used in Operating this way will greatly prolong an emergency. The retarder alone the life of your brakes. might not stop you fast enough to prevent an accident. Failure to com- ply may result in death, personal in- jury, equipment or property damage.

The retarder is NOT intended as the primary brake for the vehicle, nor is it an emergency brake. The retarder only helps the service brakes by using

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-41 OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Driving Bobtail or with an Unloaded Transmission Retarder Trailer WARNING! Do not rely on your automatic trans- We recommend that you do not use mission hydraulic retarder to stop your engine retarder to slow down your vehicle. If your engine shuts when you are bobtailing or pulling an If you have this option, it will act down, the vehicle’s retarder will empty trailer. like a brake to slow your vehicle cease to operate which may lead without using the brakes. Take your to an accident involving death or WARNING! foot off the throttle and operate the personal injury. Always be ready to Using an engine retarder can cause retarder switch. When you do not suddenly apply the service brakes. a wheel lockup. The trailer is not need full retarder effect, you can loading the tires enough to give apply it intermittently (off and on) 4 the traction you may need. When to cause gradual or partial slowing. you are bobtail or unloaded, you Continuous application of your retarder can have a serious accident if your will cause your hydraulic fluid to get wheels lock suddenly during brak- hotter. Intermittent application will help ing. You could be killed or injured. prevent overheating. Don’t use your retarder when you are driving bobtail or with an un- loaded trailer.

4-42 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) OPERATING THE BRAKE SYSTEM

Parking Brake brakes but will not disengage the trailer Parking brakes work in reverse action parking brakes (if applicable). Either of the regular brakes. When the knob will pop back out if the system parking brakes are engaged, air is pressure is not above 60 psi (414 kPa). exhausted from the spring chambers which allow the spring to engage the The instrument panel display will brakes. This design also provides for provide a message any time the the safety function if a brake circuit parking brakes (vehicle or the trailer) has a leak and loses air. In such a are set and the vehicle is put into scenario, the parking brakes will apply. motion.

The vehicle’s parking brake controls are the yellow diamond shaped knob on your dash board. If the vehicle is 4 equipped to tow a trailer, then there will be an additional red octagon shaped knob for the trailer parking brakes. Parking brakes will be engaged when either of these knobs are pulled OUT. (If one knob is pulled out, the other knob will automatically pop out.) 1. Normal Run Position Pushing IN a knob will disengage 2. Trailer Park With Vehicle the respective parking brakes. If you Released push in the yellow knob only, you 3. System Park or Trailer will disengage the vehicle’s parking Charge With Vehicle Parked

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-43 CRUISE CONTROL

CRUISE CONTROL (48 km/h) for the Cummins and PACCAR PX series engines) and Changing the Cruise Set Speed Cruise Control Switch the engine speed is above 1100 rpm. For vehicles with cruise control buttons on the steering wheel, the cruise This vehicle may have cruise control 2. Press the "ON/OFF" button. switches located on the steering wheel speed may be changed by using the instead of the switches on the dash 3. Accelerate the vehicle to the +/- button. The pressing and holding board. The instructions are still the desired cruise speed. the + button will increase speed while same. pressing and holding the - button will 4. Press the "SET" button to set the decrease speed. For vehicles with • To Turn On: cruise speed. dash mounted cruise control switches, changing the speed is done through Press the ON/OFF button. NOTE the "Set/Resume" button. To increase 4 the speed, press and hold the Set • To Turn Off: Cruise Control may not hold the set speed going down hills. If the speed button. To decrease the speed, press and hold the "Resume" button. Press the ON/OFF button. Any increases going down a hill, use the previous speed settings are cleared. brakes to slow down. This will can- cel Cruise Control. Cancelling Cruise Control Using Cruise Control While Driving You can cancel cruise control in any of these ways: Setting Cruise Speed 1. Ensure that the vehicle speed is • Tap the brake pedal. above the minimum cruise control • Tap the clutch pedal. speed (19 mph (30 km/h) for PACCAR MX engine and 30 mph

4-44 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CRUISE CONTROL

• Press the ON/OFF button if the Setting Idle Speed NOTE vehicle has dash board mounted cruise control switches or the 1. Ensure parking brakes are applied. Cruise control functions and fea- tures may vary depending upon CANCEL button if the vehicle has 2. Ensure transmission is in Neutral. cruise control switches on the which engine you have. For specific steering wheel. 3. Engage PTO per the explanation of your cruise control, manufacturer's operating see the cruise control or engine Resuming Cruise Control instructions. manual included with your vehicle. 1. If you tapped the brake or 4. Press the "ON" button. clutch pedal, the cruise control This vehicles electronic system will 5. Press the "SET" button to obtain remembered the previously set perform a ‘rationality check’ every time the desired engine rpm. cruise speed. To resume that the vehicle is started. This check is set speed, accelerate above the to ensure that the service brakes are 4 Cancelling Cruise Control minimum cruise control speed and working before allowing cruise control press the "RESUME" button. to function. This safety feature is You can cancel cruise control in any designed to ensure that a driver is able 2. If you pressed the "OFF" button of these ways: to cancel the cruise set speed by using (or the steering wheel mounted • Tap the brake pedal. the service brake pedal. The system "CANCEL" button) or turned the will not allow cruise control operation if ignition key OFF, this cleared the • Tap the clutch pedal. it does not pass the ‘rationality check’. system memory and you will need The instrument cluster will prompt you to set a new cruise speed. • Press the "OFF" button (or to press the service brake pedal if it the steering wheel mounted has not been pressed since the vehicle Using Cruise Control for Stationary "CANCEL" button). has been started. PTO Operation

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-45 CRUISE CONTROL

In vehicles with Eaton transmissions, the cruise control switches may be located on the shift control knob.

4

4-46 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) AXLE AXLE In the LOCK position, continuous WARNING! operation on paved, dry surfaces, put Do not put the differential lock in the Differential Lock stress on the axles, and can possibly LOCK position while the wheels are damage the internal gears. The switch The vehicle may be equipped with spinning freely (slipping), you could has a guard to prevent accidental switches to lock the either of the rear lose control of the vehicle or cause operation of the switch. axle differentials. Depending on how axle damage. Switch to LOCK only the vehicle is specified, a combination Locking the differentials is typically when the wheels are not spinning. individual switches may be available used during ice or snow conditions Failure to comply may result in that can lock the interaxle driveline and without tire chains, unpaved roads death, personal injury, equipment or and/or any combination of the forward that have loose sand, mud or uneven property damage. rear or rear-rear driving axles. surfaces. Look ahead and predict when the differential needs to be 4 locked. Stop the vehicle and lock the differentials before approaching.

While using the differential in the The interaxle differential switch allows locked position, do not exceed 25 mph each axle to turn independently. (40 km/h). When disengaging the In certain situations, engaging the differential lock, reduce the throttle to interaxle differential lock relieves prevent drivetrain damage. stress on the rear axles and reduces tire wear. Engaging this switch will also provide better traction in slippery or loose gravel conditions.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-47 AXLE

Dual Range (Two-Speed) Dual Range Axle Operation Rear Axle CAUTION Important tips on operating a Dual If you shift the axle range with the Range Axle with Interaxle Differential: inter-axle differential in LOCK, you could seriously damage the axles. Shift the axle with the inter-axle Never shift the axle range with the differential in the unlocked position Your vehicle may be equipped with a differential locked. two-speed or dual range axle (option). only. You can select two rear axle ratios for When you are driving with poor operating under heavy loads or rough traction, lock the differential. When terrain as well as for over the road you have the differential locked, drive hauling. with the axle in LOW range only. 4 The Low Range provides maximum When you are driving on a surface torque for hauling heavy loads or with good traction, keep the interaxle traveling over rough terrain. The High differential unlocked. You can drive Range is a faster ratio for highway with the axle in the LOW or HIGH speeds and general over the road range. conditions. A switch on the accessory switch panel controls the Dual Range Always UNLOCK the inter-axle Rear Axle. You will notice that the differential before shifting the axle switch has a guard to protect you from speed range. activating it accidentally. Always park your vehicle with the range selector in LOW.

4-48 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) AXLE

Starting-Up WARNING! When going downhill the wheels will 1. Unlock the inter-axle differential not slow down, but will tend to speed Never shift the axle when moving before starting. up, which makes gear synchronization downhill. Engine driveline disen- almost impossible. As a result, the 2. Put the Range Selector in the gagement may occur, eliminating axle is neither in HIGH nor LOW range LOW range. Shift the transmission engine retardation and allowing the and all engine/driveline retardation is to start the vehicle moving. wheels to spin faster than the cur- lost. Without engine retardation it is rent speed of the engine. This may 3. When you are driving on rough more difficult to slow the vehicle down require severe braking to slow the terrain and secondary roads, or and greater stress is put on the brake vehicle down and can result in an ac- under a very heavy load, keep the system. axle in the LOW range. Shift the cident. Failure to comply may result in death, personal injury, equipment transmission to maintain proper CAUTION road speed. or property damage. To avoid damaging your vehicle shift 4 Proper shifting of the axle depends on the axle at slower travel speeds until the synchronization of engine/driveline you are used to driving with a dual and wheel speed. When you shift range axle. the axle, the connection between the engine and wheels is momentarily disengaged while the gearing is synchronized. Normally when the axle is shifted the speed of the engine, axle, and wheels adjust, allowing for proper gear engagement.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-49 AXLE

LOW to HIGH (Cruising) HIGH to LOW (Rough Terrain) Auxiliary Axles - Pusher or Tag When you go from rough terrain to If you need to downshift the axle for highway driving, shift the axle to the more power or you are driving on HIGH range following this procedure: rough terrain: 1. Be sure the differential is 1. Maintain your vehicle speed UNLOCKED. (accelerator depressed) and move Adjustable auxiliary axles (commonly the Range Selector lever to LOW. 2. Maintain your vehicle speed known as Pusher or Tag axles) can (accelerator depressed) and move 2. Keep driving with the accelerator add to the productivity of the vehicle by the Range Selector lever to HIGH. depressed until you want the axle increasing the load capabilities of the to downshift. vehicle when they are in the deployed 3. Keep driving with the accelerator (down) position. There are different 4 depressed until you want the axle 3. To make the axle downshift, configurations of axles with different to shift. release and depress the functionality (liftable versus steerable) accelerator quickly to increase the 4. To make the axle shift, release the Without the extra axle, the excessive engine RPM. The axle will shift to accelerator until the axle shifts. weight can reduce the service life LOW range. You are now in the HIGH axle of vehicle components such as, but range for highway speeds. Shift 4. You are now in the LOW axle not limited to, the frame rail, axles, the transmission normally to reach range for rough terrain and heavy suspension and brakes. your desired cruising speed. loads. Shift the transmission normally to maintain the desired Operation of the auxiliary axles speed. includes the proper maintenance of the system and calibration of its controls. Operating the auxiliary axles will also require a firm understanding of the

4-50 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) AXLE

GAWR and the load that is being axle manufacturer and are based on carried. axle model and intended service of WARNING! the vehicle. Contact an authorized Do not operate or park the ve- The vehicle will have switches on the dealership if you are unable to identify hicle with auxiliary axles in the dash to control the position of the the axle creep rating of this vehicle. down/loaded position when vehicle auxiliary axles. In certain situations, is unladen, or is being unloaded. • Liftable/steerable (axle lift however, the system will override the Raise or dump air into driver-con- calibration required) controls to protect the axle system. trolled auxiliary axle(s) prior to un- Any liftable and steerable auxiliary • Liftable/non-steerable (axle lift loading vehicle. Failure to do so axles will rise off of the ground when calibration required) can result in loss of vehicle control the parking brakes are engaged or or rollaway that may result in death, when the vehicle is put in reverse. • Non-liftable (some suspensions personal injury, equipment or prop- If the liftable auxiliary axle is not a require dump valve calibration) erty damage. steerable axle, then it will remain in the 4 down position when activated by the dash mounted switch.

Operating the auxiliary liftable axles must be performed in a manner that does not exceed the axle creep rating. Axle creep ratings are weight and speed limits that are allowed while the vehicle is fully loaded (in excess of the vehicle’s standard GAWR) and the axle is in its up position. Axle creep ratings are assigned by the

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-51 AXLE

Axle Creep Rating Definition ratings are generally limited to the Creep Ratings following: WARNING! Never operate the vehicle with more Low speed, off-highway (work site) • Tandem rear axles only pressure in the lift axles than is nec- axle loads, which exceed the standard • Straight trucks only essary to carry the load, as deter- gross axle weight rating (GAWR) of a mined by the calibration procedure particular axle. • Maximum spring mount described. Failure to do so can re- centers per axle manufacturers sult in loss of traction and stability at Operator's using vehicles equipped specifications with liftable auxiliary axles must the steer and/or drive axles and can consider creep ratings when any • Maximum tire static loaded radius result in increased braking distance liftable axle is unloaded or in the raised (SLR) per axle manufacturers which could cause loss of vehicle position. Liftable auxiliary axles should specifications control resulting in an accident. Fail- 4 only be raised (or unloaded) to improve ure to comply may result in death, maneuverability in an off-road use or CAUTION personal injury, equipment or prop- erty damage. when vehicle is unloaded. Always lower the axles as soon as possible after receiving a load. NOTE Never exceed 5 miles per hour when CAUTION Axle Creep ratings MUST NOT be driving with a load with the auxil- Do not modify the air system and/or exceeded. iary axle(s) raised/unloaded. Failure control functionality on a factory in- to lower the axle(s) can overload stalled auxiliary axle(s). Modifying Contact your dealer or axle the frame and remaining axles, and the factory operation of the pusher manufacturer to determine what could cause equipment damage. and/or tag axle(s) will void your war- the creep rating is for your particular ranty, and can cause equipment axle(s) and configuration. Creep damage.

4-52 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) AXLE

Liftable/Steerable or Setting the Pressure-to-Load Ratio CAUTION Liftable/Non-Steerable Pusher To obtain the desired axle load A change in tire size on either the and/or Tag Axle Calibration distribution, you must correlate the auxiliary axles or the drive/steer Procedure suspension air gauge pressure to the axles can change the calibration Below are some general instructions actual axle load by scaling the axle of the auxiliary axles. If tires are on how to adjust and calibrate the air weight(s) and adjusting the pressure installed with a different loaded ra- control valve for the auxiliary axles to to obtain the desired load. Once the dius, the calibration procedure must obtain the proper load distribution of desired load or load range is achieved, be repeated. Failure to do so can the axle(s). For additional operating document the pressure-to-load ratio or cause equipment damage. and maintenance instructions, see the setting for future use. pusher or tag suspension manufacturer literature in the glove box or contact them directly. 4

NOTE This procedure must be performed prior to placing the vehicle into ser- vice.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-53 AXLE

General Calibration Guidelines Operation guidelines 4. Adjust the amount of load on each axle by turning the pressure These instructions are general in regulator clockwise to increase NOTE nature. For more specific instructions, the load or counterclockwise Steerable-pusher and/or tag axle(s) review the pusher or tag suspension to decrease the load. (The will raise when the transmission is manufacturers maintenance manual or suspension manufacturer shifted into reverse or when the contact the nearest authorized dealer. may publish pre-established parking brakes are applied. Pressure-to-Load Ratio Pressure NOTE Settings to assist you in achieving Perform this procedure at or near a an estimated ground load). weight scale. Procedure can be per- formed while parked on the weight 5. After setting the pressure to obtain scale if scale is available. the desired axle load, verify proper 4 ground loading with the weight 1. Park loaded vehicle on level scale. surface with wheels blocked. NOTE 2. Release vehicles spring brakes. (Do not release for Exceeding local, state or federal Liftable/Non-Steerable pusher or weight limits may result in cita- tag axles). tions. Contact your local commercial weight enforcement office for limits 3. Lower the pusher/tag axles with in your area. the axle lift control flip valve. (For some non-liftable axles, inflate air suspension).

4-54 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) AXLE

Maximizing Drive Axle Traction Coupling To A Loaded Trailer Unloading Operation

Adjust the pressure regulator control Inflate air springs of the auxiliary axles Always deflate air springs of the knob to a lower pressure until desired to the desired pressure after coupling auxiliary axles before attempting to traction is obtained. By reducing air to a loaded trailer while still maintaining unload vehicle. This allows maximum pressure at pusher or tag axle, load proper traction of the drive axles. traction of the drive axles to control the will be transferred to drive axles. Do vehicle. not overload drive axles.

4

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-55 AXLE

Non-liftable (Non-steerable) Axles

Some suspensions require dump valve calibration.

Example: Neway dead axles do not lift, but the air can be dumped out of them to unload them when empty. Air pressure is controlled via an adjustable regulator. These axles need to be calibrated for load.

Contact your authorized dealer or 4 axle/suspension manufacturer for dump valve calibration procedures.

4-56 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) SUSPENSION SUSPENSION Unladen Vehicle Propri- Ride Height, Setting Ride Height etary inches (mm) Rear Vehicles equipped with rear air Air Sus- Single Tandem suspensions have their ride height and pension Drive Drive axle (pinion) angle(s) preset at the factory. These are precision settings Air Leaf N/A 12.0 (305) and should not be altered. Incorrectly Air Trac 11.38 (289) 11.38 (289) adjusted ride height may result in Ride Height Measurement (Location Low Air Leaf improper interaxle U-joint working 8.75 (222) 8.75 (222) for Tandem Axles Shown) (Before angles. This can result in premature April 2004) driveline wear and driveline vibration. Fully Laden Vehicle Low Air 4 If your vehicle is equipped with a Propri- Ride Height, Leaf (After 6.75 (171) 8.75 (222) Peterbilt rear air suspension, and if it etary April 2004) inches (mm) Rear becomes necessary to reset the ride Low Low N/A 6.75 (171) height, you may temporarily set it by Air Sus- Single Tandem Air Leaf pension Drive Drive following the next procedure. Proper FLEX Air N/A 8.75 (222) ride height measurement and values Air Leaf N/A 11.70 (297) for a fully laden vehicle are shown in Air Trac 11.00 (279) 11.00 (279) Follow this procedure to temporarily the illustration and table below. Low Air 6.50 (165) 8.50 (216) set ride height. Leaf Low Low N/A 6.50 (165) Air Leaf FLEX Air N/A 8.50 (216)

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-57 SUSPENSION

WARNING! 2. Ensure the air supply and delivery plumbing of the height control valve Ensure that a vehicle is parked and is consistent with the following the wheels chocked before begin- illustrations. ning this procedure.

CAUTION Completing this procedure will en- able you to safely reach the nearest Typical Height Control Valve (Rear authorized Peterbilt repair facility to View Looking Forward) have ride height and pinion angle re- 1. Alignment Dowel set using the proper equipment and 4 technique. Do this as soon as possi- NOTE ble to avoid potential driveline dam- • At least one of the mounting age. Typical Height Control Valve (Location holes in the height control valve on Vehicle) bracket will be slotted to permit NOTE rotating the valve. Suitable wheel chocks are at a min- imum an 18-inch (46 cm) long 4x4. • On dual-valve systems, begin with the LH valve on the next step. 1. Ensure that the tractor is fully laden during this procedure. Do not use these procedures on a vehicle that is 3. Loosen the fasteners mounting a not laden (bobtail). height control valve to its bracket.

4-58 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) SUSPENSION

WARNING! 4. Rotate the valve either clockwise or 6. Torque the mounting fasteners to 55-75 Lb. in. (6.2-8.5 Nm.). • The rear of a vehicle will counterclockwise until air pressure in the air springs provides the ride height drop about 3 1/2 inches (88 7. Remove the alignment pin or dowel. mm) when the air springs are specified for that suspension. Measure the ride height from the bottom of the deflated. Ensure that no persons 8. Repeat Steps 2 through 6 above frame rail to the approximate centerline or objects that could be killed, for the RH valve on vehicles with a of the rearmost drive axle hub: injured or damaged are under dual-valve system. the vehicle before deflating the • For tandem axles, make the air springs. vertical measurement at the • To minimize risk of death, centerline of the suspension (see personal injury or property illustration on page 4-58). damage, do not use a dump 4 • For a single axle, make the valve to deflate the air springs. measurement in front of the axle, Rotate the height control in the area forward of the tires but valve(s) manually to ensure not past the suspension bracket. positive control of air spring deflation. 5. When at the correct ride height, • To minimize risk of death or ensure that the height control valve personal injury, keep away from lever is in the neutral position, then air springs as they are being install either the built-in alignment inflated. pin or a 1/8-inch (3 mm) dowel (see illustration on page 4-58).

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-59 SUSPENSION

Driving with Deflated Air control arm to center in the closed Springs position. 2. The air system can then be If an air spring is ruptured, there will pumped up to normal pressure for be enough air pressure to drive the continued operation. vehicle to a safe stop off the highway to investigate the problem. WARNING! WARNING! Do not drive the vehicle if the air pressure is less than 100 psi (690 Do not continue to drive with rup- kPa). Driving the vehicle with less tured air springs. The air loss can than 100 psi (690 kPa) could make cause the spring brakes to apply al- the brakes unsafe to use which lowing your brakes to drag and burn 4 could cause an accident involving up the linings, which could lead to an death or personal injury. accident causing death or personal injury. Do not continue to operate the vehicle in this condition. CAUTION Operating a vehicle with air suspen- You can get to a repair facility if you do sion bags either overinflated or un- the following: derinflated may cause damage to driveline components. If a vehicle 1. Remove the height control link must be operated under such condi- connected to the axle and to tions, do not exceed 5 mph (8 km/h). the suspension air valve control arm. This will cause the air valve

4-60 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) AFTER-TREATMENT SYSTEM AFTER-TREATMENT SYSTEM

Introduction

This vehicle will has an exhaust After-Treatment System (ATS), to control vehicle exhaust emissions, which consist of a Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF), Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR), Regeneration Switch and warning lights. The DPF will trap soot from the engine exhaust 4 gases. The SCR uses Diesel Exhaust Fluid to reduce the levels of NOx in the engine exhaust. The ATS will periodically clean (regenerate) the DPF. Please refer to the Exhaust Aftertreatment System Supplement provided with the vehicle for more detailed description of functionality and warnings.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-61 DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES

DRIVING TIPS AND Coasting TECHNIQUES Coasting with the transmission WARNING! in neutral also prevents proper transmission component lubrication. Introduction Do not coast with the transmission During coasting the transmission is in neutral or with the clutch pedal driven by the rear wheels, and the This section covers additional driving depressed—it is a dangerous prac- countershaft gear (which lubricates tips and techniques on how to drive tice. Coasting in neutral may result the transmission components by oil your vehicle more efficiently. in damage to your drivetrain when splash) will only be turning at idle you try to re-engage the transmis- speed. sion. You could lose control of the vehicle which can lead to an acci- dent involving death or personal in- 4 jury.

Do not coast with the transmission in neutral or with the clutch pedal depressed. Besides being illegal and dangerous, coasting is also expensive. It causes premature failure or damage to the clutch and transmission and overloads the brake system.

4-62 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES

Descending a Grade Engine Overspeed the engine rpm to exceed maximum governed speed. WARNING! CAUTION Under normal load and road conditions Do not hold the brake pedal down To avoid engine damage, do not let operate the engine in the lower end of too long or too often while going the engine rpm go beyond the maxi- the range. down a steep or long grade. This mum governed rpm—valve damage could cause the brakes to overheat could result if overspeed conditions and reduce their effectiveness. As a occur. result, the vehicle will not slow down at the usual rate. To reduce the risk NOTE of an accident which could cause death or personal injury, before go- Often these recommendations are ing down a steep or long grade, re- secondary to maintaining an ade- 4 duce speed and shift the transmis- quate and safe speed relative to the sion into a lower gear to help control surrounding traffic and road condi- your vehicle speed. Failure to follow tions. procedures for proper downhill oper- ation could result in loss of vehicle Operate the engine within the optimum control. engine rpm range and do not allow the rpm's to exceed the maximum governed speed. See your Engine Operation and Maintenance manual for information regarding engine rpm. When the engine is used as a brake to control vehicle speed (e.g., while driving down a grade), do not allow

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-63 DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES

Use of Tachometer to the engine. However, the governor Fuel - Excess Consumption has no control over the engine rpm The tachometer is an instrument that when it is being driven by the vehicle's The vehicle's fuel consumption is aids in obtaining the best performance transmission, for example, on steep connected to three important factors: of the engine and manual transmission, downgrades. Apply service brakes or maintenance, driving habits, and serving as a guide for shifting gears. shift to a higher gear. general condition of the road, traffic conditions, and vehicle load. Refer to the Engine Operation and Fuel economy and engine performance Maintenance manual for optimum are also directly related to driving engine rpm. habits: • If the engine rpm moves beyond • The best results in trip time and the maximum governed speed, fuel economy are obtained while 4 indicating an overspeed condition, driving the vehicle at a steady apply the service brake or shift to speed. a higher gear to bring engine rpm within the optimum speed range. • Shift into higher or lower gears (or apply the service brake) to keep • When driving downhill: shift to a engine rpm near the lower end of lower gear, use the engine brake the optimum operating range. (if so equipped), and use the service brake, keeping the engine • Avoid rapid acceleration and speed below 2,100 rpm. braking.

When the engine speed reaches its maximum governed speed, the injection pump governor cuts off fuel

4-64 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES

Maintenance Maintenance factors affecting fuel Driving Habits consumption: Proper maintenance will keep the Wrong driving habits must be vehicle running like new even after • air and/or fuel filters partially corrected and the recommendations long periods of use. The driver must clogged on economic driving should be perform the daily and weekly checks followed. • engine valves out of adjustment of the vehicle. • injection pump improperly Driving factors affecting fuel synchronized consumption: • injection nozzles defective or • excessive speed and unnecessary uncalibrated fast acceleration • improperly inflated tires • long periods of idling 4 • wheel bearings improperly • driving with foot resting on the adjusted (manual transmission) clutch pedal • clutch improperly adjusted or worn (slipping) • fuel leaks

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-65 DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES

General Condition

Other factors affecting fuel consumption are related to loads and type of roads on which the vehicle operates. It is not always possible to choose the most adequate road, but it must be kept in mind that the ideal road is the one that allows a steady speed in high gear, without requiring frequent braking and acceleration.

The following general conditions 4 can affect fuel consumption: • overload • unbalanced load • very high load • inadequate roads • traffic conditions

4-66 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STOPPING THE ENGINE

STOPPING THE ENGINE Turbochargers Refueling

Before Stopping the Engine This cooling-down practice is Air inside the fuel tanks allows water especially important on a turbocharged to condense in the tank. To prevent A hot engine stores a great amount of engine. The turbocharger contains this condensation while the vehicle is heat. It doesn’t cool down immediately bearings and seals that are subjected parked for extended periods of time, after you shut it off. Always cool your to hot exhaust gases. While the fill the tanks to 95 percent of capacity. engine down before shutting it off. You engine is operating, heat is carried Never fill to more than 95 percent will greatly increase its service life. away by circulating oil. If you stop the capacity as this provides room for engine suddenly, the temperature of expansion resulting from temperature Idle the engine at 1000 RPM for the turbocharger could rise as much as extremes. When refueling, add five minutes. Then low idle for thirty 100°F (55°C) above the temperature approximately the same amount to seconds before shutdown. This will reached during operation. A sudden each fuel tank on vehicles with more allow circulating coolant and lubricating rise in temperature like this could than one tank. 4 oil to carry away heat from the cylinder cause the bearings to seize or the oil head, valves, pistons, cylinder liners, seals to loosen. WARNING! turbocharger, and bearings. This Do not carry additional fuel contain- way you can prevent serious engine ers in your vehicle. Fuel containers, damage that may result from uneven either full or empty, may leak, ex- cooling. plode, and cause or feed a fire. Do not carry extra fuel containers, even empty ones are dangerous. Failure to comply may result in death, per- sonal injury, equipment or property damage.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-67 STOPPING THE ENGINE

Location of Fuel Shut-Off Valves Refuel Before the Final Stop WARNING! If your vehicle is equipped with shut-off Air space in your fuel tanks allows Diesel fuel in the presence of an ig- valves for the take-off and return lines, water to condense there. To prevent nition source (such as a cigarette) they are located on the fuel lines this condensation while you are could cause an explosion. A mixture entering the top of the fuel tank. Fuel stopped, fill your tanks to 95% of of gasoline or alcohol with diesel fuel shut-off valves for the fuel crossover capacity. increases this risk of explosion. Do line are on the bottom of the fuel tank, not remove a fuel tank cap near an at the crossover line connection. open flame. Use only the fuel and/or additives recommended for your en- gine. Failure to comply may result in death, personal injury, equipment or 4 property damage.

Specification: Use only Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) Fuel, as recommended by engine manufacturers. If you need further information on fuel specifications, consult the Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual.

4-68 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STOPPING THE ENGINE

Final Stop Final Stopping Procedures 2. If you are parked on a steep grade, To make sure your vehicle is ready 1. Set the parking brake before leaving block the wheels. to go after a long stop (such as over the driver’s seat. To hold your vehicle night), please follow the suggestions while it is parked, don’t rely on: Suitable wheel chocks are at a below. Your vehicle will be easier to minimum an 18-inch (46 cm) long 4x4. get going when you are ready, and • Air Brakes it will be safer for anyone who might • Hand Control Valve for Trailer be around it. Please remember, too, Brakes that in some states it is illegal to leave the engine running and the vehicle • Engine Compression unattended. WARNING! 4 Using the trailer hand brake or air brakes to hold a parked vehicle is dangerous. Because they work with air pressure, these brakes could come loose. Your vehicle could roll, Blocked Wheels causing an accident involving death or personal injury. Always set the 3. Drain water from the air reservoirs. parking brakes. Never rely on the While the engine and air supply trailer hand brake or truck air brakes system are still warm, drain moisture to hold a parked vehicle. from the air reservoirs. Open the reservoir drains just enough to drain the moisture. Don’t deplete the entire

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 4-69 STOPPING THE ENGINE

air supply. Be sure to close the drains before leaving the vehicle.

4 Opening Drains

4. Secure the vehicle. Close all the windows and lock all the doors.

4-70 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) MAINTENANCE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Introduction ...... 5-9 Maintenance Schedule ...... 5-12 LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS Introduction ...... 5-38 Engine ...... 5-38 Master Lubrication Index ...... 5-41 Fuller Transmission Lubrication ...... 5-45 Lubrication ...... 5-47 Spicer Transmission Lubrication ...... 5-47 Oil Changes ...... 5-48 5 Meritor Axle Lubrication ...... 5-49 Eaton/Dana Axle Lubrication ...... 5-50 Wheel Bearing Lubrication ...... 5-51 Universal Joint Lubrication ...... 5-52 Steering Gear Lubrication ...... 5-52

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-1 MAINTENANCE

AIR SYSTEM Introduction ...... 5-54 Air Dryer ...... 5-57 Air Tanks ...... 5-59 Air Gauges and Air Leaks ...... 5-60 Air Compressor ...... 5-61 BRAKE SYSTEM Brake Adjustment ...... 5-63 CAB Exterior Maintenance ...... 5-71 Cleaning, Protecting and Weather Stripping . . . 5-72 5 Safety Restraint System - Inspection ...... 5-75 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 5-79 COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system maintenance ...... 5-80 Engine (Block) Heater ...... 5-84

5-2 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) MAINTENANCE

ELECTRICAL Electrical System ...... 5-85 Light Bulbs ...... 5-86 Bulb Specifications ...... 5-87 Fuses, Circuit Breakers and Relays ...... 5-87 Fuse Inspection and Replacement ...... 5-90 Adding Electrical Options ...... 5-90 Batteries ...... 5-91 Battery Care ...... 5-95 Battery Charging ...... 5-95 Electrical and Alternator Precautions ...... 5-98 Remote Keyless Entry ...... 5-98 5 ENGINE Engine Maintenance ...... 5-99 Engine Lubrication ...... 5-100 Accessory Drive Belts ...... 5-102 Engine Fan ...... 5-103 Air Intake System ...... 5-104

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-3 MAINTENANCE

Turbocharger...... 5-105 Air Cleaners ...... 5-105 ServiSignal™ Mini Indicator ...... 5-107 Exhaust System ...... 5-107 Engine Mounting ...... 5-107 FUEL SYSTEM Location of Fuel Shut-off Valves...... 5-109 Specification ...... 5-109 Fuel Filters ...... 5-109 FRAME Introduction ...... 5-110 5 FRONT AXLE AND SUSPENSION Axle Lubrication ...... 5-114 Inspection ...... 5-115 Wheel Alignment ...... 5-115 U-Bolt Torque ...... 5-116

5-4 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) MAINTENANCE

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER Introduction ...... 5-118 Air Filters ...... 5-120 Heater...... 5-120 Air Conditioner ...... 5-121 NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL Noise Emission Warranty ...... 5-122 Inspection and Maintenance Instructions . . . . . 5-124 Noise Control System - Maintenance Log . . . . 5-129 REAR AXLE AND SUSPENSION General Maintenance ...... 5-132 Visual Inspection ...... 5-133 5 Rear Suspension Fasteners ...... 5-134 Rear Axle Lubrication ...... 5-135 Rear Axle Alignment ...... 5-137 STEERING SYSTEM Power Steering ...... 5-138

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-5 MAINTENANCE

Fluid Level and Refill ...... 5-139 Steering Shaft ...... 5-140 DRIVELINE Driveshaft Maintenance ...... 5-142 U-Joints ...... 5-142 TIRES AND WHEEL Tires ...... 5-143 Wheel Mounting and Fastening ...... 5-149 Wheel Replacement With Disc Brake Option . . . 5-151 Disc Wheels ...... 5-153 WHEEL BEARING 5 Wheel Bearing Adjustment ...... 5-154 TRANSMISSION AND CLUTCH Introduction ...... 5-155 All Transmissions ...... 5-155 Manual Transmissions...... 5-156 Clutch System Introduction ...... 5-156

5-6 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) MAINTENANCE

Clutch Adjustment — Normal Wear ...... 5-157 Automatic Transmissions ...... 5-158

5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE WARNING! WARNING! SCHEDULE Before attempting any procedures in If work has to be done with the the engine compartment, stop the engine running, always (1) set the engine and let it cool down. Hot parking brake, (2) block the wheels, Introduction components can burn skin on con- and (3) ensure that the shift lever tact. Failure to comply may result in or selector is in Neutral. Failure to Preventive maintenance program death, personal injury, equipment or comply may result in death, per- begins with the daily checks. See property damage. sonal injury, equipment or property Driver’s Check List on page 1-32 damage. for these routine checks. Routine vehicle checks can help avoid many WARNING! large, expensive, and time consuming If the engine must be operating to in- WARNING! repairs. The vehicle will operate better, spect, be alert and cautious around Exercise extreme caution to prevent be safer, and last longer. Neglect the engine at all times. Failure to neckties, jewelry, long hair, or loose of recommended maintenance can comply may result in death, personal clothing from getting caught in the void your vehicle’s warranty. Some injury, equipment or property dam- fan blades or any other moving en- 5 maintenance operations demand age. gine parts. Failure to comply may re- skills and equipment you may not sult in death, personal injury, equip- have. For such situations, please take ment or property damage. your vehicle to an authorized Service Center.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-9 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

WARNING! WARNING! The following pages contain a table of maintenance tasks with the related Disconnect the battery ground strap When working underneath the vehi- intervals for each task on the right whenever you work on the fuel sys- cle without appropriate safety stands side of the table. The top of the table tem or the electrical system. When but with the wheels on the ground displays a guide to a maintenance you work around fuel, do not smoke (not supported), make sure that (1) interval and its schedule. Some or work near heaters or other fire the vehicle is on hard level ground, tasks are dependent on the vehicle hazards. Keep an approved fire ex- (2) the parking brake is applied, (3) application. These tasks will be tinguisher handy. Failure to comply all wheels are blocked (front and shown as separate tasks and will have may result in death, personal injury, rear) and (4) remove the ignition the words "ON HIGHWAY", "CITY equipment or property damage. key so that the engine cannot be DELIVERY" or "OFF-HIGHWAY" started. Failure to comply may result after the description. These tasks in death, personal injury, equipment WARNING! are differentiated because they are or property damage. Always support the vehicle with ap- dependent on the vehicle’s operating propriate safety stands if it is neces- environment. WARNING! 5 sary to work underneath the vehicle. A jack is not adequate for this pur- Never start or let the engine run in On highway is defined for applications pose. Failure to comply may result an enclosed, unventilated area. Ex- where the vehicle is NOT used off of a in death, personal injury, equipment haust fumes from the engine contain paved road during normal operation. or property damage. carbon monoxide, a colorless and City Delivery is defined for applications odorless gas. Carbon monoxide can where frequent start and stopping is be fatal if inhaled. Failure to comply required during normal operation and may result in death, personal injury, the highway is used infrequently and equipment or property damage. for short periods of time.

5-10 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

interval. Refer to Oil Changes on Off highway is defined for applications page 5-48 before you put a new where the vehicle may be driven off vehicle into service. the pavement on a regular basis, even if it is an infrequent basis and/or for a • The initial fill of lubricant in brief time period. manual transmissions must be changed before the end of the first Please contact an authorized maintenance interval. See Fuller service dealership if there are Transmission Lubrication on page questions regarding which interval 5-45 for specific information. to follow. Consult the supplier for specific recommendations where • If your vehicle is equipped with an discrepancies develop between these automatic transmission, consult recommendations in this table and the owner’s manual for it that came component supplier recommendations. with your vehicle to obtain lubricant check and change intervals. • Engine lubricating oil change intervals aren’t listed here. Refer 5 to your engine’s operating manual for recommendations. For specific information on maintenance procedures consult your vehicle maintenance manual. • The initial fill of drive axle lubricant must be changed before the end of the first scheduled maintenance

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-11 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Maintenance Schedule

New Vehicle Maintenance Schedule

New Vehicle Maintenance Schedule After First Miles (km) 50 – 100 500 2,000 3,00 First (80 – (800) (3218) 0 –5, Operation\Frequency Day 160) 000 ( 4800 –800 0) Steering Shaft U-Bolts. (OFF-HIGHWAY) See Steering System on page 5-138. X Wheel Mounting. See Wheel Mounting and Fastening on page 5-149. X Front Axle U-Bolt Torque. See Front Spring Suspension U-Bolts on page 5-116. X Charge Air Cooler and Air Intake Pipe Clamps, re- torque fasteners. X Rear Suspension Fasteners. See Rear Suspension Fasteners on page 5-134. X 5 Transmission Lubrication. X 1. For Fuller transmission, see Fuller Transmission Lubrication on page 5-45. 2. For Allison transmission, see Allison Transmission Lubrication on page 5-47. 3. For Spicer transmission, see Spicer Transmission Lubrication on page 5-47. Axle Lubrication. 1. For Meritor axle, see Meritor Axle Lubrication on page 5-49. X 2. For Eaton/Dana axle, see Eaton/Dana Axle Lubrication on page 5-50.

5-12 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Frame Fifth Wheel Check the kingpin lock and plate for wear and function; lubricate X (NLGI #2 grease). Inspect fifth wheel operation (shown on page 5-134) X Frame Fasteners Check for tightness; tighten to the specified torque value as X required (shown on page 5-112). 5 Crossmembers and Inspect for cracks and loose fasteners. Replace or tighten to the X Mounting Brackets specified torque value as required (shown on page 5-112). Engine Mounting Inspect engine mounts every 60,000 miles (96,560 km) (shown on X page 5-107). Contact an authorized vehicle OEM dealership if engine mounts need servicing.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-13 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Front Axle Total Vehicle Alignment Check and adjust as required. X (Meritor) Steering knuckle spindles, Inspect for wear and damage and endplay. Shim or replace as X thrust bearings, kingpins, required (shown on page 5-138). drawkeys, tie rod ends, steering stops, & bushings Kingpin bushings, thrust Lubricate with approved grease. X 5 bearings, & tie rod ball ends

Drawkeys Tighten nuts X X

5-14 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Front Axle Total Vehicle Alignment Check and adjust as required. X (Dana) Kingpin bushings, thrust Lubricate with approved grease. X bearings, & tie rod ball ends (ON HIGHWAY) Kingpin bushings, thrust Lubricate with approved grease. X bearings, & tie rod ball ends (OFF-HIGHWAY) 5 Steering knuckle spindles, Inspect for wear and damage and for endplay. Shim or replace X thrust bearings, kingpins, as required. drawkeys, tie rod ends, steering stops, & bushings (ON HIGHWAY) Steering knuckle spindles, Inspect for wear and damage and for endplay. Shim or replace X thrust bearings, kingpins, as required. drawkeys, tie rod ends, steering stops, & bushings (OFF-HIGHWAY)

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-15 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Front Front Spring Inspect for cracked leaves, worn bushings, & excessive corrosion. X Suspension Spring Pins & Shackles Inspect for worn parts and excessive joint clearance. Shim or X replace as required. Shock Absorbers Inspect for leaking, body damage, and damaged or worn bushings. X Replace as required. Check the shock mounting stud torque. 5 Spring Pins Lubricate with approved grease. X Check for proper function. X U-bolts (ON HIGHWAY) Check the general condition and the tightness of the nuts. Tighten X the nuts to the specified torque value as required (shown onpage 5-117). U-bolts (OFF HIGHWAY) Check the general condition and the tightness of the nuts. Tighten X the U-bolts after the first day or two of operation. Then tighten the nuts to the specified torque value as required (shown onpage 5-117).

5-16 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Drive Axle Axle Housing Visually inspect for damage or leaks. X (Dana) Check oil level. Check "cold." Torque the drain plug. X Drain the lubricant while warm. Flush each unit with clean flushing See information on page oil. Change the lubricant. 5-50 Air Shift Unit Check the lubricant level. X Remove the housing cover and drain the lubricant. Wash the parts X 5 thoroughly and dry in air. Breather Clean or replace. X Lube Pump (ON Remove the magnetic strainer and inspect for wear particles. X HIGHWAY) Wash in solvent and dry in air. Lube Pump (OFF Remove the magnetic strainer and inspect for wear particles. X HIGHWAY) Wash in solvent and dry in air. Lube Filter (ON HIGHWAY) Change. X

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-17 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Drive Axle Lube Filter (OFF Change. X (Dana) HIGHWAY) Magnetic drain plug and Clean or replace. X breather (ON HIGHWAY) Magnetic drain plug and Clean or replace. X breather (OFF HIGHWAY) 5

5-18 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Drive Axle Axle Housing Check the "cold" fill level at the differential carrier plug for a pinion X (Meritor) angle of less than 7 degrees, or at the axle bowl plug for a pinion angle of greater than 7 degrees. Tighten the plug to 35-50 Lb. ft. (47-68 N.m.) Visually inspect for damage or leaks. X Drain and replace the lubricant. See information on page 5-48 5 Lubricant filter Change the filter. X Breather Check the operation. If the cap doesn’t rotate freely, replace. X Input shaft & pinion shaft Check and adjust the endplay. X Axle shaft Tighten the rear axle flange nuts to the specified torque value. X Interaxle differential Check the operation. X

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-19 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Rear U-bolts Check the torque. Tighten to specified torque value as required X Suspension (shown on page 5-135). Frame & crossmember Check the torque. Tighten to specified torque value as required X bolts (shown on page 5-112).

5 Mounting brackets and Check the condition and the fastener torque. Tighten to the X fasteners specified torque value as required (shown on page 5-112).

5-20 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Drum Brakes Slack adjusters Check the push rod travel and check the control arm for cracks. X (All) Adjust at reline (shown on page 5-66). Lubricate (NLGI #2 grease). X Brake camshaft bearing Check for excessive camshaft paly in the axial and radial directions. X Max allowable play is 0.003 in. Lubricate (NLGI #2 grease). Brake treadle valve Clean the area around the treadle, boot, and mounting plate. X Check the pivot and mounting plate for integrity. Check the plunger 5 boot for cracks. Lubricate roller pin, pivot pin, and plunger (NLGI #2 grease). Brake air system Check air lines and fittings for leaks (shown on page 5-54). Adjust X routing as required to prevent chafing. Check tank mounting and condition. Clean or replace the inline filters. X Brake lining Inspect; replace as required. X

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-21 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Disc Brakes Brake pads Inspect; replace as required. X (Bendix®) Brake disc/rotor Inspect for visible cracks, heat checking, galling, or scoring of X surface. Check for runout (max allowable is 0.002 in.). Caliper sliding function Ensure caliper slides freely with no obstructions or excessive play. X Caliper slide pins Inspect protective caps of the guide pins for damage or cracking. X 5 System operation Check operation; inspect as per manufacturer’s service literature. X Hydraulic Brake pad lining Inspect; replace as required. (minimum 3/16 in. thickness) X Brakes Rotor Inspect for visible cracks, heat checking, galling, or scoring of X surface. Park Brake Inspect for wear, cracks, or breakage. (minimum 2.5 mm (0.10 in)) X Brake Fluid Check level; change every 2 years. (DOT 3 brake fluid) X Main Main transmission Check the oil level; refill as required. Check every 50,000 mi transmission and refill as required.

5-22 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Air Intake Air intake piping, mounting, Check the system for broken pipes, leaks, joint integrity, X and charge air cooler cleanliness, and proper support (shown on page 5-106). Air cleaner Replace the engine intake air cleaner element (shown on page When required by air 5-104). restriction indicator or required by the engine manufacturers operator manual. 5 Clutch Clutch linkage Lubricate. X Clutch release bearing Lubricate. X Inspect and adjust when necessary (no adjustment required for X SOLO type clutches)

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-23 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Cooling Hoses Check the radiator and heater hoses for leaks. X Extended Life Coolant Check the freeze point (shown on page 5-81). X (ELC) Check for contamination using test strips (shown on page 5-80). X Replace blank water filter if applicable. X Perform lab analysis (shown on page 5-80). X 5 If lab analysis shows coolant is unsuitable for continued use: Flush, drain, and refill (shown on page 5-80). Add ELC Extender (shown on page 5-80). Flush, drain, and refill with new coolant (shown on page 5-80). X Fan clutch Check for air leaks. (shown on page 5-103). X Check the fan drive bearings (turn the sheave in both directions to check for worn hub bearings). Solenoid valve Check the fan drive for proper engagement and disengagement. X

5-24 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Tires & Tires Check inflation pressure (shown on page 5-143). Weekly "cold" using Wheels calibrated gauge Inspect for cuts, irregular wear, missing lugs, sidewall damage, etc. X

5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-25 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Power Reservoir Check the fluid level (shown on page 5-52). X Steering Reservoir Drain, replace the filter, and refill (shown on page 5-52). X Steering gear Check the lash of the sector shaft; adjust as required. X Grease the trunnion bearing (EP NLGI #2 lithium-based, X moly-filled, HD grease). 5 Grease the input shaft seal (EP NLGI #2 lithium-based, moly-filled, X HD grease). Power assist cylinder Lubricate the ball joints. Inspect for leaking rod seals, damaged X ball joint boots, and damage to cylinder rod or barrel. Hoses and tubes Check for leaks and chafing. X Steering linkage Check all joints for excessive lash; replace as required (shown X on page 5-138). Draglink tube clamp and Check the torque; tighten to specified torque value as required. X ball socket

5-26 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Power Pitman arm clamp bolt and Check the torque; tighten to specified torque value as required. X Steering nut Steering intermediate shaft Check the torque on the pinch bolt and nut. X Steering intermediate shaft Lubricate [EP NLGI #2 HD grease, +325° F to -10° F (+163° C X U-joints (ON HIGHWAY) to -23° C) range]. Steering intermediate shaft Lubricate [EP NLGI #2 HD grease, +325° F to -10° F (+163° C X U-joints (OFF HIGHWAY or to -23° C) range]. 5 CITY DELIVERY) Draglink and tie rod arm ball Lubricate (EP NLGI #2 lithium-based, moly-filled, HD grease). X sockets (ON HIGHWAY) Draglink and tie rod arm ball Lubricate (EP NLGI #2 lithium-based, moly-filled, HD grease). X sockets (OFF HIGHWAY or CITY DELIVERY)

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-27 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Fuel & Tanks Fuel tanks Inspect tanks, brackets, hoses, and fittings for correct location, X tightness, abrasion damage, and leaks; repair or replace as required. Fuel tank breathers Check for proper function; clean the drain hoses. X Fuel tank straps Check the strap tightness; tighten to proper torque value as X required: 5 Aluminum tank: 30 Lb. ft. (41 N.m.) Cylindrical Steel tank: 8 Lb. ft. (11 N.m.)

5-28 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Driveshafts Models SPL-90, 1710 Lubricate*. X and 1810 slip member & U-joints Inspect. U-joint inspections should be performed every time a vehicle comes in for scheduled maintenance.** Model SPL-100 slip Lubricate*. X 5 member & U-joints Inspect. U-joint inspections should be performed every time a vehicle comes in for scheduled maintenance.**

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-29 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Driveshafts Models SPL- Lubricate*. X 140/140HD/170/ 170HD/250/250HD slip Inspect. U-joint inspections members & U-joints (ON should be performed HIGHWAY & LINEHAUL) every time a vehicle comes in for scheduled maintenance.** 5 Models SPL- Lubricate*. X 140/140HD/170/ 170HD/250/250HD slip Inspect. U-joint inspections members & U-joints (OFF should be performed HIGHWAY) every time a vehicle comes in for scheduled maintenance.**

5-30 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Driveshafts Models SPL-140XL/170XL/ Lubricate*. 350,000 mi (560,000 250XL slip members and km) 1st interval and U-joints (ON HIGHWAY & then every 100,000 mi LINE HAUL) (160,00 km) after that. Inspect. U-joint inspections should be performed every time a vehicle comes in for scheduled 5 maintenance.** Models SPL-140XL/170XL/ Lubricate*. X 250XL slip members and U-joints (OFF HIGHWAY & Inspect. U-joint inspections CITY) should be performed every time a vehicle comes in for scheduled maintenance.** *Use only Spicer Driveshaft approved lubricants when greasing Spicer U-joints. **Refer to Spicer Driveshaft service manual DSSM-0100 (3264-SPL) for detailed instructions.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-31 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Battery Battery cables Check the condition of the cables, cushion clamps, nylon tie X Boxes, Tool straps, and routing. Replace a cushion clamp if the rubber has Boxes, and deteriorated. Repair or tighten terminals, and secure cables Steps to prevent chafing. Replace damaged cables (cuts, cracks, or excessive wear) (shown on page 5-85). Batteries (ON HIGHWAY & Check for cracks and damage, electrolyte level, condition of X 5 LINE HAUL) terminals, and tightness of holddowns (shown on page 5-85). Batteries (OFF-HIGHWAY) Check for cracks and damage, electrolyte level, condition of X terminals, and tightness of holddowns (shown on page 5-85). Battery box and tray (ON Check the box integrity. Clean the drain tube and check for acid X HIGHWAY & LINE HAUL) leaks. Check condition of all equipment mounted under the box. Battery box and tray Check the box integrity. Clean the drain tube and check for acid X (OFF-HIGHWAY) leaks. Check condition of all equipment mounted under the box. Battery Cable Fasteners Check battery cable fasteners and tighten as necessary to 10-15 X Lb. ft. (13.6-20.3 N.m.) as specified on the battery label.

5-32 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Electrical & Headlamps Check the aim and adjust as required. X lights Warning lights in light bar Check at the ignition start position to verify bulbs and driver X information display function (shown on page 3-11). Turn, Stop, Reverse lights Visual check. X and signals Alternator Check operation and output. X 5 Check tightness of the pulley nut. X Check the tension of the drive belt (shown on page 5-102). X Check tightness of the terminal hex nuts. X Starter Check torque on hex nuts. X ECM connector Check the tightness of the ECM connector. X Wheel sensors Check for damaged sensors and connectors, and worn or frayed X wires.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-33 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Electrical & Fuel and diesel exhaust Check the mounting screws and electrical connections for worn or X lights fluid tank sending unit damaged wires and connectors. Power supply harnesses Check for worn or damaged insulation, corroded terminals, frayed X (engine, transmission, etc.) wires, and oil or fluid leaks on the connectors or wiring. Wash to remove excess grease. X Cab Hood Lubricate the lower hood pivot (only if lube fittings are present). X 5 structure, doors & Hinges and latch Lubricate with silicone spray. X hoods Body & cab holddown bolts Check the condition and tightness. X Heating & Air Heater & air conditioner Perform the checks listed shown on page 5-118. X Conditioning Full operational and diagnostic check. X Condenser Clear any debris from the front of the condenser. X

5-34 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Aftertreat- System Check for leaks and proper support (shown on page 5-122). X ment System Diesel particulate filter Clean filter. Refer to the Engine Maintenance Manual. Diesel exhaust fluid tank Inspect the tank, straps, brackets, hoses and fittings for abrasion X damage, leaks, tightness and fully engaged connectors. Diesel exhaust fluid supply Replace filter. Refer to the Engine module Maintenance Manual. 5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-35 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Air Air compressor governor Replace air strainer. X Air lines Check condition and routing to prevent chafing. X System Lubricate (shown on page 5-54). X Inline filters Replace elements or clean with solvent. X Air dryer Perform the checks listed (shown on page 5-54). X 5 Air dryer (ON HIGHWAY) Overhaul. 360,000 miles/576,000 km Air dryer (OFF HIGHWAY) Overhaul. X

5-36 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) INTERVALS

Recommended PM SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK Interval IAB C Engine Basic Engine Maintenance and service interval recommendations are detailed in the engine manufacturer’s Operations and Maintenance Manual included with the vehicle. The engine manufacturer’s recommendations vary depending engine model. Information is also available from authorized dealers, the engine manufacturer’s authorized service centers, and the engine manufacturer’s web site. Safety Three-point Safety Belt Inspect. 20,000 miles/32,000km System If the vehicle is exposed to severe environmental 5 or working conditions, more frequent inspections may be necessary.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-37 LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

LUBRICANT at top economy and in prolonging Engine SPECIFICATIONS its life is proper lubrication servicing. Neglecting this essential aspect of Proper engine lubrication depends vehicle care can cost time and money on the outside temperatures where Introduction in the long run. you will be driving. Use the oil recommended for the conditions you WARNING! CAUTION are most likely to be operating in. You will find a complete engine lubrication Handle lubricants carefully. Vehi- Do not mix different types of lubri- service guide in the Engine Operation cle lubricants (oil and grease) can cants. Mixing lubricants (oil and Manual that came with your vehicle. be poisonous and cause death, per- grease) of different brands or types The engine operator manual contains sonal injury or sickness. They can could damage vehicle components; specific maintenance tasks that you or also damage the paint on the vehi- therefore, drain (or remove) old lu- a qualified service technician need to cle. bricants from the unit before refilling perform to maintain the engine. it. In this section you will find the basic information you need to do the routine 5 lubrication your vehicle requires. Of course you will want to schedule service more frequently if you are operating under severe conditions such as extreme heat or cold, with very heavy loads, off-road, etc. For any special service requirements, consult your service manuals and your lubricant supplier. Please remember: one key to keeping your truck running

5-38 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

WARNING! WARNING! NOTE Exhaust fumes from the engine Never idle your vehicle for prolonged Keep the engine exhaust system contain carbon monoxide, a color- periods of time if you sense that ex- and the vehicle’s cab ventilation less and odorless gas. A poorly haust fumes are entering the cab. system properly maintained. It is maintained, damaged, or corroded Investigate the cause of the fumes recommended that the vehicle’s ex- exhaust system can allow car- and correct it as soon as possible. haust system and cab be inspected: bon monoxide to enter the cab or If the vehicle must be driven under • By a competent technician every sleeper. Failure to properly main- these conditions, drive only with the 15,000 miles/ 24,000 km tain your vehicle could cause car- windows slightly open. Failure to re- bon monoxide to enter the cab and pair the source of the exhaust fumes • Whenever a change is noticed in cause death, personal injury or seri- may lead to death, personal injury or the sound of the exhaust system ous illness. serious illness. • Whenever the exhaust system, underbody, cab or sleeper is damaged 5 NOTE Use only an exact replacement parts in Aftertreatment exhaust system. Using a noncompliant replacement part could violate emissions require- ments and also void the emission system’s warranty.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-39 LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Pipe and Hose Clamps

Use the following table for torque specifications to check pipe and hose clamps.

Pipe and Hose Clamp Torque Values

APPLICATION APPROVED CLAMP TORQUE Nm Lb-In Radiator & Heat Exchanger Hoses Constant-Torque CT-L 10.2-12.5 90-110 Heater Hoses Constant Tension not required not required Air Intake Pipes Hi-Torque HTM-L 11.3-14.2 100-125 Plastic Air Intake Pipes Constant- Torque CT-L 4.5 40 (maximum) Charge Air Intake Hoses Flex Seal 667 7.9-11.3 70-100 B9296 6-7 50-60 5 Fuel, Oil & Water Heat Exchangers Miniature 3600L 1.1-1.7 10-15 (for hoses less than 9/16 diameter)

5-40 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Master Lubrication Index

Lubricant Symbol Key ATF MD3 or MERCON®-approved automatic transmission fluid BB High temperature ball bearing grease. Chevron SRI Mobile Grease HP, Texaco Multifax 2 or equivalent CB Engine oil for mild to moderate requirements CC/CD Engine oil for severe requirements (MIL-L-2104B /MIL-L-45199B w/ 1.85% max. sulfated ash content) CD Engine oil meeting API "Five engine test sequence" CD50 SAE50W synthetic transmission fluid CE Engine oil meeting severe duty service requirements for direct-injection turbocharged engines CJ-4 Engine oil for PACCAR MX and Cummins EGR engines CL Multipurpose chassis grease EP Extreme Pressure Lubricant (Lithium 12-hydroxystearate base NGLI 2) GL Straight mineral gear lubricant HD Hypoid Gear Oil, A.P.I. - GL-5, SAE 75W-90FE synthetic gear lubricant 5 HT High Temperature grease (Timken Spec. 0-616) MP Multipurpose gear lubricant (MIL-L-2105B) DOT3 or DOT4 Brake Fluid

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-41 LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

NOTE The responsibility for meeting these specifications, the quality of the product, and its performance in ser- vice rests with the lubricant supplier.

For oil reservoir with side filler plugs (transmission, axles, steering gear boxes, transfer cases, etc.) the oil must be level with the filler opening.

5 1 Improper Oil Level 2 Proper Oil Level

Use care when checking the oil level with a finger. Just because you can reach the oil level with a finger, does not mean the oil level is correct.

5-42 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Component Lubrication Index Universal Joints EP* Drive Shaft Splines CL* Steering Column CL Alternator Bearing BB* Fan Hub BB* Power Steering Reservoir ATF Steering Drag Link CL Steering Knuckles CL Spring Pins CL Clutch Release Bearings BB Brake Shoe Anchor Pins HT Brake Cam Bearings HT Slack Adjusters CL 5 Starter Bearings CC Turbocharger Aneroid CC Water Pump BB* Suspension Fittings (other than threaded pins & bushings) EP Steering Axle: Grease Fittings on Steering Arm; Tie Rod Ends; Drag EP Link; King Pins Steering Shaft Grease Fittings EP

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-43 LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Component Lubrication Index Brake Treadle Hinge and Roller Engine oil Lock Cylinders Lock lubricant Door Hinges Not required - Teflon bushings Door Latches & Striker Plates Polyethylene grease stick Door Weatherstrip Silicone lubricant Hub-piloted Aluminum Wheels Coat the wheel pilot or hub pads with Freylube #3 lubricant (light colored) or Chevron Zinc lube. Do not get lubricant on the face of the wheel or the hub. *Consult manufacturer or lubricant supplier for special details.

5

5-44 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Fuller Transmission Lubrication Change and Inspection Lubrication Off-Highway Use

Fuller transmissions are designed so Refer to the Eaton Fuller transmission that the internal parts operate in a manual for servicing information. bath of oil circulated by the motion of gears and shafts. Grey iron parts have Highway Use built-in channels where needed to • Refer to the Eaton Fuller help lubricate bearings and shafts. All transmission manual for servicing parts will be amply lubricated if these information. procedures are closely followed: • Refer to the oil change vs. 1. Maintain oil level; check it temperature chart that follows for regularly. special oil change information. The CAUTION 2. Change oil regularly. "intermittent peak temperature" Exceeding the recommended oil is the maximum temperature 3. Use the correct grade and type of change intervals may be harmful to observed for a short time in a oil. the life of the transmission and the 5 fully loaded vehicle performing transmission oil cooler. 4. Buy oil from a reputable dealer. normally.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-45 LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Recommended Lubricants

Type Grade (SAE) Ambient Temperature Heavy Duty Engine Oil MIL-L-2104B, C, or D; 50 Above 10° F (-12° C) API - SF, or API-CD 40 Above 10° F (-12° C) 30 Below 10° F (-12° C) Mineral gear oil with rust and oxidation 90 Above 10° F (-12° C) inhibitor API-GL-1 80W Below 10° F (-12° C) Synthetic Lubricant* 50 All *See your dealer for approved brands.

5

5-46 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Allison Transmission Spicer Transmission Recommended Lubricants Lubrication Lubrication Lubrication Change and Inspection The lubricants listed below are It is extremely important to use the recommended, in order of preference, • Refer to your transmission proper lubricants and maintain the for use in all Spicer mechanical manual (furnished separately) for correct oil levels in Spicer units. This transmissions, auxiliaries, and lubrication information. will ensure proper lubrication and transfer cases. Do not use extreme operating temperatures in these units. pressure additives such as those • Refer to the Allison Transmission found in multipurpose or rear axle-type manual for servicing information. lubricants. These additives are not required in Spicer transmissions, and may in some cases create transmission problems. Multipurpose oils, as a group, have relatively poor oxidation stability, a high rate of sludge formation, and a greater tendency to react with or corrode the steel and bronze parts. 5

Type Grade (SAE) Ambient Temperature Heavy Duty Engine Oil MIL-L-2104D 30, 40, or 50 Above 0° F (-18° C) or MIL-L-46152B, API-SF or API-CD (MIL-L-2104B or C or MIL-L-46152 30 Below 0° F (-18° C) designations are acceptable) Mineral gear oil (R & O type) API-GL-1 90 Above 0° F (-18° C) 80 Below 0° F (-18° C)

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-47 LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Type Grade (SAE) Ambient Temperature Synthetic Engine Oil meeting MIL-L-2104D or CD50 All MIL-L-46152B, API-SF or API-CD CD30 *Synthetic Gear Oil Meeting MIL-2105C or EP75W90 All API-GL5 EP75W140 *EP Gear Oils are not recommended when lubricant operating temperatures are above 230° F (110° C). Oil Changes 24 hours but before 100 hours of Refilling service have elapsed. CAUTION Remove all dirt around filler plug. Refill with new oil of the grade recommended When adding oil, types and brands for the existing season and prevailing of oil should not be intermixed be- service. Fill to the bottom of the cause of possible incompatibility, level testing plug positioned on the which could decrease the effec- side of the transmission. Do not tiveness of the lubrication or cause overfill the transmission. Overfilling component failure. usually results in oil breakdown due 5 to excessive heat and aeration from An initial oil change and flush should the churning action of the gears. Early be performed after the transmission breakdown of the oil will result in heavy has been placed in actual service. varnish and sludge deposits that plug This change should be made any time up oil ports and build up on the splines after 3000 miles (4800 km) but never and bearings. Overflow of oil can also longer than 5000 miles (8000 km) of escape onto clutch or parking brakes. over-the-road service. In off-highway When adding oil, do not mix different use, the change should be made after types of oil.

5-48 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Meritor Axle Lubrication Under Meritor’s Advanced Lube Rear NOTE Drive Axle program, the axles listed below are exempt from an initial Axles utilized in 100% off-highway lubricant change: use are not eligible for Meritor’s Ad- vanced Lube Rear Drive Axle pro- gram.

AVAILABLE ADVANCED LUBE AXLES RS-17-145 RS-23-180 RT-40-145 RT-44-145P RS-19-145 RS-26-180 RT-40-145P RT-46-160 RS-21-145 RS-30-180 SQ-100A RT-46-160P RS-23-160 RT-34-145 SQ-100AP RT-52-160 RS-23-161 RT-34-145P RT-44-145 RT-52-160P

Meritor rear axles that do not appear • See your dealer for 5 on the list above will continue to Meritor-approved lubricant require an initial drain at 3000-5000 brands. miles (4800-8000 km). • Refer to the following chart for • Refer to the Meritor Field lubricant change intervals: Maintenance Manual for a particular axle for lubricant specifications.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-49 LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Application Type Of Lubricant Mileage Interval On Highway Synthetic 240,000 mi. (384,000 km) Synthetic with Pump and Filter 500,000 mi. (800,000 km) Mineral Base 120,000 mi. (192,000 km) City Delivery Synthetic 120,000 mi. (192,000 km) Synthetic with Pump and Filter 240,000 mi. (384,000 km) Mineral Base 120,000 mi. (192,000 km) Off Highway Synthetic 120,000 mi. (192,000 km) Synthetic with Pump and Filter 120,000 mi. (192,000 km) Mineral Base 120,000 mi. (192,000 km)

• Change the lubricant filter every Eaton/Dana Axle Lubrication with an Eaton-approved synthetic 120,000 miles (192,000 km). Top lubricant. off the lubricant level with a similar • The original mineral-based 5 lubricant. lubricant must be drained within • Mineral-based lubes must be 3000-5000 miles (4800-8000 drained within the first 5000 miles km) on all Eaton axles. This (8000 km) if converting to an initial change is very important Eaton-approved synthetic lube. because it flushes out break-in contaminants that might otherwise • Change the lubricant within the cause premature wear. first 5000 miles (8000 km) of operation after a carrier head • No initial drain is required on replacement, regardless of the Eaton axles that are factory filled lubricant type.

5-50 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

• Refer to the Eaton Field • See your dealer for • Refer to the chart below for Maintenance Manual for a Eaton-approved lubricant brands. lubricant change interval. particular axle for lubricant specifications.

Type of Lubricant On-Highway Mi. (km) Maximum Change On/Off Highway Severe Maximum Change Interval Service Mi. (km) Interval Mineral-Based 120,000 (192,000) Yearly 60,000 (96,000) Yearly Eaton-Approved 240,000 (384,000) 2 Years 120,000 (192,000) Yearly Synthetic Eaton-Approved 350,000 (560,000) Synthetic in axle with extended drain interval option Wheel Bearing Lubrication done.) Allow time for the oil to seep Oil-lubricated Nondriven Hubs Oil-lubricated Driven Hubs through the bearings when initially filling a hub. Maintain the differential Use CD50 synthetic transmission fluid Use hypoid oil, A.P.I.-GL-5 SAE oil level by adding oil until its surface is SAE 50W or equivalent. A minimum of 5 75W-90FE synthetic gear lubricant even with the bottom of the filler hole 9 oz. (270 ml) of lubricant is required or equivalent. A minimum of 1 quart (see illustration on page 5-42). for proper lubrication of an LMS™ hub; (921 ml) of oil is required for proper 10-13 oz. (295-400 ml) is required for lubrication of each drive hub. Add oil a non-LMS hub, depending on wheel through the filler hole in the hub; if design. Allow time for the fluid to seep none, add oil through the differential through the bearings when initially filler hole. (Note: Remember to replace filling a hub. When properly filled, the vent plug or threaded filler plug when

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-51 LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

fluid level will lie between the fluid level Universal Joint Lubrication Steering Gear Lubrication line and 1/4" above the line. Fluid Refill Refer to the Spicer Universal Joints NOTE and Driveshafts service manual and The following recommendations are lubrication specifications. for general purpose steering systems Remember to replace vent plug (both TRW and Sheppard). when done. • For normal temperatures, use Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) Type E or F or Dexron® III. • For cold temperatures of -22º F (-30º C) and above use ATF Type A. • For extremely cold temperatures between -22º F (-30º C) and -40º F (-40º C) use ATF Type B. 5

5-52 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS

Inspection If incompatible (insoluble) fluids are NOTE mixed in a power steering system, air bubbles can be produced at the Before removing reservoir cover, interface of the two fluids. This can wipe outside of cover so that no dirt cause cavitation, which reduces the can fall into the reservoir. lubrication between moving parts in 1. Check the fluid level; add fluid if the gear. This could result in worn required. components. 2. Check fluid for contamination, The mixture of two different fluids, discoloration, or burnt smell; although harmless to individual correct source of such problems internal components, may initiate a before replacing fluid & filter. chemical reaction that produces a new compound that will attack seals and CAUTION other internal components. When adding fluid, be sure to use Do not mix different fluids. 5 fluid of the same type. While many fluids have the same description and intended purpose, they should not be mixed due to incompatible ad- ditives. Mixing incompatible fluids may lead to equipment damage.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-53 AIR SYSTEM AIR SYSTEM WARNING! WARNING! Introduction Prior to the removal of any air sys- Never connect or disconnect a hose tem component, always block and or line containing air pressure. It WARNING! hold the vehicle by a secure means may whip as air escapes. Never re- other than the vehicle's own brakes. move a component or pipe plug un- Do not attempt to modify, alter, repair Depleting air system pressure may less you are certain all system pres- or disconnect any component of the cause the vehicle to roll unexpect- sure has been depleted. Failure to air system. Repairs or modifications edly resulting in an accident causing comply may result in death, personal to the air system, other than what death or personal injuries. Keep injury, equipment or property dam- is described in this section, should hands away from chamber push age. only be performed by an authorized rods and slack adjusters, they may dealer. Failure to comply may result apply as system pressure drops. in death or personal injury. WARNING! Never exceed recommended air WARNING! pressure and always wear safety After completing any repairs to the glasses when working with air pres- 5 air system, always test for air leaks, sure. Never look into air jets or direct and check the brakes for safe opera- them at anyone. Failure to comply tion before putting the vehicle in ser- may result in death, personal injury, vice. Failure to comply may result in equipment or property damage. death, personal injury, equipment or property damage.

5-54 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) AIR SYSTEM

compressed air then goes to the WARNING! WARNING! reservoirs to be stored until needed. Never attempt to disassemble a Completely bypassing a Bendix® When you operate your air brakes, the component until you have read and AD-IS air dryer will bypass the sys- stored compressed air flows into the understood recommended proce- tem’s pressure protection valves. chambers where it is used to apply dures. Some components contain This could lead to loss of air pres- your truck and trailer brakes. That is powerful springs and injury can re- sure or damage to the vehicle’s why, when you push down on your sult if not properly disassembled. air system, which could cause an brake pedal, you don’t feel the same Use only proper tools and observe accident involving death or per- amount of pressure on the pedal that all precautions pertaining to use sonal injury. Always adhere to the you do when you apply the brakes on of those tools. Failure to comply manufacturer’s procedure if it is your car. All you are doing on your may result in death, personal injury, necessary in an emergency to tem- truck is opening an air valve to allow equipment or property damage. porarily bypass an AD-IS-series air air to flow into the brake chambers. dryer. Failure to comply may result in death, personal injury, equipment Contamination of the air supply system or property damage. is the major cause of problems in air-operated components such as brake valves, and suspension height 5 The operation of the vehicle’s braking control valves. To keep contaminants system and many vehicle accessories to the lowest possible level, follow depends upon the storage and these maintenance procedures. application of a high-pressure air supply.

Your vehicle’s compressor takes outside air and compresses it, usually to 100-120 psi (689-827 kPa). The

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-55 AIR SYSTEM

Daily Periodically WARNING! • Drain moisture from the supply • Clean filter screens ahead of the If the supply and service tanks are and service air tanks. valves by removing the screens not drained at the recommended and soaking them in solvent. Blow frequency, water could enter the • Operate air devices to circulate them dry with pressurized air air lines and valves. This could lubricants within the unit. before reinstalling them. cause corrosion or blockage, which could compromise the brake system safety and potentially cause an ac- cident involving death or personal injury.

5

5-56 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) AIR SYSTEM

Twice a Year Air Dryer drain cocks, or valves and checking for presence of water. • Maintain the air compressor to The function of the air dryer is to collect prevent excessive oil bypass. and remove air system contaminants in NOTE See your maintenance manual for solid, liquid and vapor form before they A small amount of oil in the system details. enter the brake system. It provides may be normal and should not, in it- clean, dry air to the components of • Replace worn seals in valves and self, be considered a reason to re- the brake system, which increases air motors as they are needed. place the desiccant cartridge. Oil the life of the system and reduces stained desiccant can function ade- maintenance costs. quately. NOTE A tablespoon of water found in the Because no two vehicles operate air tank would point to the need for a under identical conditions, mainte- desiccant cartridge change. However, nance and maintenance intervals the following conditions can also will vary. Experience is a valuable cause water accumulation and should guide in determining the best main- be considered before replacing the 5 tenance interval for any one partic- desiccant cartridge. ular operation. • Air usage is exceptionally high Every 900 operating hours or 25,000 and not normal for a highway miles (40,200 km) or every three (3) vehicle. This may be due to months check for moisture in the air accessory air demands or some brake system by opening air tanks, unusual air requirement that does not allow the compressor to load and unload (compressing

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-57 AIR SYSTEM

and non-compressing cycle) in a Overhaul Bendix® AD-IS Series Air Dryer normal fashion or it may be due to excessive leaks in the air system. Maintenance intervals typical for Your vehicle may be equipped with a on-highway operation would be 2 - 3 Bendix® AD-IS series air dryer. Any • In areas where more than a 30° years, 350,000 miles or 10,800 hours. air dryer replacement should be made F (17° C) range of temperature with an identical component. occurs in one day, small amounts Maintenance intervals typical for high of water can accumulate in duty cycle usage such as transit bus, WARNING! the air brake system due to refuse hauler, dump truck, cement If a different air dryer brand or model condensation. Under these mixers and off-highway operation is installed on the vehicle other than conditions, the presence of small would be 1 year, 100,000 miles or what was originally installed, it could amounts of moisture is normal 3,600 hours. cause the air system to not perform and should not be considered as correctly unless the full air system an indication that the dryer is not NOTE design is reviewed and modifica- performing properly. Review the warranty policy before tions made to comply with Federal • An outside air source has been performing any maintenance proce- Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 5 used to charge the air system. dures. An extended warranty may (FMVSS) 121 - Air Brake Systems. This air did not pass through the be voided if unauthorized mainte- Failure to abide by this warning and drying bed. nance is performed during this pe- maintain compliance to FMVSS 121 riod. could cause loss of vehicle control and may lead to death or serious personal injury.

The AD-IS Series air dryer has incorporated into its design various

5-58 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) AIR SYSTEM components that have typically been Air Tanks installed separately on the vehicle (see WARNING! below for components/areas affected). If the supply and service air tanks are not drained at the recommended • Pressure protection valves frequency, water could enter the • Safety valve air lines and valves. This could cause corrosion or blockage, which • Governor and plumbing could compromise the brake system safety and potentially cause an ac- • Plumbing of the front and rear To eject moisture from the air system cident. Failure to comply may result service air tanks tanks, pull the line that is connected to the moisture ejection valve. Continue in death, personal injury, equipment • Plumbing to accessory systems pulling until the air comes out free of or property damage. water. These components are required to CAUTION meet the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Daily: The supply and service air Standards (FMVSS 121 - Air Brake tanks, must be drained on a daily Do not use penetrating oil, brake Systems). As the Warning above basis. Operate air devices daily to fluid, or wax-based oils in the air sys- 5 states, any other type of air dryer circulate lubricants within the unit. tem. These fluids may cause severe installed in the place of an AD-IS Series damage to air system components. will require changes, modifications Periodically: Clean filter screens and/or additions to your vehicle’s air ahead of the valves by removing the • Maintain the air compressor to system to maintain compliance with screens and soaking them in solvent. prevent excessive oil bypass. Blow them dry with pressurized air FMVSS 121. • Replace worn seals in valves and before reinstalling them. air motors as they are needed.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-59 AIR SYSTEM

Your authorized dealer carries Air Gauges and Air Leaks rebuild kits for most units. If the light and alarm do not turn off at Your vehicle comes with air pressure start-up, do not try to drive the vehicle gauges for two separate systems, until the problem is found and fixed. If Primary and Secondary: the Primary the pressure in either or both systems gauge indicates pressure in the rear is too low for normal brake operation, braking system; the Secondary gauge i.e., the pointer of one gauge falls indicates pressure in the front braking below 65 psi (448 kPa), a warning light system. Each gauge indicates the on the gauge will glow and the audible amount of air pressure in pounds per alarm will sound. square inch (psi). NOTE WARNING! Park brakes lock up at 60 psi (414 Do not operate the vehicle if leak- kPa), the audible alarm will sound at age in the air system is detected. 65 psi (448 kPa). Conduct the following procedure 5 and contact an authorized dealer (or any other properly equipped service center) if a leak is detected. Failure to check the brakes or follow these procedures could cause a system failure, increasing the risk of an Primary Air Pressure Gauge accident and may result in death, personal injury, equipment or prop- erty damage.

5-60 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) AIR SYSTEM

5. Start the engine and build up the Air Compressor Operation air pressure again. 6. Stop the engine, and apply the All compressors, regardless of make brakes fully. Apply the brake pedal or model, run continuously while the and hold it down for five minutes. engine is running. System pressure Secondary Air Pressure Gauge The pressure drop should not is controlled by the governor. The exceed 3.0 psi (21 kPa) per governor acts in conjunction with Follow the procedure below to minute. the unloading mechanism in the check the compressed air system compressor cylinder block to start for leaks: 7. If you detect excessive leakage and stop compression of air. The (air pressure loss greater than 3.0 1. Periodically, or after maintenance compressor is unloaded when the psi (21 kPa) after five minutes of system pressure reaches 120 psi (827 or replacement of air system brake application), a leakage test components: kPa) and compression is reestablished should be made at the air line when system pressure falls to 100 psi 2. Build up air pressure in the system connections and at all air brake (690 kPa). to the governor cutout point or until control units. These tests should 120 psi (827 kPa) is reached. determine where air is escaping. 5 3. Stop the engine and release the service brakes. 4. Without applying the brake pedal, observe the rate of air pressure drop. This rate should not exceed 2.0 psi (14 kPa) per minute.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-61 AIR SYSTEM

Preventive Maintenance presence of excessive carbon. If excessive carbon is found, clean The following service checks are or replace the compressor cylinder provided for your information only and head. Also, check compressor should be performed by a certified discharge line for carbon, and mechanic. Contact your dealer or the clean or replace the discharge line engine manufacturer's Maintenance if necessary. Manual for further information on servicing air compressors. • Disassemble compressor and thoroughly clean and inspect After completing any repairs to the air all parts. Repair or replace system, always test for air leaks, and all worn or damaged parts, or check the brakes for safe operation replace compressor with a factory before putting the vehicle in service. exchange unit.

Below is a list of areas to maintain for CAUTION the air compressor: 5 When draining the engine cooling • Inspect compressor air filter system is required, to prevent dam- element, if so equipped, and age from freezing, the compressor replace element if clogged. Check must also be drained at the cylinder compressor mounting and drive head and block. Engine damage for alignment and belt tension. could occur if the cooling system is Adjust if necessary. not periodically drained and main- tained. See Cooling System on page • Remove compressor discharge 5-80 for further information. valve cap nuts and check for

5-62 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKE SYSTEM specifications can affect the whole CAUTION system. All of the following areas Brake Adjustment The air brake system of this vehicle are interrelated and must conform to was configured for ONE of the fol- original specifications: WARNING! lowing operations: tractor or truck, • Tire Size and complies with the respective Do not work on the brake system portions of FMVSS 121. A tractor without the parking brake set and • Drum brakes shall not be operated or configured wheels chocked securely. If the as a truck, nor shall a truck be op- a. Cam Radius vehicle is not secured to prevent erated or configured as a tractor, uncontrolled vehicle movement, it b. Wedge Angle without significant modifications to could roll and cause death, serious the air brake system in order to re- c. Drum Radius personal injury or damage to the tain compliance with FMVSS 121. vehicle. d. Brake Linings Contact your dealer for instructions. e. Brake Chambers To operate your vehicle safely Once a brake system is set to and profitably, you need some f. Slack Adjusters specifications, changing any one of understanding of its brake systems. 5 its components or any combination of • Disc Brakes For more on brakes, see the Index, components may cause the system under Brakes. a. Disc Rotors to not work as well. All parts have Brake adjustment and brake balance to work together to perform as they must be set carefully to (1) make should. Any replacement components the most efficient use of the forces in your brake system should be exactly available for braking and (2) allow equal to the original components. equal stopping forces at all wheels. Any changes from the original

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-63 BRAKE SYSTEM

Air Disc Brakes WARNING! WARNING! Have brake pads inspected by a Do not use any replacement part in Do not use brake linings with a thick- qualified mechanic for wear at regular the brake system unless it conforms ness below the specified minimum. intervals according to the Preventive exactly to original specifications. A Such linings will have lining rivets Maintenance Schedule on page 5-12. nonconforming part in your vehi- exposed that can damage the brake In severe service or off-highway cle's brake system could cause a drum and reduce brake efficiency, applications inspect the linings more malfunction resulting in an accident which could cause death, personal frequently. causing death or personal injury. injury or system failure. Sizes and types are so related to Regularly inspect for pad/rotor wear: one another that a seemingly unim- portant change in one may result • Park on level ground and chock in a change in how well the brakes the wheels. work for you on the road. If parts do not work together properly, you • Temporarily release the parking could lose control of your vehicle, brakes. 5 which could cause a serious acci- • Compare the relative position dent. of two notches; one located on the caliper and the other on the All vehicle operators should check carrier. See the illustration below their brakes regularly. to determine if the brakes require a detailed inspection by a qualified mechanic.

5-64 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) BRAKE SYSTEM

• Have a qualified mechanic • Chock the wheels. perform a detailed inspection if the notches are not found. • Temporarily release the parking The pads and rotors should brakes. be measured and compared • Grab the caliper and move it. This against the manufacturers movement is Running Clearance. specifications located in the brake manufacturer’s service manual. • Proper Running Clearance is 0.08 inch (2 mm) of movement of Caliper Detail the brake caliper (approximately 1. Brake Caliper Assembly the thickness of a nickel) in the 2. Location of Inspection inboard/outboard direction. Grooves • Have a qualified mechanic provide 3. Notches Line-Up (Time to further inspection if the caliper schedule inspection of Pads does not move or appears to move and Rotors) more than the specified clearance. 4. Brake Rotor 5 5. Brake Carrier Assembly

Regularly inspect caliper for Running Clearance: • Stop the vehicle on level ground and let the brakes cool down. Hot brake calipers can burn skin on contact.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-65 BRAKE SYSTEM

Drum Brakes Automatic Slack Adjusters Chamber Type Stroke Have brake drum linings and disc Periodically check the Brake Chamber 36 (rear brakes) 1-1/2" - 2-1/4" brake pads inspected by a qualified Stroke. Replace the slack adjuster if (38 - 57 mm) mechanic for wear at regular intervals proper stroke cannot be maintained. 30 (rear brakes) 1-1/2" - 2" according to the maintenance (38 - 51 mm) schedule. In severe service or Operational checks of automatic 16, 20 & 24 (front 1" - 1-3/4" off-highway applications inspect the slack adjusters brakes) (25.4 - 44.4 mm) linings more frequently. • Measure brake chamber stroke with the spring brake released and the air pressure no less than 100 psi (690 kPa). • Brake Chamber Stroke is the difference between the applied and the retracted position of the 5 air chamber pushrod. • A correctly installed and functioning auto slack adjuster will produce the following strokes:

Brake Chamber Stroke

5-66 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) BRAKE SYSTEM

Hydraulic Brake System WARNING! All of the following areas are To operate your vehicle safely, you interrelated and must conform to Manual adjustment of automatic need some understanding of its brake original specifications: slack adjusters is a dangerous prac- systems. Brake adjustment and brake tice that could have serious con- balance must be set carefully to allow • wheel size sequences. It gives the operator equal stopping forces at all wheels. a false sense of security about the • tire size Tires are also a very important part of effectiveness of the brakes. Con- the whole system. How fast you can • brake pads tact the Service Department at your stop depends on how much friction dealership if the stroke exceeds the there is between the road and your • brake rotors above specifications. A stroke ex- tires. ceeding these values may indicate • front wheel bearings a problem with the slack adjuster or Introduction • front end alignment the brake foundation. To operate your vehicle safely, you • parking brake drum radius need some understanding of its brake systems. Brake adjustment and brake Once a brake system is set to 5 balance must be set carefully to allow specifications, changing any one of equal stopping forces at all wheels. its components or any combination of Tires are also a very important part of components may degrade the system. the whole system. How fast you can All parts have to work together to stop depends on how much friction perform as they should. there is between the road and your tires. Your brake system is hydraulically operated. Refer to the section titled Service Brake Component Inspection

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-67 BRAKE SYSTEM

on page 5-69 for more information on inspecting the brakes. WARNING! WARNING! Do not work on the brake system Use only the type of hydraulic fluid Any replacement components without the parking brake set, the specified. Do not use or mix different in the brake system must meet keys removed from the vehicle, and types of hydraulic fluid. The wrong the specifications of the original wheels chocked securely. If the ve- hydraulic fluid will damage the rub- components. Any changes from the hicle is not properly secured to pre- ber parts of the brake system which original specifications can affect the vent inadvertent vehicle movement, may lead to loss of braking and pos- performance of the entire system. it could roll and cause serious per- sibly cause serious personal injury. sonal injury or damage to the vehi- WARNING! cle. CAUTION Do not use any replacement part in the brake system unless it conforms • Use wood blocks (4 in. X 4 in. X Hydraulic brake systems use two exactly to original specifications. A 6 in. or larger) against the front distinct and incompatible fluids. nonconforming part in your vehicle's and rear surfaces of the tires. Be Power steering fluid is used in the brake system could cause a mal- sure the vehicle cannot move. hydraulic brake booster system. 5 function resulting in an injury acci- Brake fluid is used in the master dent. Consult you local dealer for Brake Fluid Check and Refill cylinder and brake pipes. Do not suitable replacement parts. mix these fluids when replenishing WARNING! the system or seal damage can re- Wear protective clothing when han- sult. dling hydraulic fluid. It is mildly toxic and can cause skin and eye irrita- CAUTION tion. Hydraulic brake fluid may damage painted surfaces of the vehicle.

5-68 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) BRAKE SYSTEM

3. Insert the rubber diaphragms into Make sure that the fluid level registers the reservoirs. on or above the fluid level mark molded on the reservoir - add more if 4. To prevent leakage from the necessary, as follows: reservoirs, ensure that the seal in each reservoir cap is in good 1. Remove each reservoir cap and condition before refitting the cap. extract the rubber diaphragm from each reservoir. WARNING! If the brake fluid reservoir requires an excessive amount of hydraulic System Components fluid, the complete system must be inspected for leaks and repaired if CAUTION necessary (consult your nearest Pe- When replacing disc brake pads, be terbilt dealer). Failure to keep the sure to use the same lining material brake system in good repair may on both axles. Mixing lining types lead to loss of braking and possibly can result in unbalanced braking, 5 cause serious personal injury. increased pad wear, or degraded stopping performance. Consult your Booster and Master Cylinder Service Brake Component nearest Peterbilt dealer. Assembly Inspection 2. Fill each reservoir with clean Disc brake pads - Visually inspect all Remove each wheel to inspect the hydraulic fluid of the approved brake pad linings. Brake pads should brake components. specification (DOT 3 brake fluid). be replaced when the remaining lining reaches 3⁄16 inch thickness or

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-69 BRAKE SYSTEM

less. It is recommended that all disc pin boots or other defects. If signs of brake pads be replaced at the same wear, damage or defects are found, time since this will maintain balanced the anchor plate(s) should be repaired braking. At a minimum, replace all disc or replaced. brake pads on one axle, both ends, at the same time. Parking Brake Component Inspection Calipers - Visually inspect calipers for brake fluid leakage, damaged or NOTE defective pistons or piston boots. If If you are not properly trained to per- there is evidence of leakage, damage, form brake inspections or service, or other defects the caliper should be take your vehicle to your nearest Pe- replaced or repaired. terbilt dealer. Disc brake rotors - Visually inspect rotors for scoring, warping, cracks, Visually inspect brake shoe lining for bluing or heat spots or other damage or wear, cracks, or breakage. If linings 5 defects. If signs of damage or defects are worn down to 2.5 mm (0.10 in), are found, the rotor(s) should be they must be replaced. Inspect brake resurfaced or replaced in accordance drum for deep scores, heat spots, with the vehicle manufacturer's cracks, or damage. Replace if needed. recommended service procedure.

Anchor plates - Visually inspect anchor plates for worn or damaged slippers, damaged or dislodged guide

5-70 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CAB

CAB Chrome and Aluminum Surfaces • Under corrosive conditions, such as driving on salted roads, clean To prevent rust, keep chromed parts Exterior Maintenance aluminum parts with steam or high clean and protected with wax at all Painted Surfaces pressure water from a hose. A times, especially in winter conditions mild soap solution will help. Rinse where the roads are salted. Wash painted surfaces frequently to thoroughly. remove grime and caustic deposits • If necessary, use a commercial which may stain the finish. See chrome cleaner to remove light Cleaning, Protecting, and Weather rust. Stripping on page 5-72. • Chrome surfaces are best cleaned with fresh water. Wipe dry to preserve their luster. A commercial chrome cleaner will remove light rust. After cleaning, wax flat surfaces and apply a thin coat of rust preventive lubricant 5 around bolts or other fasteners. • Clean aluminum wheels and bumpers with warm water. Tar remover will get rid of heavy deposits of road grime. To prevent spotting, wipe aluminum surfaces dry after washing.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-71 CAB

Tail Pipe Surface Cleaning Stainless Steel Cleaning, Protecting and Weather Stripping WARNING! Even high quality stainless steel parts can rust under prolonged exposure Always allow hot surfaces to cool Frequent washings of the vehicle to salt water, especially when the down before attempting to work near are required to remove grime and salt-laden moisture is held against them. Failure to comply may result contaminants that can stain and the metal surface by road grime. It in death or personal injury. oxidize paint and accelerate corrosion is, therefore, important to frequently of plated and polished metal surfaces. clean salty moisture and grime from To maintain your quality finish, wash stainless steel surfaces. Waxing offers added protection against with a soft cloth, mild soap and water staining and oxidation. But to allow If surface rust is encountered, or glass cleaner. A non-abrasive • enough time for your truck's finish to wash the surface and use a chrome polish (e.g. Windex®) can be cure, wait about 30 days after the date commercial polishing compound used sparingly on hard to clean areas. of manufacture before waxing. Do not to clean off the rust, followed by a Do Not clean your high heat chrome apply wax in the hot sun and do not coating of wax. using scouring pads, abrasive chrome friction burn the paint with a buffing polish, highly acidic chemical cleaners machine. 5 or any other abrasive cleaners. • Never use steel wool when cleaning stainless steel because minute particles of the steel wool Occasionally spray weather-stripping can embed in the surface of the on doors and windows with silicone stainless steel and cause rust compound to help preserve resiliency. staining. This is especially useful in freezing weather to prevent doors and windows from sticking shut with ice.

5-72 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CAB

Vehicle Cleaning • Do not use any solution that can WARNING! damage the body paint. Precautions Do not clean the underside of chas- sis, fenders wheel covers, etc. • Most chemical cleaners are WARNING! without protecting your hands and concentrates which require Handle cleaning agents carefully. arms. You may cut yourself on dilution. Cleaning agents may be poisonous. sharp-edged metal parts. Failure • Only use spot removing fluids in Keep them out of the reach of chil- to comply may result in death, per- well ventilated areas. dren. Failure to comply may result sonal injury, equipment or property in death, personal injury, equipment damage. • Any vehicle is subjected to or property damage. deterioration from industrial WARNING! fumes, ice, snow, corrosive road WARNING! salt, etc., to name just a few Moisture, ice, and road salt on causes. A well-cared-for vehicle Do not use gasoline, kerosene, brakes may affect braking efficiency. can look like new many years naphtha, nail polish remover or other Test the brakes carefully after each later. Regular and correct care volatile cleaning fluids. They may vehicle wash. Failure to comply will contribute to maintaining the 5 be toxic, flammable or hazardous may result in death, personal injury, beauty and the value of your in other ways. Failure to comply equipment or property damage. vehicle. may result in death, personal injury, equipment or property damage. • Observe all caution labels. Your dealer has a number of vehicle-care products and can advise Always read directions on the • you on which ones to use for cleaning container before using any the exterior and interior of your vehicle. product.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-73 CAB

Washing the Exterior might scratch the finishes during CAUTION the washing operation. 1. Begin by spraying water over the Do not aim the water jet directly at dry surface to remove all loose dirt 4. Wipe everything dry with a door locks or latch. Tape the key before applying the car wash and chamois to avoid water spots. holes to prevent water from seeping wax solution. To prevent water spotting, dry off into the lock cylinders. Water in lock Do not wash the vehicle in direct the cosmetic surfaces with a clean cylinders should be removed with sunshine. cloth or chamois. compressed air. To prevent locks Do not spray water directly into the 5. Remove road tar with an from freezing in the winter, squirt cab vents. glycerin or lock deicer into the lock automotive type tar remover or cylinders. 2. Using soapy water, wash the mineral spirits. vehicle with a clean soft cloth or 6. After cleaning and drying, apply a a soft brush made for automotive quality automotive wax. cleaning. Use cool or warm water and a NOTE mild, household type soap. Strong industrial detergents and cleaning To allow enough time for your truck's 5 agents are not recommended. finish to cure, wait at least thirty days Do not use stiff brushes, paper after the date of manufacture before towels, steel wool, or abrasive waxing. cleaning compounds because • Do not apply wax in the hot sun. they will scratch painted, plated, and polished metal surfaces. • Never dust off dry surfaces with a cloth because it will scratch 3. Rinse surfaces frequently while the finishes. washing to flush away dirt that

5-74 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CAB

Cleaning the Chassis Cleaning Interior Vinyl and Safety Restraint System - Upholstery Inspection • Hose dirt and grime from the entire chassis. Then, if an oil Wipe vinyl upholstery and lining • The seat belt system, including leak develops, you will be able to with a good commercial upholstery webbing, buckles, latches, and detect it easier. cleaner. Do not use acetone or mounting hardware, endures heavy lacquer thinner. • Corrosive materials used for ice use in heavy-duty vehicles, much more and and dust control • Clean fabric upholstery with than seat belt systems in passenger can collect on the underbody. If upholstery shampoo specially . All users should be aware of the these materials are not removed, formulated for this purpose. Follow factors contributing to this heavy use accelerated corrosion (rust) can instructions on the container. and reduced belt life. occur on underbody parts such as fuel lines, frames, floor pan, and WARNING! exhaust system, even though they Failure to properly inspect and main- have been provided with corrosion tain restraint systems can lead to in- protection. jury or loss of life. Without periodic inspection and maintenance to de- 5 At least every spring, flush these tect unsafe conditions, seat restraint materials from the under body with components can wear out or not pro- plain water. Be sure to clean any tect you in an accident. area where mud and other debris can collect. Sediment packed in closed areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed. If desired, your dealer can do this service for you.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-75 CAB

vehicle requires thorough inspection Factors contributing to reduced every 20,000 miles (32,000 km). If WARNING! seat belt life: the vehicle is exposed to severe It is important to remember that any environmental or working conditions, • Heavy trucks typically accumulate time a vehicle is involved in an ac- more frequent inspections may be twice as many miles as the cident, the entire seat belt system necessary. average passenger car in a given must be replaced. Unexposed dam- time period. age caused by the stress of an acci- Any seat belt system that shows cuts, dent could prevent the system from • Seat and cab movement in fraying, extreme or unusual wear, functioning properly the next time it trucks causes almost constant significant discoloration due to UV is needed. Failure to comply may re- movement of the belt due to ride (ultraviolet) exposure, abrasion to the sult in death or personal injury. characteristics and seat design. seat belt webbing, or damage to the The constant movement of the belt buckle, latch plate, retractor hardware inside the restraint hardware and or any other obvious problem should the potential for the belt to come be replaced immediately, regardless in contact with the cab and other of mileage. 5 vehicle parts, contributes to the wear of the entire system. • Environmental conditions, such as dirt and ultraviolet rays from the sun, will reduce the life of the seat belt system.

Due to these factors, the three-point safety belt system installed in your

5-76 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CAB

Inspection Guidelines other parts of the cab interior. occupant restraint system and can These areas are typical places often be damaged if abused, even Follow these guidelines when where the web will experience unintentionally. Check operation inspecting for cuts, fraying, extreme cutting or abrasion. Cuts, fraying, to ensure that it is not locked up or unusual wear of the webbing, or excessive wear would indicate and that it spools out and retracts and damage to the buckle, retractor, the need for replacement of the webbing properly. hardware, or other factors. Damage to seat belt system. these areas indicates that belt system 6. If tethers are used, be sure they replacement is necessary. 2. The pillar web guide (D-loop) is are properly attached to the the area where almost constant seat and, if adjustable, that they WARNING! movement of the seat belt are adjusted in accordance with webbing occurs because of installation instructions. Tethers Replace the entire belt system (re- relative movement between the must also be inspected for web tractor and buckle side) if replace- seat and cab. wear and proper tightness of ment of any one part is necessary. mounting hardware. Unexposed damage to one or more 3. Check the Comfort Clip for cracks components could prevent the sys- or possible damage and check for 7. Mounting hardware should be tem from functioning properly the proper operation. evaluated for corrosion, and for tightness of bolts and nuts. 5 next time it is needed. Failure to 4. Check buckle and latch for proper comply may result in death or per- operation and to determine if 8. Check web in areas exposed to sonal injury. latch plate is worn, deformed, or ultraviolet rays from the sun. If the damaged. color of the web in these areas is 1. Check the web wear in the system. gray to light brown, the physical The webbing must be closely 5. Inspect the retractor web storage strength of the web may have examined to determine if it is device, which is mounted on the deteriorated due to exposure to coming into contact with any sharp floor of the vehicle, for damage. or rough surfaces on the seat or The retractor is the heart of the

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-77 CAB

the sun's ultraviolet rays. Replace 4 Buckle casting broken. the system. 5 Retractor Web Storage for Once the need for replacement of damage. (located behind the seat belt has been determined, trim panel) be certain it is only replaced with 6 Tethers for web wear and an authorized PACCAR Parts proper tightness of mounting replacement seat belt. hardware. 7 Mounting hardware for If the inspection indicates that any corrosion, proper tightness part of the seat belt system requires of bolts and nuts. replacement, the entire system must 8 Web for deterioration, due be replaced. An installation guide is to exposure to the sun attached to every replacement belt. Utilize the proper guide for your type of WARNING! seat, and follow the instructions very closely. It is vitally important that all Failure to adjust tether belts properly components be reinstalled in the same can cause excessive movement of position as the original components 5 the seat in an accident. Tether belts that were removed and that the Seat Belt Inspection Points should be adjusted so that they are fasteners be torqued to specification. taut when the seat is in its most up- This will maintain the design integrity 1 Web cut or frayed or ward and forward position. Failure of the mounting points for the seat belt extremely worn at latch to comply may result in death or per- assembly. Contact your dealer if you area. sonal injury. have any questions concerning seat 2 Web cut or frayed at D-loop belt replacement. web guide. 3 Comfort Clip cracked or damaged.

5-78 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CAB

Windshield Wiper/Washer A scratched windshield will reduce Washer Reservoir visibility. Check wiper blades annually or every 60,000 miles (96,000 km). Anco 18-inch (450mm) wiper blades are recommended.

The windshield washer tank is located inside the engine compartment below the radiator expansion tank. Check the windshield washing fluid level weekly. If necessary, fill to top.

CAUTION CAUTION If the electric pump is operated for a long period (more than 15 seconds) Do not use antifreeze or engine with a dry reservoir, the pump rotor coolant in the windshield washer 5 may be damaged. reservoir, damage to seals and other components will result. Clean all inside and outside windows regularly. Use an alcohol- based Weekly: check reservoir water level, cleaning solution and wipe dry with located in the engine compartment either a lintfree or a chamois cloth. under the coolant expansion tank. If Avoid running the wiper blades over a necessary, fill to the proper level. dry windshield to prevent scratching the glass. Spray on washer fluid first.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-79 COOLING SYSTEM

COOLING SYSTEM What To Check In An ELC-filled CAUTION Cooling System Cooling system The engine cooling system has very ELC Concentration maintenance specific maintenance and inspection requirements. Failure to follow re- Check the level of freeze/boilover protection, which is determined by Your engine’s cooling system is quirements can damage the engine. the ELC concentration. Use a glycol standard with Extended Life Coolant Engine damage can include but is refractometer to determine glycol level. (ELC). ELC consists of a mixture of not limited to: Add ELC to obtain the ELC to water ethylene glycol, water, and organic • Freezing ratio required to provide the protection acid technology chemical inhibitors. you need. Use the chart below to help ELC prevents corrosion and scale • Boiling determine how much ELC you need formation as well as provides freezing • Corrosion to add. and boiling point protection. • Pitted cylinder liners NOTE This information is found in the en- Maximum recommended ELC con- gine manufacturers owner’s manual. centration is 60% ELC and 40% wa- 5 It is the owner’s responsibility to fol- ter by volume (a 60/40 coolant mix- low all requirements listed in the en- ture). The minimum recommended gine manufacturers owner’s manual. concentration is 40%.

In an ELC-filled cooling system, the freeze point should be maintained between -30° F and -45° F (-34° C and -43° C).

5-80 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) COOLING SYSTEM

Desired ELC/Water ratio: 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% Freeze point °F (°C) +25 +20 +15 +10 +5 -5 -12 -23 -34 -50 -65 -75 -84 -70 -55 -43 -30 (-4) (-7) (-9) (-12) (-15) (-21) (-24) (-31) (-37) (-46) (-54) (-59) (-64) (-57) (-48) (-42) (-34) Items in bold are the recommended levels of concentration. ELC Condition (Contamination and representative for recommended ELC Inhibitor Concentration) test kits, test strips, and laboratory sample procedures. Perform a visual inspection of the ELC. It should have no cloudiness ELC Extender or floating debris. Determine the chemical inhibitor concentration level Add ELC extender if necessary at the by using an ELC-specific test kit or maintenance interval under "Cooling". test strips. Inhibitor concentration level determines corrosion protection. If you Coolant Filter 5 are concerned about possible coolant quality, contamination, or mechanical If your vehicle came with a problems, submit a coolant sample for non-chemical filter ("blank filter"), analysis. Improper maintenance may replace it only with a blank filter at the cause coolant degradation and could interval specified in the Preventive result in damage to the cooling system Maintenance Schedule on page 5-12. and engine components. Consult Never use filters that contain SCAs in your dealer or the ELC manufacturer’s an ELC-filled system.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-81 COOLING SYSTEM

Topping Off NOTE NOTE WARNING! If frequent topping off is necessary Do not use the pressure cap to fill the Removing the fill cap on a hot en- and there are no visible signs of surge tank with fluid. gine can cause scalding coolant coolant leaks when the engine is to spray out and burn you badly. cold, check for leaks with the engine Proper Coolant Level If the engine has been in opera- operating at normal temperature. tion within the previous 30 minutes, NOTE be very careful in removing the fill Top off the cooling system when Do not overfill a cooling system. Ex- cap. Protect face, hands, and arms coolant does not rise to the level cess coolant may result in overflow, against escaping fluid and steam by indicated as ‘MIN’ on the surge tank. loss of antifreeze, and reduced cor- covering the cap with a large, thick The surge tank is translucent which rosion protection. rag. Do not try to remove it until the allows the coolant level to be seen. surge tank cools down or if you see • The minimum fluid level is any steam or coolant escaping. In determined by the line on the any situation, remove the cap very surge tank indicated by the letters slowly and carefully. Be ready to 5 "MIN". This indicator is located back off if any steam or coolant be- below the fill cap. gins to escape. • The cooling system will need fluid if the surge tank level does not rise to the "MIN" line regardless if the system is hot or cold. Surge Tank

5-82 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) COOLING SYSTEM

Refilling Your Radiator 7. During low rpm idle, air will purge Check the coolant level after each trip. 1. If your cooling system is built with from the cooling system which will Add coolant as necessary. You may drain valves in the upper engine lower the coolant level in the surge find your coolant level is not up tothe coolant pipe, open them before tank. Continue to fill the surge correct level soon after you have filled filling the surge tank. tank until the coolant level remains the radiator. This may be because all approximately ½ in. above the 2. Close any open coolant drains in the trapped air in the system has not "MIN" line. This may take up to 2 the system. yet been purged. It takes a little time minutes, depending on the outside for all of the air to leave the system 3. Remove the surge tank fill cap temperature. after you fill your radiator. (do not remove the surge tank 8. Operate the engine throttle pressure cap). until the operating temperature 4. Fill the system with premixed stabilizes (when the thermostat coolant through the surge tank opens). fill cap. Pour coolant at a steady 9. Fill the surge tank as necessary flow rate until the surge tank is to raise the coolant level to ½ in. full (to the base of the fill neck). above the "MIN" level. It may be necessary to pause for 5 1 minute and then refill if the fluid 10. Operate the engine at high idle for level dropped. another 10 minutes and then fill the surge tank again to ½" above 5. Close any drain valves that were the "MIN" level. opened in Step 1. 11. Replace the surge tank fill cap. 6. Start the engine and idle at low RPM.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-83 COOLING SYSTEM

Engine (Block) Heater Use a solution of half ethylene glycol WARNING! antifreeze and half water for best heater performance. Do not use Do not use the heater if there are more than 65 percent concentration of any signs of problems. Engine block antifreeze, as a shortened heater life heaters can cause fires resulting in will result. death, personal injury, equipment or property damage if not properly After servicing the cooling system, maintained and operated. Regu- operate the vehicle for a day or two larly inspect the engine block heater before using the heater. Trapped wiring and connector for damaged air inside the engine needs time to or frayed wires. Contact your au- escape. thorized dealer or the manufacturer of the heater if you are in need of repairs or information. Failure to comply may result in death, per- 5 sonal injury, equipment or property damage.

CAUTION Always unplug the block heater be- fore starting your engine. Damage to the cooling system could occur if not turned OFF (unplugged).

5-84 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ELECTRICAL

ELECTRICAL Low Voltage Disconnect (LVD) See an authorized dealer if the LVD Electrical System Purpose fails to reconnect loads during normal operation. The LVD may increase battery life WARNING! and prevent unnecessary jump Circuits Disconnected By LVD Battery posts, terminals and related start conditions by ensuring that an accessories contain lead and lead unattended load does not deplete • Cab Dome Lamps compounds, chemicals known to the the battery charge to a level that will • Cab Accessories State of California to cause cancer prevent you from starting your vehicle. and reproductive harm. Wash hands • Spare Battery A & B after handling. Operation NOTE The LVD will disconnect non-vital CAUTION battery loads when battery voltage All LVD circuits are color-coded blue Do not modify or improperly repair drops below 12.3V for 3 minutes and on the central electrical panel cover the vehicles electrical system or the key switch is in the ACC or OFF label. fuse panel. All electrical repairs position. During the last 2 minutes the 5 should be performed by an autho- LVD will emit a slow audible beep. 30 rized dealer. Improper repair or seconds before disconnecting loads modifications will void your warranty the alarm will change to a fast beep. and/or cause serious damage to The battery voltage must come back your vehicle. up above a certain voltage before the LVD will reset.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-85 ELECTRICAL

Light Bulbs WARNING! Headlight Replacement Do not use the Spare Battery A & Replacing a headlight bulb is B circuits or other circuits that are accomplished by accessing the rear controlled by the LVD to power elec- of the headlight via a access panel in tronic engine controls, ABS circuits, the front fender. Open the hood to get or safety/work-related lighting. Be- access to this panel. fore adding any device to the vehi- cle's electrical system, consult your Once the panel is open, the headlight nearest authorized dealer or read bulb socket may be removed to replace the contents of TMC RP-136. Fail- the bulb. ure to do so may cause equipment damage or lead to personal injury. WARNING! Optional HID headlights have high Access door NOTE voltage circuits and should only be 5 The determination of what cir- serviced by a trained technician. At- cuits/loads that were connected to tempting to service the HID ballast the LVD was based upon the rec- without proper training may result in ommendation from Technology and severe electrical shock which could Maintenance Council (TMC) of the lead to death or personal injury. American Trucking Association. To review the recommended practice, see TMC RP-136.

5-86 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ELECTRICAL

Headlight Aiming Bulb Specifications Fuses, Circuit Breakers and Relays The headlights were properly DESCRIPTION PART NO. aimed at the factory to meet safety Headlights 9007 BULB Fuses, circuit breakers, and relays are specifications. If the headlights need to Front turn signal 3157K LL BULB located in the Fuse Panel to the left of be adjusted, please have an authorized Marker 1895 BULB the steering column behind the clutch dealership aim the headlights. pedal. Additional fuses may be located Stop/tail turn 1157 BULB in the engine compartment. Backup 1156 BULB Hood marker 4157NAK LL BULB Roof marker 194 BULB Dome 1141 BULB Warning lamp #37 or 73 (T1 3/4 module wedge base)

5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-87 ELECTRICAL

5

Fuse Panel Door

5-88 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ELECTRICAL

5

Fuse Panel Label

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-89 ELECTRICAL

Fuse Inspection and Adding Electrical Options Replacement WARNING! If a fuse is blown, see What to do if Do not add a fuse with a rating fuse or relay blows on page 2-6 for higher than 30 amps. Follow the more information. circuit protection size/type recom- mended by the component manu- facturer. Installing a fuse or circuit breaker greater than designated may damage the electrical system which could lead to equipment dam- age and/or personal injury.

CAUTION Fuse Puller Follow all manufacturers' circuit pro- 5 tection recommendations for the components and wires being added. Failure to comply may result in equipment damage.

5-90 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ELECTRICAL

Batteries NOTE WARNING! If you are unfamiliar with proper Never install a circuit breaker in a Battery Access electrical repair practices and pro- circuit that is designated as "fuse- cedures, see your authorized dealer only" circuit(s). Fuse-only circuits The vehicle is originally equipped with for assistance. are marked with an * on the reverse three or four batteries. Replacement side of the Fuse Panel cover. Using batteries must meet the following specifications: maintenance-free, NOTE a circuit breaker in those fuse-only circuits may cause the circuit to group 31 size, threaded stud, 12V/ 650 Easy addition of circuits is provided overheat when a short exists which cold cranking ampere (CCA), and 160 by plug-in connectors that have a could lead to equipment damage minutes of reserve capacity. ground and a power wire. and/or personal injury. The battery compartment is located on For proper electrical system the left side of the vehicle, under the performance, refer to a wiring cab access steps. diagram for your chassis before adding 1. Remove the 6 bolts that are electrical options. located in the 2 cab access step 5 plate. 2. Remove battery cover for access.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-91 ELECTRICAL

In-Cab Battery Box WARNING! WARNING! Your vehicle may be equipped Replace only with AGM (Group 31) Electrical damage or battery ex- with Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) batteries. Use of other batteries plosion can occur when improperly batteries located in the cab under the could result in acid leaks causing charging batteries. Refer to the passenger’s seat. The glass mat in personal injury in the event of a ve- Charging System on page 5-95 for AGM batteries are designed to absorb hicle accident. Failure to comply appropriate charging instructions. the battery acid inside the battery that may result in death, personal injury, Failure to comply may result in can leak or spill out in conventional equipment or property damage. death, personal injury, equipment or batteries. This design feature allows property damage. batteries to be positioned in any orientation without risk of leaking. WARNING! Battery cables and air/electrical har- To access the batteries: nesses are mounted to the bottom of 1. Remove 6 fasteners securing the the floor. Do not drill or screw into passenger side seat base to the floor pan without first checking the 5 battery box assembly. location of the cables, harnesses or any other component that might be 2. Remove the seat and seat base damaged. Damaging any compo- as one unit to gain access to the nent could result in electrical shock batteries. which could cause personal injury and/or loss of a critical truck sys- tem. Failure to comply may result in death, personal injury, equipment or property damage.

5-92 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ELECTRICAL

Removing and Installing Batteries: WARNING! CAUTION 1. Be sure all switches on the vehicle Batteries release gases that are Properly secure battery tie downs are turned OFF. flammable. Batteries are equipped and battery box cover when rein- with vent tubes and flash arrestors stalling batteries after service. Do 2. Disconnect negative ground cable which vent battery gases out of the not over tighten. Over tightening first. cab. Ensure all vent tubes, flash ar- can crack the battery case which can 3. Disconnect positive cable. restors and grommets are properly lead to equipment damage. installed and ensure they are clear 4. Unscrew bolt of holding plate with and functioning properly. Failure to open end wrench. reinstall or keep the vent tubes and grommets clear or ensure the flash NOTE arrestor(s) are functioning properly Always dispose of automotive bat- could result in personal injury or teries in a safe and responsible man- equipment damage. Failure to com- ner. Contact your authorized dealer ply may result in death, personal for disposal standards. Call your lo- injury, equipment or property dam- cal authorized recycling center for 5 age. information on recycling automotive batteries. CAUTION Do not store other items in this bat- Follow the procedure below to reinstall tery box. Failure to comply could re- batteries on the vehicle: sult in damage to the truck and/or batteries.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-93 ELECTRICAL

Replacing Parts Removed for NOTE Access WARNING! Make sure to reconnect the ground 1. Replace battery cover. Fairings not installed properly could (negative) cable last. come loose and cause other mo- 2. Install 2 bolts in step strut. Torque torists to have an injury accident. It 1. Place batteries in vehicle and to 24-32 lb-ft (33-43 Nm). is important that fairings be installed tighten bolt of holding plate. 3. Install fairing and install 4 bolts. properly. Failure to comply may re- 2. Reconnect positive cable. Torque to 6-7 lb-ft (8-9 Nm). sult in death, personal injury, equip- ment or property damage. 3. Reconnect ground (negative) 4. Install steps by installing 2 bolts in ground cable. each step. Torque to 24-32 lb-ft (33-43 Nm). WARNING! WARNING! Before attempting any work on the WARNING! batteries or electrical system, re- Battery replacement may alter or move all jewelry. If metal jewelry or disturb battery cable routing. Check Always reinstall the steps before en- other metal comes in contact with to insure battery cables are free tering the cab. Without the steps you electrical circuits, a short circuit may 5 from any point of chaffing. Failure could slip and fall, resulting in possi- occur causing you to be injured, as to comply may result in death, per- ble injury to yourself. well as electrical system failure and sonal injury, equipment or property damage. damage.

5-94 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ELECTRICAL

Battery Care Battery Charging Dirty or Loose Connections: Regular attention to the charging improper connections may stop the Except for using small trickle charges system will help prolong the service flow of electrical power to and from the to maintain battery condition, you life of the batteries. Here are some battery. should have your vehicle's batteries common causes of battery failure: charged by a qualified service facility.

Overcharge: this condition results WARNING! from improper voltage regulator Batteries can injure you severely. adjustment. It results in overheating They contain acid, produce poi- of the battery, warped plates, and sonous and explosive gases, and evaporation of electrolyte. supply levels of electric current high Undercharge: the voltage regulator enough to cause burns. A spark is malfunctioning, the drive belt is or flame near a battery on charge slipping, or your vehicle has undergone may cause it to explode with great long periods of standing idle or short force. Never remove or tamper with distance driving. These conditions the battery caps. Failure to comply 5 result in battery plates becoming may result in death, personal injury, covered with a hard coating. equipment or property damage.

Vibration: loose battery hold-downs To help reduce the risk of personal may cause battery plate failure. injuries, follow these guidelines carefully when recharging a battery: Short Circuits: these discharge the battery by draining electricity. • Before attempting any service in the electrical installation,

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-95 ELECTRICAL

disconnect the battery negative positive terminal), could cause a Charging Reminders cable. short circuit or an explosion. • Use protective eyewear. • Allow no sparks or open flame anywhere near the charging area. • Keep all batteries away from children. • Charge a battery only in a well-ventilated area, such as • Never reverse battery poles. outdoors or in a fully open garage • Never attempt to place the vehicle which contains no pilot lights or in motion, or run the engine with other flames. Gases generated batteries disconnected. during the charging process must be allowed to escape. • Keep the battery clean and dry. • Always make sure the battery • Look for any signs of damage. charger is OFF before connecting or disconnecting the cable clamps. • Battery terminals should not be coated with improper 5 • To avoid short circuits, damage grease. Use petroleum jelly to the vehicle, or personal injury, or commercially available, never place metal tools or jumper noncorrosive, nonconductive cables on the battery or nearby. terminal coatings. Metal that accidentally comes in contact with the positive battery • Never use a fast charger as a terminal or any other metal on the booster to start the engine. This vehicle (that is in contact with the can seriously damage sensitive electronic components such

5-96 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ELECTRICAL

as relays, radio, etc., as well Slow Battery Charging as the battery charger. Fast WARNING! charging a battery is dangerous NOTE Always make sure the battery and should only be attempted by Follow the instructions that come charger is OFF before connecting a competent mechanic with the with your battery charger. or disconnecting the cable clamps. proper equipment. To reduce the danger of explosions • It is not necessary to remove the and resulting death or personal in- battery from the compartment. jury, do not connect or disconnect charger cables while the charger is WARNING! operating. Charger cables must be connected 1. Disconnect the battery cables. positive to positive (+ to +) and neg- ative to negative (- to -). If con- 2. Connect charger cables. nected improperly, batteries could 3. Start charging the battery at a rate explode. Failure to comply may re- not over 6 amperes. Normally, a sult in death, personal injury, equip- battery should be charged at no ment or property damage. 5 more than 10 percent of its rated capacity. 4. After charging, turn OFF charger and disconnect charger cables.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-97 ELECTRICAL

Electrical and Alternator • When charging the battery Remote Keyless Entry Precautions (installed in the vehicle) disconnect The remote keyless entry system may the battery cables. Take the following precautions to become inoperational due to a key avoid burning out alternator diodes: • Do not reverse the cables of the fob battery. If you have issues with alternator, starter motor, or battery. a key fob, replace the battery and • Do not start the engine re-synchronize the key fob. In some with alternator disconnected • Do not polarize the alternator. The situations, the key fob may need to (connections removed) from the alternator should not be polarized be replaced and in others, a fuse may circuit. like a generator. To ensure correct have failed and may render both key polarity, use a test lamp or a fobs inoperative. • Before welding, disconnect all voltmeter. electronic connections to the Contact your dealer for more help if vehicle batteries. a key fob does not work and it is not • Remove battery power cable and because of a bad battery. insulate it from the vehicle. 5 • Do not run the engine with the batteries disconnected. • Do not disconnect the battery cables or alternator connection cables with the engine running. • Never turn the ignition switch from the ON position to the START position with the engine running.

5-98 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ENGINE ENGINE WARNING! NOTE Engine Maintenance Never idle your vehicle for prolonged Keep the engine exhaust system periods of time if you sense that ex- and the vehicles cab ventilation WARNING! haust fumes are entering the cab. system properly maintained. It is Investigate the cause of the fumes recommended that the vehicles ex- Exhaust fumes from the engine con- and correct it as soon as possible. haust system and cab be inspected: tain carbon monoxide, a colorless If the vehicle must be driven under and odor less gas. Do not breathe • By a competent technician every these conditions, drive only with the the engine exhaust gas. A poorly 15,000 miles windows open. Failure to repair the maintained, damaged or corroded source of the exhaust fumes may re- • Whenever a change is noticed in exhaust system can allow carbon sult in death, personal injury, equip- the sound of the exhaust system monoxide to enter the cab. Entry of ment or property damage. carbon monoxide into the cab is also • Whenever the exhaust system, possible from other vehicles nearby. underbody or cab is damaged Failure to properly maintain your ve- hicle could cause carbon monoxide to enter the cab and cause death or 5 personal injury.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-99 ENGINE

Engine Lubrication Inspection of the Engine Oil Level 1. Make sure that the rail is standing on a flat and level Refer to the engine manufacturer's NOTE Engine Operation and Maintenance surface. It takes approximately 15 minutes Manual supplied with your vehicle for for all the oil to run into the sump 2. Make sure that the vehicle is information about draining and refilling when the engine is ‘warm.’ If the horizontal, both lengthwise and engine oil, engine crank case capacity, level is checked immediately after crosswise. Check this carefully engine oil type, and changing oil filters, switching off the engine, the dipstick on a vehicle with air suspension. etc. will show a low oil level. Note that the engine may be inclined up to 4° depending on the WARNING! vehicle model and wheelbase. Hot engine oil can be dangerous. 3. Twist the dipstick handle to unlock You could be burned. Let the en- it, then pull the dipstick out of the gine oil cool down before changing holder. it. Failure to comply may result in death, personal injury, equipment or 4. Wipe the dipstick clean with a 5 property damage. lint-free cloth. 5. Place the dipstick back into the holder. 6. Pull the dipstick out again and check the oil level. The oil level should always be between the 2 marks on the dipstick.

5-100 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ENGINE

Topping Up the Engine Oil Pipe and Hose Clamps 7. Reinstall the dipstick and twist to lock it in place. 1. Top up with oil, if necessary, via Use the following table for torque the filler opening. Use the correct specifications to check pipe and hose grade in the correct quantity. For clamps. oil replacement, please see engine Operator’s Manual included with this chassis. 2. After topping up, wait 1 minute and check the oil level again. 3. Reinstall the oil fill cap and twist to lock it in place.

1. Engine Oil High Level 5 2. Engine Oil Low Level

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-101 ENGINE

Pipe and Hose Clamp Torque Values

APPLICATION APPROVED CLAMP TORQUE Nm Lb-In Radiator & Heat Exchanger Hoses Constant-Torque CT-L 10.2-12.5 90-110 Heater Hoses Constant Tension not required not required Air Intake Pipes Hi-Torque HTM-L 11.3-14.2 100-125 Charge Air Intake Hoses Flex Seal 667 7.9-11.3 70-100 B9296 6-7 50-60 Fuel, Oil & Water Heat Exchangers Miniature 3600L 1.1-1.7 10-15 (for hoses less than 9/16 diameter) Exhaust Clamps Breeze V-Band 54 480 Accessory Drive Belts replace them as soon as you detect shows an example of the rotation trouble. direction to release the tensioner. 5 You can extend the reliability and service life of your vehicle's drive belts Follow this procedure to install an 2. Slip the belt around the idler with proper attention to installation, accessory drive belt: pulley attached to the automatic and maintenance. Neglect could tensioner. 1. Route the new belt around the cause belt failure. The result could be pulleys, and then rotate the 3. Release the automatic tensioner. the loss of the electrical or air system automatic tensioner so that the as well as possible engine damage 4. Check the belt alignment on each idler pulley swings toward the from overheating. So it's a very good pulley. The belt must fall between belt routing. The following figure idea to check your belts frequently and the flanges of each pulley.

5-102 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ENGINE

Engine Fan With the engine idling and the hood WARNING! open, stand at the front of the vehicle. Listen for any noises coming from Do not work on the fan with the en- the fan hub. Bearings that have lost gine running. The engine fan can lubricant, and are dry, will typically emit engage at any time without warn- a squeal or a growl when the engine is ing. Before turning on the ignition, at operating temperature and the fan be sure that no one is near the fan. clutch is engaged. If noise is detected, Failure to comply may result in death NOTE have the fan bearings inspected by an or personal injury. See the engine manufacturer's oper- authorized dealership. ator's manual for further information Your truck may be equipped with an on replacing engine drive belts. On/Off or Viscous Fan Drive. Follow these guidelines to check your engine fan:

Check the fan bearings for fan hub 5 bearing looseness, loss of lubricant and any abnormal conditions. (For example, fan belt misaligned or excessive wear/damage.) Before starting the engine and with the engine off, look and feel for looseness in the fan hub.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-103 ENGINE

Fan Drive and Blade Air Intake System CAUTION Engine heat, vibration, and age WARNING! Do not use air intake pipes and con- combine to loosen air intake Do not work on the fan with the en- nections as a step or to pull your- connections and cause cracks in gine running. The engine fan can self up. This could loosen the con- the tubing and elbows. Leaks in the engage at any time without warning. nections and open the system to un- intake system allow abrasive dust to Before turning on the ignition be sure filtered air which could damage the enter the engine and quickly cause that no one is near the fan. Failure engine. expensive damage. During your daily to comply may result in death or per- walk-around inspection, carefully sonal injury. check all tubing, elbows, clamps, supports and fasteners for condition Fan Blade Clearance: Around the fan and tightness. shroud, the recommended distance is 1 in. (25 mm) from front edge of • Check the Charge-Air-Cooler for any fan blade-to-radiator side member. air leaks annually. The air leaks Minimum clearance is 3/4 in. (19 mm). can be caused by cracked tubes 5 or header. For service see your • Rear edge of any blade must be authorized dealer. no closer than 3/8 in. (9 mm) to the nearest engine component. If this cannot be obtained, the fan spacer or fan is not correct. • The leading edge of any fan blade must be 1 in. (25 mm) from the inside edge of the shroud.

5-104 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ENGINE

Turbocharger Air Cleaners High Frequency Vibration: Vibration When servicing the air intake and may indicate turbo rotor imbalance. The following service information is exhaust systems on a turbocharged Have your dealer investigate this basic to all air cleaner makes and engine, check the items listed below. immediately. If you detect any models. deficiencies, take the vehicle toan WARNING! authorized dealer for servicing. Delay CAUTION could lead to severe and expensive Do not operate engine with tur- Failure to replace air filter at proper damage to your vehicle. bocharger intake piping discon- intervals may result in passage of nected. A suction is created when dirt/debris into the engine or the the engine is running. This suction "dusting" of an engine resulting in could draw your hand or anything significant engine damage. else near it into the impeller fan. You could be injured. Always keep the Service the filter elements when the intake piping connected when you Air Cleaner Restriction gauge (option) will be running the engine. locks in the extreme High position. Have the element serviced at a 5 Lubricating System: Check the oil Peterbilt Dealer or Authorized Service lines, housing, and connections. Look Center. Paper elements require care for leaks, damage, or deterioration. and proper handling, because they are Leaks could mean you have damaged critical to engine service life. Service oil lines or oil seals. the air cleaner periodically. If the vehicle operates in areas with heavy Manifold: With the engine operating, dust, maintenance should be more check for leaking manifold or flange gaskets.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-105 ENGINE

frequent. Follow the instructions below Air Filter Replacement 3. Install thumbscrews around air to remove the air filter. cleaner housing end cap.

NOTE The air cleaner is internally sealed by a radial seal around Inlet tube of air cleaner element. For fur- ther information on servicing the air cleaner, see the Medium Duty Main- To remove the air filter: Air Intake Assembly tenance Manual. 1. Remove the two thumb screws. 2. Remove air cleaner service cover. 3. Remove the filter element. 4. Clean out the inside of the air 5 cleaner body and outlet tube with a dry rag.

To install air cleaner element: 1. Slide air cleaner element into housing. 2. Install air cleaner end cap.

5-106 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) ENGINE

ServiSignal™ Mini Indicator Exhaust System Engine Mounting

The ServiSignal™ Mini Indicator is The exhaust system is part of the Periodic Inspection: Inspect engine installed on the air cleaner or air noise and emission control system. mounts every 60,000 miles (96,560 induction piping so it has access to Periodically check the exhaust for km). Check for the following: clean filtered air. As the filter plugs wear, exhaust leaks, and loose or and restriction increases, a red flag missing parts. For details see Noise • Inspect both mount and leg appears in the window. When it and Emission Control on page 5-122. fasteners. Check for loose reaches the red zone, the air filter or broken bolts. Replace as should be replaced. The indicator can Please refer to the Engine Operator's necessary. Manual for more details on how to be reset by pressing the button at the • Check mount and leg for fractures, maintain the emission's components in end of the indicator. breaks or deformation. Replace the exhaust system. as necessary. • Check for complete insertion of motor mount. Replace as necessary. 5 • New leg to mount flange head bolts should be torqued to 210-230 Lb-Ft (284-311 Nm).

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-107 ENGINE

CAUTION Do not re-torque or reuse existing flange head bolts. These bolts are factory set to the specified torque. If bolts are loose or damaged, they must be replaced with the new bolts. Failure to comply may result in equipment or property damage.

5

5-108 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL SYSTEM Specification Fuel Filters

Location of Fuel Shut-off Use only diesel fuel as recommended See Engine Manufacturer’s Operator by engine manufacturers. Manual provided with this chassis Valves or the instructions provided with a WARNING! Fleetguard filter. Fuel shut-off valves for the fuel crossover line are on the bottom of the A mixture of gasoline or alcohol with secondary fuel tank, at the crossover diesel fuel in the presence of an ig- line connection. They are optional on nition source (such as a cigarette) the primary fuel tank. could cause an explosion resulting in death or personal injury. Use only the recommended diesel fuel.

CAUTION If anyone ever pours gasoline into your fuel tank, drain the entire sys- tem. Otherwise, the pump and en- 5 gine will be damaged. Don’t try to dilute the gasoline by adding diesel fuel (See Warning above).

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-109 FRAME

FRAME Emergency Welding Welding Precautions

Introduction WARNING! In the event of emergency welding of a frame rail and when welding any other Frame welding is NOT recom- part of your truck or any component WARNING! mended. The high heat of welding attached to your truck, observe the nullifies the special heat treatment Do not cut, splice or weld frame following precautions before welding: rails or drill through the top or bot- of the rails, greatly reducing the ten- tom flanges of the rails. These sile strength of the frame rail. If a • Disconnect all electronic devices. operations could affect frame rail frame member becomes cracked It is not possible to list all of the strength leading to a failure resulting from overloading, fatigue, surface electronics that could be affected, in an accident. Rail failures re- damage or a collision, the only but a few examples include the sulting from such modifications are permanent repair is to replace the following: alternator, engine not warrantable. Failure to comply damaged frame member with a new Electronic Control Unit (ECU), may result in death, personal injury, part. transmission ECU, ABS ECU, equipment or property damage. navigation devices, diagnostic In an emergency, a temporary repair devices, and monitoring devices. 5 may be performed. Observe the following precautions to protect • Disconnect battery cables and electronic systems during welding insulate them from the vehicle. operations. Emergency welding • Do not use the ECU or engine procedures are further explained in the ground stud for the ground of the maintenance manuals. Please refer to welding probe. the ordering information on the back cover to obtain a maintenance manual. • Ensure that the ground connection for the welder is as close to the

5-110 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) FRAME

weld point as possible. This Painting Fifth Wheel Maintenance ensures maximum weld current and minimum risk to damage Do not electrostatically paint your Proper preventive maintenance is of electrical components on the truck or any component on your essential to trouble-free service and vehicle. truck without first removing all of safe operation of the fifth wheel. the electronic components from the truck. It is not possible to list all of Every 15,000 miles or monthly: the electronics that could be affected, • Refer to specific manufacturer's but a few examples include the literature for any special alternator, engine Electronic Control instructions. Unit (ECU), transmission ECU, ABS ECU, navigation devices, diagnostic • Steam clean the fifth wheel. devices, and monitoring devices. • Check lock guard operation using a commercial lock tester. • Clean and oil all moving parts. 5 • Lubricate the lock mechanism with a lithium-base grease. • All grease fittings (especially those which grease the top surface of the fifth wheel).

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-111 FRAME

Frame Fastener Torque Every 60,000 miles or 6 months: Requirements Standard Grade 8 UNF or UNC and Metric • Refer to specific manufacturer's Tighten all frame fasteners with a FAS- TORQUE * literature for any special TENER torque wrench. Torque specifications Nm instructions. SIZE Lb-Ft apply to the following fasteners with 5/16 22-30 16-22 • Remove fifth wheel from vehicle. lightly lubricated threads. Refer to the Shop Manual, "Fifth 3/8 41-54 30-40 Wheel Removal." NOTE 7/16 75-88 55-65 Whenever possible, torque all frame 1/2 109-122 80-90 • Steam clean the fifth wheel and fasteners on the nut end, not the bolt 9/16 156-190 115-140 mounting brackets. head. 5/8 224-265 165-195 • Check all moving parts for 3/4 394-462 290-340 excessive wear or damage. 7/8 517-626 380-460 Replace all worn or broken parts. 1 952-1,129 700-830 • Complete two-month service 1-1/8 1,346- 990-1,170 5 procedure. 1,591 1-1/4 1,877- 1,380- • Install fifth wheel. Refer to 2,217 1,630 the Shop Manual, "Fifth Wheel METRIC WITH NYLON INSERT NUTS Installation." M5 8-12 6-9 M6 9-15 7-11 M8 23-31 17-23 M10 33-43 24-32

5-112 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) FRAME

FAS- TORQUE * Sliding Fifth Wheels TENER Nm Lb-Ft SIZE Lubricate bearing surface of support M12 75-101 55-75 bracket through the grease fittings on M16 163-217 120-160 the side of the fifth wheel plate. Use a M20 352-460 260-340 water resistant lithium-base grease. * ESNA Style Lock Nut, with nylon insert. Lubricate nylon insert nut lightly with SAE NOTE 20/30 oil. The plate must be lifted up slightly to relieve the weight of the bracket while applying grease.

5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-113 FRONT AXLE AND SUSPENSION

FRONT AXLE AND Kingpin Lubrication Suspension Lubrication SUSPENSION Lubricate with approved lubricant. Each standard spring anchor pin Lubricate knuckle thrust bearings, has a grease fitting. Pressure Axle Lubrication knuckle pins, and tie rod ends. See lubricate spring pins as specified. See Preventive Maintenance Schedule Preventive Maintenance Schedule on Change bearing lubrication when seals on page 5-12. Lack of lubrication page 5-12. are replaced, or brakes are relined. causes premature wear and hard See Preventive Maintenance Schedule steering. Lubrication schedule may be At regular intervals, the spring leaves on page 5-12. shortened if necessary. may be lubricated with a rust-inhibiting oil applied with a spray gun or brush. Thoroughly clean hubs and bearings with solvent and a stiff bristle brush, Depending on your suspension, then dry and inspect components for lubricate all spring pins until grease wear or damage. Re-lubricate with flows out of both ends of the bushing. approved axle lubricant. Look for signs of rust or water in the flushed grease. If a pin will not accept 5 grease, it should be removed, cleaned, and inspected.

CAUTION Do not spray the suspension with chemical products or mineral oil; it can cause damage to the bushings.

5-114 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) FRONT AXLE AND SUSPENSION

Inspection Wheel Alignment

For all vehicles, mandatory For driving safety and comfort, and maintenance procedures include to prolong the life of your vehicle, it retightening all U-bolts and inspecting is important to have wheels correctly the suspension for loose fasteners, aligned. Check tire wear frequently. abnormal wear, or damage. However, Uneven tire wear is a sign that the even with proper maintenance, the wheels may be misaligned. service life of leaf springs is affected by many factors, such as: fatigue, If you see uneven wear, take your vehicle gross weight, type of load, road vehicle to an authorized dealer familiar conditions, and vehicle speed. with aligning wheels on your vehicle.

Check for cracks, wear marks, splits, or other defects on the surface of the spring. Defective parts must be replaced. Because repaired springs cannot be fully restored to their original 5 service life, replace the complete assembly if cracks or other defects are detected.

Visually inspect shock absorbers and rubber bushings.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-115 FRONT AXLE AND SUSPENSION

U-Bolt Torque Chevron zinc lubricant (SAE 20 or 30 WARNING! oils acceptable but not preferred). It is important that U-bolts remain tight. Do not operate the vehicle if the Severe use of your vehicle will cause U-bolts are not properly tightened. WARNING! them to loosen faster. But all vehicles Loose U-bolts will cause the axle Do not replace U-bolts and nuts with need to have their U-bolts checked and to not be properly secured to the common U-bolts or standard nuts. tightened regularly. Be sure someone suspension, which could cause loss These parts are critical to vehicle with the proper training and the right of vehicle control and an accident. safety. If the wrong U-bolts or nuts tools checks and tightens the U-bolts Loose U-bolts can also cause un- are used, the axle could loosen or on your vehicle. even tire wear and poor alignment. separate from the vehicle and cause Failure to comply may result in New springs can settle in after service, a serious accident. Use only U-bolts death, personal injury, equipment or relieving the tension on the U-bolts. and nuts of SAE Grade 8 specifi- property damage. Loose U-bolts can cause leaf spring cation or better. Failure to comply breakage, axle misalignment, hard may result in death, personal injury, steering and abnormal tire wear. U-bolts are difficult to tighten unless equipment or property damage. you have the right equipment. If you 5 All vehicles should have suspension cannot tighten them correctly yourself, U-bolts tightened after the first 500 be sure to have them checked and miles (800 km) of operation. Re-torque tightened regularly by an authorized the front spring pinch bolts and shackle mechanic. pinch bolts. Tighten U-bolt nuts to the specified torque value with the vehicle loaded to its normal gross weight. The following torque values apply to U-bolts and nuts with clean threads lubricated with

5-116 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) FRONT AXLE AND SUSPENSION

Front Spring Suspension U-Bolts, Grade 8

U-BOLT TORQUE SIZE Nm Lb-Ft DIAME- TER (Inch Di- mensions) 3/4 333-408 245-300 7/8 598-734 440-540 1 925-1,060 680-780 1-1/8 1,470- 1,080- 1,660 1,220 1-1/4 1,890- 1,390- 2,120 1,560 1-1/2 3,130- 2,300- 3,860 2,840 5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-117 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER HEATER AND AIR Keep the vehicle's ventilation system, To allow for proper operation of the CONDITIONER engine exhaust system and cab vehicle ventilation system, proceed as joints properly maintained. It is follows: Introduction recommended that the vehicle's exhaust system and cab be serviced • Keep the inlet grille at the base of The combination heater-air conditioner as follows: the windshield clear of snow, ice, provides comfort for those in the cab leaves and other obstructions at through accurate control of the cab • Inspected by a competent all times. environment in all weather conditions. technician every 15,000 miles Keep the exhaust pipe area clear Regular attention to the items below • Whenever a change is noticed in to help reduce the buildup of will help you keep the heater-air • the sound of the exhaust system exhaust gas under the vehicle. conditioner unit running well. • Whenever the exhaust system, • Check the drain tube of the fresh underbody or cab is damaged air inlet for trapped water before assuming that there is a leak in the heating system. 5

5-118 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

Special Precautions If a refrigerant leak develops in the WARNING! presence of excessive heat or an open flame, hazardous gases may be Excessive heat may cause the pres- generated. If you become aware of a surized components of the air con- refrigerant leak on your vehicle have ditioning system to explode. Never your system serviced immediately and weld, solder, steam clean, or use a observe the following precautions: blow torch near any part of the air conditioning system. Failure to com- Stay away from the hot engine until the ply may result in death, personal in- exhaust manifold has cooled. jury, equipment or property damage. Do not permit any open flame in the WARNING! area. Even a match or a cigarette lighter may generate a hazardous Air conditioning refrigerant can be quantity of poisonous gas. hazardous to your health. Do not expose yourself to leaking refriger- Do not smoke in the area. Inhaling 5 ant for prolonged periods near ex- gaseous refrigerant through a cigarette cessive heat, open flames, or with- may cause violent illness. out proper ventilation. Failure to do so may result in death or personal in- jury.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-119 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

Air Filters Heater Cabin Fresh Air Filter • Check all heater controls for The cab air conditioning filter is located full-range operation. inside the cab behind the passenger • Check hoses, connections, and side kick panel (located below the heater core for condition and glovebox). After removing the required leaks. panels, the filter can be pulled from the blower unit without using any tools. CAUTION To remove the HVAC access panel: During extreme cold weather, do not pull panel out from the bottom to HVAC Access Panel blow hot defroster air onto cold wind- release the clips, then pivot the panel shields. This could crack the glass. outward so the tabs at the top allow Inspect and clean cab air filter Turn the air direction lever to Defrost the panel to drop down. element every 3 - 6 months of and adjust the fan speed accordingly service. Depending on the operating while the engine warms. If the en- environment, if air flow from the air gine is already warm, move the tem- 5 conditioner and heater is less efficient perature selector to Cool, then grad- or windows fog easier, you may need ually increase the temperature when to replace the cab air filter. you see that the windshield is start- ing to warm-up.

5-120 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

Air Conditioner necessary. Small particles may to worsen. Have a qualified be removed with compressed technician correct the problem. WARNING! air blown through the core in the The air conditioning system is under opposite direction of normal air NOTE pressure. If not handled properly flow. A leaking evaporator or condenser during servicing, it could explode. core cannot be repaired; it must be Any servicing that requires depres- WARNING! replaced. surizing and recharging the air con- Wear eye protection any time you ditioning system must be conducted blow compressed air. Small parti- Have the air conditioning system fully by a qualified technician with the cles blown by compressed air could serviced annually by your authorized right facilities to do the job. Failure injure your eyes. dealer. Qualified service technicians to comply may result in death, per- will have to evacuate and recharge the sonal injury, equipment or property • Check the engine belt for condition system. damage. and proper tension.

• Listen to the compressor and drive • Check all hoses for kinks, clutch for noise and vibration. deterioration, chafing, and leaks. 5 If you find problems, have the Adjust kinked or chafing hoses to system checked thoroughly. A eliminate restrictions and prevent malfunctioning clutch usually further wear. indicates trouble elsewhere in the • Check all components and system. connections for refrigerant leaks. • Check the evaporator core, filter, If you discover a leak, do not try to and condenser core for debris tighten a connection. Tightening restricting air flow. Clean if a connection may cause a leak

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-121 NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL

NOISE AND EMISSION Tampering with Noise Control CONTROL System Federal law prohibits the following Noise Emission Warranty acts or the causing thereof:

There are specific components on (1) The removal or rendering the vehicle that are designed to meet inoperative by any person other than certain EPA emissions and noise for purposes of maintenance, repair, or regulations. To maintain conformance replacement, of any device or element with the regulations, these components of design incorporated into any new need to be functional and properly vehicle for the purpose of noise control maintained. prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use, or (2) the use of the vehicle after such device or element of design has been removed or rendered inoperative by 5 any person.

Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering are the acts listed below:

5-122 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL

Air Intake System Fuel System • Cutting holes in, or cutting away • Removing or rendering inoperative • Removing or rendering engine part of noise insulators. the air cleaner/silencers or intake speed governor inoperative, • Removing hood-mounted noise piping. allowing engine speed to exceed insulation. manufacturer's specifications. Engine Cooling System • Removing of air signal attenuator • Removing or rendering inoperative on engines equipped with this the fan clutch. device. • Removing the fan shroud. • Removing of diesel exhaust fluid Engine tank and system. • Removing or rendering engine Inner Fender Shields and Cab Skirts speed governor inoperative so as • Removing shield or skirts. to allow engine speed to exceed manufacturer's specifications. • Cutting away parts of shields, skirts or damaged or loose 5 • Modifying ECU parameters. portions of shields or skirts. Exhaust System Noise Insulating Blankets • Removing or rendering inoperative • Removing noise insulators from exhaust system components. engine block or from around the oil pan.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-123 NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL

Inspection and Maintenance Air Intake System Engine Mounted Noise Insulators Instructions • Do all checks and maintenance • Check condition. Is the insulator procedures listed in this manual secure? How you do this will The following instructions are based on under Engine Air Intake System depend on the method of attaching inspection of the noise control system and Air Cleaner. See Air Dryer on the noise insulators on the engine at regular intervals as indicated in the page 5-57. and around the oil pan (bolts, Noise Control System Maintenance snap fasteners, or straps). Tighten Log on page 5-130. • Check the induction tubing, elbow loose fasteners and repair or connections, clamps, brackets, If, during periodic inspection and replace any worn or damaged and fasteners for deterioration, fasteners. maintenance of other systems and cracks, and security. components, it is found that parts of the • Check insulators around fasteners noise control system require attention, • If you find an air leak anywhere and stress points, especially we recommend that those parts be between the air cleaner and where they may be affected by inspected at more frequent intervals the engine, repair that leak engine vibration. Repair any to assure adequate maintenance and immediately. cracked or damaged mounting 5 performance. points. Use suitable reinforcing CAUTION plates to ensure that the insulators Air leaks cause excessive noise and will remain in position. may result in serious damage to the engine. If you do not repair them the engine damage will not be covered by your warranty. Repair all air leaks as soon as you find them.

5-124 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL

Exhaust System Joints and Clamps Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) • Check for exhaust leaks, • Check for leaks, and tighten as • Check SCR canister filter, clamps which would indicate a leaking necessary. Check for deterioration and mounting brackets. Tighten if manifold gasket; replace gasket if or dents in pipes and clamps which necessary. Inspect SCR canister necessary. could allow exhaust to escape. for signs of rust or corrosion. • Check cap screws for tightness, • Replace any serviceable joints, including those at the flanges. flexible pipes and gaskets at the Refer to the engine manufacturer's service intervals. service manual for proper tightening sequence and torque values.

5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-125 NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL

Piping Diesel Particulate Filters (DPF) Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank • Check exhaust piping for rust, • Check diesel particulate filter corrosion, or damage. Replace (DPF), clamps, and mounting deteriorated piping before holes brackets. Tighten if necessary. appear. If piping is perforated at Inspect diesel particulate filter any point, temporary patching or (DPF) for signs of rust or corrosion. lagging is acceptable until you can have permanent repairs made. • Check internal baffling. You can On turbocharged engines, check do this by listening for rattling joints at flanges and mounting sounds while tapping on the diesel brackets for tightness. particulate filter (DPF) with a rubber mallet or revving the engine up and down through its normal operating range. Vehicles that comply with 2010 EPA emission requirements will have a 5 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank mounted to the vehicle frame.

DEF filter

The DEF system has a supply pump filter and this filter should be serviced according to the preventive maintenance schedule. Follow these

5-126 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL steps to replace the DEF supply pump filter: 1. Turn off the vehicle and allow the vehicle to cool down. Take special precaution with hot exhaust piping.

WARNING! The exhaust piping can become ex- tremely hot during engine operation and can cause personal injury includ- ing serious burns to the skin. Allow adequate cooling time before work- ing near any part of the exhaust sys- 3. Using a 27 mm socket wrench tem. (DIN3124), remove the filter cap that is screwed to the DEF Supply 2. Remove the pump protective plate pump. mounted on the bottom of the DEF 5 tank.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-127 NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL

Exhaust Tail Pipe Engine Fan and Shroud Hood Insulation Blanket

• Check the mounting. Tighten as WARNING! • Check all fasteners for condition necessary. The miter cut at the tip and security. Repair or replace of the pipe must be facing the rear Do not work on the fan with the en- any broken or defective fasteners. of the vehicle. Do not modify the gine running. The engine fan can end of the pipe in any way. engage at any time without warning. • Check for chafing or tears. Patch Anyone near the fan when it turns on it if necessary. Find the cause of could be injured. Before turning on the damage. If any component the ignition, be sure that no one is or accessory is causing wear or near the fan. damage and cannot be relocated, put reinforcing pads on the blanket • Check all fasteners for tightness. at the site of wear. Check for stress cracks in the shroud. Make sure the shroud is adjusted so that it does not touch the fan blades. 5 • Check to verify that the fan is disengaged (not turning) with the engine running at normal operating temperatures (from cold to the point that the fan engages). • Check fan blade mounting bolts. Inspect fan blades to be sure they are not cracked or bent.

5-128 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL

Inner Fender Shields and Cab Skirts Noise Control System - Maintenance Log • Check all fasteners that hold the fender shields in place. To ensure your vehicles noise control • Check fender shields for tire requirements are maintained, record marks, worn spots, or damage maintenance checks. Use the from objects thrown from tire following log sheet and retain copies treads. of documents regarding maintenance services performed and parts replaced • Check cab skirts, sills, and on the vehicle. brackets for overall condition and repair them as necessary. Damaged rubber fender shields or cab skirting cannot be repaired. You will need to replace it.

5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-129 NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL

Noise Control System - Maintenance Log

Recom- Repair Repair mended Date & R.O. WorkPerfor- Date & R.O. WorkPerfor- Component Facility & Facility & Interval No. med No. med Location Location (Miles) Exhaust 25,000 System Routing Integrity Shutters 25,000 Shrouds Hood 10,000 Insulation Blanket Engine 10,000 Mounted Hose 5 Insulators Fasteners Inner Fender 50,000 Shields Cab Skirts 50,000 Fasteners Air Intake 5,000 System Integrity Element

5-130 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL

Recom- Repair Repair mended Date & R.O. WorkPerfor- Date & R.O. WorkPerfor- Component Facility & Facility & Interval No. med No. med Location Location (Miles) Clutch Type 10,000 Fan Drive

5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-131 REAR AXLE AND SUSPENSION REAR AXLE AND SUSPENSION WARNING! WARNING! Do not operate the vehicle if the Failure to maintain the specified General Maintenance U-bolts are not properly tightened. torque values or to replace worn Loose U-bolts will cause the axle parts can cause component system WARNING! to not be properly secured to the failure, possibly resulting in an ac- suspension, which could cause loss cident. Improperly tightened (loose) Do not work on the vehicle without of vehicle control and an accident. suspension U-bolts can lead to un- the parking brake set and wheels Loose U-bolts can also cause un- safe vehicle conditions, including: blocked securely. If the vehicle is even tire wear and poor alignment. hard steering, axle misalignment, not secured to prevent uncontrolled Failure to comply may result in spring breakage or abnormal tire vehicle movement, it could roll and death, personal injury, equipment or wear. See Front Spring Suspension may result in death, personal injury, property damage. U-bolts on page 5-117 for proper equipment or property damage. torque specifications. Failure to comply may result in death, per- Your vehicle's suspension, by sonal injury, equipment or property 5 design, requires a minimal amount of damage. maintenance. However, suspensions in over-the-road operations require CAUTION periodic inspection to ensure trouble- free performance. Do not spray the suspension with chemical products or mineral oil; it can cause damage to the bushings.

5-132 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) REAR AXLE AND SUSPENSION

Visual Inspection • Visually check for loose or missing NOTE fasteners, cracks in hanger or axle For all vehicles, mandatory Failure to follow these recommenda- connection brackets. maintenance procedures include tions could void warranty. retightening of U-bolts and complete • Check that springs are centered in inspection. However, even with proper hangers and in good condition. maintenance, many factors affect the service life of springs and suspension • Check for cracks, wear marks, components, such as: fatigue, vehicle splits, or other defects on the gross weight, type of load, road surface of the spring. conditions and vehicle speed. • Replace defective parts. Because It is important that U-bolts remain tight. repaired springs cannot be Severe use of your vehicle can cause fully restored to their original them to loosen faster. But all vehicles service life, replace the complete need to have their U-bolts checked and assembly if cracks or other defects tightened regularly. Be sure someone are detected. with the proper training and the right • After replacement of any part or 5 tools checks and tightens the U-bolts discovery of loose components, on your vehicle. check the torque of all fasteners. • After the first 500 miles (800 km) of • New springs settle-in after the operation, inspect the suspension vehicle's initial service, causing periodically, as noted below: the U-bolts to become loose.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-133 REAR AXLE AND SUSPENSION

Rear Suspension Fasteners U-Bolt Torque NOTE To maintain the performance of the NOTE Whenever possible, torque all fas- air suspension, check fastener torque To ensure an accurate torque read- teners on the nut end, not the bolt values after the first 2,000 miles (3,218 ing, use properly maintained and head. km) of service and every 60,000 miles calibrated torque wrenches. Clean (96,000 km) thereafter. the nut and bolt. No dirt, grit, or rust Rear Suspension Fasteners (Metric & Standard) Torque recommendations apply to should be present. fasteners supplied and installed by SIZE/ TORQUE * TYPE vehicle manufacture. The values listed WARNING! Nm Lb-Ft in the tables below, are for cadmium Do not operate the vehicle if the M16 nylon- 163-217 120-160 plated or phosphate and oil fasteners U-bolts are not properly tightened. insert nuts only. Loose U-bolts will cause the axle M20 nylon- 352-460 260-340 to not be properly secured to the insert nuts U-bolts are difficult to tighten unless suspension, which could cause loss you have the right equipment. If you M20 all- 427-475 315-350 of vehicle control and an accident. metal lock 5 cannot tighten them correctly yourself, nuts Loose U-bolts can also cause un- be sure to have them checked and even tire wear and poor alignment. 1/2 in. nut 109-122 80-90 tightened regularly by an authorized Failure to comply may result in 3/4 in. nut 394-462 290-340 mechanic. death, personal injury, equipment or 1-1/4 in. 1,877- 1,380- property damage. nut 2,217 1,630 * Torque requirements apply to manufacturer proprietary suspensions. All other suspensions must refer and adhere to original manufacturers shop manual.

5-134 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) REAR AXLE AND SUSPENSION

ensures proper adjustment of the Rear Axle Lubrication Rear Suspension U-Bolts, Grade 8 U-bolt and spring assembly. (lubricated*) Check oil level with the vehicle parked WARNING! on level ground and the fluid warm. U-BOLT TORQUE** The level should be even with the SIZE Do not replace U-bolts and nuts with DIAME- bottom of the filler hole. TER Nm Lb-Ft common U-bolts or standard nuts. THREAD These parts are critical to vehicle safety. If the wrong U-bolts or nuts 3/4 333-408 245-300 are used, the axle could loosen or 7/8 598-734 440-540 separate from the vehicle and cause 1 925-1,060 680-780 a serious accident. Use only U-bolts 1-1/8 1,470- 1,080- and nuts of SAE Grade 8 specifi- 1,660 1,220 cation or better. Failure to comply 1-1/4 1,890- 1,390- may result in death, personal injury, 2,120 1,560 equipment or property damage. 1-1/2 3,130- 2,300- CAUTION 3,860 2,840 5 *Chevron Zinc Lubricant or SAE 20/30 oil Do not mix lubricants of different should be used on U-Bolt threads grades; although, mixing different **Torque requirements apply to brands of the same grade lubricant manufacturer proprietary suspensions. All other suspensions must refer and adhere (meeting MIL L2105C), is accept- to original manufacturers shop manual. able. Lubricants of different grades are not compatible and could dam- • Load the vehicle to its normal age the axle. gross weight before tightening U-bolts. Loading the vehicle

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-135 REAR AXLE AND SUSPENSION

Dana Spicer and Fabco NOTE All Vehicles with Dana Spicer In all cases, lubricant supplier as- No initial drain is required on Dana and Fabco Axles: See Preventive sumes full responsibility for the per- Spicer axles that are factory filled with Maintenance Schedule on page 5-12. formance of their product, and for an Dana Spicer-approved synthetic Contact your dealer for approved product and patent liability. lubricant. synthetic lubricant brands. • Petroleum-based lubricants must • Dana Spicer Axles with synthetic For recommended types and brands of be drained within the first 5,000 lubrication and Out Runner Seals: lubricants, contact your dealer. miles (8,000 km) if converting to drain, flush, and refill at 500,000 an approved synthetic lubricant. miles (804,000 km).

Initial Change: See Preventive Axle Housing Breather Vent: Maintenance Schedule on page 5-12 for standard rear axle service intervals. • Check and clean the axle housing Change mineral-based lubricant in breather vent at each oil level other Dana Spicer and Fabco axle check. assemblies (new or rebuilt) within the 5 Meritor: first 3,000 to 5,000 miles (4,800 to 8,000 km). • See Meritor Lubrication Maintenance Manual (MM1). • For petroleum-based axles, use lubricants meeting MIL L2105C/D grade specifications or approved synthetic lubrication. Do not use oil additives.

5-136 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) REAR AXLE AND SUSPENSION

Rear Axle Alignment

Continual road shock and load stresses may force the rear axles out of alignment. If you detect rapid tire wear on the rear axles, you may have misaligned axles. If you suspect rapid tire wear, have your rear axle alignment checked and adjusted by an authorized dealer.

In addition to pre-delivery inspections, suspension alignment should be checked when any one of the following conditions exist: • Discovery of loose suspension fasteners. (Loose, defined as any 5 torque below the recommended torque value.) • Discovery of elongated holes in a suspension component. • Bushing replacement. • Excessive or abnormal tire wear.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-137 STEERING SYSTEM STEERING SYSTEM WARNING! • wheels out of alignment Power Steering Do not operate the vehicle if the • wheel bearings improperly steering system is not working prop- adjusted Oil (under low pressure) provides the erly. You could lose control of your power to operate the steering gear. It vehicle if the steering system is not If you cannot correct the problem, also serves to lubricate moving parts in good working condition, which check with an authorized dealer. and remove heat. A loss of steering could result in a serious accident. efficiency will occur if too much heat For driving safety, visually check Your vehicle is equipped with integral builds up in the system. the steering gear and components. power steering. The system includes Frequent checks are important for an engine-driven fluid pump, a fluid driving safety, especially after trav- reservoir, the steering gear, and eling over rough roads. Failure to connecting hoses. Because of the comply may result in death, per- hydraulic power assist, little effort is sonal injury, equipment or property required to turn the steering wheel. damage. When no input is applied through the steering wheel, the steering gear will 5 return to the neutral position. If, for If the steering feels unbalanced from any reason, the power assist system side-to-side while turning, check for goes out, steering the vehicle is still the following possible causes: possible, yet it will require much • unequal tire pressures greater effort. • vehicle overloaded or unevenly Visually check the following parts: distributed load • Crosstube: Is it straight?

5-138 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STEERING SYSTEM

Fluid Level and Refill • Draglink tube clamp: Check for • Maximum/Minimum level is looseness or interference. Have the power steering fluid and indicated on the reservoir. These same levels are also indicated by • Ball joints and steering U-joints: filters changed at an authorized dealer. two lines on the dipstick in the Check for looseness. CAUTION reservoir. • Steering wheel for excessive When adding fluid, be sure to use • There are two ways to check free-play. Check the simplest fluid of the same type. While many whether the power steering fluid probable causes first: fluids have the same description and is at its proper level. Both checks a. unequal tire pressures intended purpose, they should not are with the engine NOT running. be mixed due to incompatible ad- b. loose cap nuts 1. If you check the fluid with the ditives. Mixing incompatible fluids engine and steering system c. bent crosstube may lead to equipment damage. COLD, the fluid level should be d. lack of lubrication at/or above the Minimum indicator Check and completely change the • level and should generally not fluid level according to Preventive • If these checks do not reveal the exceed the middle point between Maintenance Schedule on page problem, or if you correct them Maximum and Minimum level 5 5-12. Use the following procedure: and still have a steering problem, indicators. take your truck to an authorized dealer for evaluation. NOTE 2. If you check the fluid with the engine and steering system Before removing reservoir cover, WARM, the fluid should NOT wipe outside of cover so that no dirt exceed the Maximum level can fall into the reservoir. indicator and should generally not drop below the middle point

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-139 STEERING SYSTEM

between the Maximum and Fluid Filter Replacement Steering Shaft Minimum level indicators. The following are common torque specifications for most steering shafts. • Torque on U–joint pinch bolt and nut (7/16 in) 74–81 Nm (55 to 60 lb-ft), lubricated. • Torque on Pitman arm clamp bolt and nut (3/4 in): 406–433 Nm (300 to 320 lb-ft), lubricated. • For off–highway vehicles, tighten the U–bolts after the first day or two of operation. Then check weekly. 5 CAUTION Servicing the power steering system without bleeding it of trapped air may cause damage to the power steering pump.

1. Replace both fluid and filter as per the chart below. 2. Bleed the system if necessary.

5-140 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) STEERING SYSTEM

WARNING! If this chassis is equipped with an electronic stability system (ESC) and any part of the steering sys- tem (e.g. linkage, steering driveline, column, front-end alignment, etc) is repaired, removed, or disassembled in any way, or if the steering an- gle sensor is replaced, the steering angle sensor must be recalibrated. Any repairs or adjustments to any part of the steering system must be performed by an authorized dealer. Failure to comply may result in death, personal injury, equipment or property damage. 5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-141 DRIVELINE

DRIVELINE U-Joints For SPL170XL and SPL250XL, the U-joint lube interval changes after the Driveshaft Maintenance initial lube at 350,000 miles. After the first lube interval, the U-joint The slip joints and universal joints of needs lubrication every 150,000 miles. the driveshaft should be lubricated Inspection of the U-joints is the same periodically. regardless of when the U-joint grease Use a good quality lithium-soap-base interval happens. or equivalent extreme pressure (E.P.) grease: NLGI Grade 2. WARNING! Improper lubrication of U-joints can Dana SPL U-joints and driveshafts The slip joints and universal joints of cause them to fail prematurely. The should be inspected every time the drive shaft should be lubricated driveshaft could separate from the a vehicle comes in for scheduled according to Preventive Maintenance vehicle and result in an accident. maintenance (Refer to Spicer Schedule on page 5-12. Make sure lubricant is purged at all Driveshaft service manual DSSM-0100 5 four ends of each U-joint and loosen (3264-SPL) for detailed instructions). Use a good quality lithium-soap-base caps if necessary. Also, regularly or equivalent extreme pressure (E.P.) inspect U-joints for excessive wear Use only Spicer Driveshaft approved grease: NLGI Grade 2. or movement, and repair or replace lubricants when greasing Spicer SPL as necessary. Failure to comply U-joints. Use only Spicer Driveshaft approved may result in death, personal injury, lubricants when greasing Spicer SPL equipment or property damage. U-joints.

5-142 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) TIRES AND WHEEL

TIRES AND WHEEL Regular, frequent inspection and the Checking Inflation Pressure right care will give you the assurance Tires of safe and reliable tire operation. Give your tires a visual test every day, Here are some tips on maintaining and check inflation with a gauge every WARNING! your tires. week: Do not repair damaged tires unless • When checking tire pressure, you are fully qualified and equipped inspect each tire for damage to to do so. Wheel and tire assem- sidewalls, cuts, cracks, uneven blies cannot be worked on without wear, rocks between duals, etc. If proper tools and equipment, such a tire appears underinflated, check as: safety cages or restraining de- for damage to the wheel assembly. vices. Have all tire repairs per- Don’t forget to check between dual formed by an expert. Stand away wheels. If you find wheel damage, from the tire assembly while the ex- have an expert tire service repair pert is working. Failure to do this it. may result in death or injury. • Maximum tire pressure will be 5 indicated on the sidewall of a tire. Your tires are a very important part of your vehicle’s whole braking system. • Check pressure only when the How fast you can stop depends in tires are cool. Warm or hot tires large measure on how much friction cause pressure buildup and will you get between the road and your give you an inaccurate reading. tires. In addition, keeping your tires in So never deflate a warm tire to the good condition is essential to the safe, specified pressure. efficient operation of your vehicle.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-143 TIRES AND WHEEL

Underinflated Tires WARNING! WARNING! Low pressure is a tire’s worst enemy. Do not operate a vehicle with under- Do not attempt to raise the vehicle to Underinflation allows tires to flex inflated tires. The extra heat caused remove or install a damaged tire and improperly, causing high temperatures by underinflation can cause sudden wheel assembly if you are not fully to build up. Heat causes early tire tire failure such as a tire fire or blow qualified and not equipped with the damage such as flex break, radial out which can cause an accident re- proper tools and equipment. Do not cracks, and ply separation. Low sulting in death or personal injury. attempt to re-inflate a tire that has pressure may affect control of your Low pressure may affect control at been run flat. Obtain expert help. vehicle, especially at the front wheels. the front wheels, which could result A person can be seriously injured Most tire wear problems are caused in an accident involving death or per- or killed if using the wrong service by underinflation as the result of slow sonal injury. Keep your tires inflated methods. Truck tires and wheels leaks, so you’ll want to check tire to the manufacturer's recommended should be serviced only by trained pressure regularly. Lower tire pressure air pressure. personnel using proper equipment. does not provide better traction on ice Follow OSHA regulations per sec- or snow. tion 1910.177. 5 NOTE Follow all warnings and cautions contained within the tire and wheel manufacturers literature.

5-144 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) TIRES AND WHEEL

Overloaded Tires 1 3 Overloading your truck is as damaging Proper-Inflation: Over-Inflation: to your tires as underinflation. The the correct profile reduces the tread for full contact with contact area with following chart shows how neglect or the road. the road surface, deliberate abuse can affect the life of TREAD CONTACT concentrating all of your tires. WITH ROAD the vehicle weight TREAD on the center of the CONTACT WITH tread. This causes ROAD premature wear of the tire. 2

Under-Inflation: causes abnormal tire deflection, which builds up excessive heat, running the TREAD risk of failure. It 5 CONTACT WITH also causes irregular ROAD wear.

EFFECT OF LOAD PRESSURE ON TIRE LIFE Vehicle Load Normal 20% Over 40% Over 60% Over 80% Over 100% Over Tire Pressure Normal 20% Low 30% Low 35% Low 45% Low 55% Low Expected Total Normal 70% 50% 40% 30% 25% Tire Mileage

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-145 TIRES AND WHEEL

Overinflated Tires Matching Tires WARNING! Too much air pressure reduces the tire Be sure to buy matched tires for Do not install regrooved or rein- tread contact area and results in rapid your vehicle, especially on the rear forcement-repaired tires on steering wear in the center of the tread. axles. Mismatched tires can cause axles. They could fail unexpectedly stress between axles and cause the and cause you to lose control of WARNING! temperature of your axle lubricant to your vehicle resulting in an accident get too hot. Matched tires will help Overinflated tires can cause acci- causing death or personal injury. dents. They wear more quickly than your driveline last longer and will give properly inflated tires and are more you better tire mileage. subject to punctures, cracks, and other damage. They could fail and WARNING! cause you to lose control of your ve- Do not mismatch tires, it can be dan- hicle resulting in an accident causing gerous. Never mix tires of different death or personal injury. Be sure all design such as steel belted radials tires are inflated correctly according and bias ply tires, etc. Mixing tire 5 to the manufacturer's recommenda- types and sizes will adversely affect tions. the road-holding ability of both types of tires and can lead to loss of vehi- cle control and causing death or per- sonal injury.

5-146 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) TIRES AND WHEEL

Replacing Tires Greenhouse Gas Certified Tires WARNING! Front: Replace front tires when less Do not replace original equipment Replacing a tire that is greenhouse than 4/32 in. of tread remains. Check tires with load ratings less than the gas certified. at three places equally spaced around original tires. Doing so could lead to the tire. unintentional overloading of the tire, NOTE which could cause a failure resulting The tires installed on this vehicle Drive Axles or Trailers: Replace tires in loss of vehicle control and an ac- at the factory as original equipment on drive axles or trailers when less than cident. Failure to comply may result may be certified for Greenhouse 2/32 in. of tread depth remains in any in death, personal injury, equipment Gas and Fuel Efficiency regula- major groove. Check at three places or property damage. tions. Replacement tires must be equally spaced around the tire. See of equal or lower rolling resistance the next illustration for recommended level (TRRL or C ). Consult with measuring points for tread depth. NOTE rr your tire supplier(s) for appropriate To prolong your tires’ life and make replacement tires. them safer, have their radial and lat- eral run-out checked at your dealer. Verify if your vehicle is equipped with And of course you should have your 5 Greenhouse Gas certified tires by tires balanced anytime you change checking the Vehicle Emission Control a tire. label on the driver's side door frame. If these tires were installed at the factory, Lower Rolling Resistance codes (LRR) Steer Tire Points (left), Drive Tire identify which tires are certified. Points (right)

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-147 TIRES AND WHEEL

Tire Chains Speed Restricted Tires Maintaining a greenhouse gas certified tire. If you need tire chains, install them on WARNING! both sides of each driving axle. In order to limit the rolling resistance of This vehicle may be equipped with speed restricted tires. Check each the tires and optimize fuel economy, CAUTION the maintenance procedures specified tire’s sidewall for maximum rated by the tire manufacture must be Chains on the tires of only one tan- speed. The vehicle should not be followed. dem axle can damage the driveline operated at sustained speed in U-joints and the interaxle differen- excess of maximum rated speed. For warranty information, See tial. Your repairs could be costly & Failure to comply with these speed Greenhouse Gas Tires on page 6-9. time-consuming. restrictions could cause sudden tire failure which can result in death, personal injury or property damage.

5

5-148 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) TIRES AND WHEEL

Wheel Mounting and Wheel Cap Nut Torque Fastening WARNING! Never use oil or grease on studs or At the first scheduled lube interval, After the vehicle travels about 50 to 100 nuts; improper torque readings will have all wheel cap nuts torqued to miles (80 to 160 km), wheel mountings result, which could cause improper their specified value listed in Wheel seat in and will lose some initial torque. wheel clamping and could lead to Cap Nut Torque on page 5-149. After Check hub/wheel mountings after this a wheel failure resulting in an acci- that, check wheel cap nuts at least initial period and retighten. dent. Failure to comply may result once a week. Contact an authorized in death, personal injury, equipment dealer for information on the proper or property damage. installation procedure for the wheels on your truck. This is a job you may not be able to do yourself. You need the right torquing equipment to do it.

Wheel Cap Nut Torque

WHEEL & NUT STUD SIZE TORQUE FOR INNER & OUTER CAP NUTS & RIM CLAMP NUTS CONFIGURATION Nm Lb-Ft 5 Steel or Aluminum Disc-Type 3/4-16 610-680 450-500 Wheel; Double Cap Nut Mounting; 1-1/8-16 610-680 450-500 Standard 7/8 Radius Ball Seat Heavy-Duty Steel Disc-Type 15/16-12 1,020-1,220 750-900 Wheel; Double Cap Nut Mounting; 1-1/8-16 1,020-1,220 750-900 1-3/16 Radius Ball Seat: 1-15/16-12 1,020-1,220 750-900

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-149 TIRES AND WHEEL

WHEEL & NUT STUD SIZE TORQUE FOR INNER & OUTER CAP NUTS & RIM CLAMP NUTS CONFIGURATION Nm Lb-Ft Hub-Piloted Disc-Type Wheel M22-1.5 610-680 450-500 w/Two Piece Flanged Cap Nuts: Steel or Aluminum Wheel PHP-10; Budd Uni-Mount-10; WDH-8 Stud Backnuts (when used) 3/4-16 240-270 175-200 1-14 240-410 175-300 Rim Clamp Nut Torque 1/2" Dia. 110-120 80-90 Cast Spoke Wheel Assembly 5/8" Dia. 220-250 160-185 3/4" Dia. 305-335 225-245

Threads should be clean and dry. Do Proper Torque and Sequence drawn evenly against the hub. Torque not lubricate wheel nuts or studs. each nut to the torque value listed in 5 Proper wheel torque can best be Wheel Cap Nut Torque on page 5-149. obtained on level ground. Install lug nuts and finger-tighten in the numerical sequence as shown below, see Nut Tightening Sequence for Hub Piloted Disc Wheels on page 5-151 or Nut Tightening Sequence for Stud Piloted Disc Wheels on page 5-151. This procedure will ensure that the wheel is

5-150 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) TIRES AND WHEEL

Wheel Replacement With WARNING! Disc Brake Option Tighten wheel cap nuts properly. If they are not tightened properly, WARNING! wheel nuts could eventually cause Use only the wheel brand, size and the wheel to become loose, to fail, Nut Tightening Sequence for Stud part number originally installed. Use and/or to come off while the vehicle Piloted Disc Wheels of a different wheel brand or size is moving, possibly causing loss of could cause valve stem to interfere control and may result in death, per- with a brake component which could sonal injury, equipment or property lead to loss of vehicle control. Fail- damage. ure to comply may result in death, personal injury, equipment or prop- erty damage.

Vehicles equipped with front disc brakes are fitted with wheels designed Nut Tightening Sequence for Hub specifically for disc brake applications. 5 Piloted Disc Wheels If it ever becomes necessary to replace an original equipment wheel, the replacement wheel must be the same brand and size as the take-off wheel. On vehicles equipped with 22.5 in. disc wheels, installing the wrong replacement wheel could result in the wheel valve stem making contact

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-151 TIRES AND WHEEL

with the disc brake assembly. When installing any replacement wheel, WARNING! WARNING! always inspect the tires/wheels to If the hood falls, anyone under it Improperly mounting and demount- ensure there is adequate clearance could be injured. Always make sure ing tire and rim assemblies is dan- between other vehicle components. that the hood hold open device en- gerous. Failure to observe proper gages when the hood is in its open precautions could cause the tire-rim With the hood open, check for position any time anyone gets under assembly to burst explosively, caus- clearance between the wheel and disc the hood for any reason. ing death or personal injury. See brake assembly. Use a hydraulic jack the wheel manufacturer's literature to raise the front of the vehicle off • The hood could hurt someone for the proper way to mount and de- the ground to allow the wheel to spin that is in the way of its descent. mount your tires and rims. Follow freely. While rotating the wheel, check Before lowering the hood, be their precautions exactly. to ensure there is adequate clearance sure no objects or people are in between the wheel and disc brake the way. assembly WARNING! 5 Always support the vehicle with ap- propriate safety stands if it is neces- sary to work underneath the vehicle. A jack is not adequate for this pur- pose.

5-152 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) TIRES AND WHEEL

Disc Wheels

WARNING! Use the correct components and tools when working on wheels. Grooves in the wheel disc or other damage to the disc can weaken the wheel and cause it to eventually come off. This could cause you to lose control of your vehicle, and may result in an accident. Failure to comply may result in death, per- sonal injury, equipment or property damage.

The end of the wheel wrench must be smooth. Burrs on the end of the 5 wrench can tear grooves in the disc. These grooves may lead to cracks in the disc, and can cause it to fail.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-153 WHEEL BEARING WHEEL BEARING

Wheel Bearing Adjustment

For safe, reliable operation and adequate service life, your wheel bearings must be adjusted properly at the recommended intervals. Contact your authorized dealer to make sure the wheel bearings are properly adjusted.

5

5-154 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) TRANSMISSION AND CLUTCH

TRANSMISSION AND All Transmissions Transmission Lubricants CLUTCH Oil Change: Drain and replace CAUTION according to Preventive Maintenance When adding oil, types and brands Introduction Schedule on page 5-12 and the of oil should not be intermixed be- Transmission Service Manual. Use the cause of possible incompatibility, Follow these steps to ensure parts are recommended types of oil as specified which could decrease the effec- properly lubricated: in the Operation and Service Manual tiveness of the lubrication or cause (included with vehicle). Select the • Maintain oil level, check it regularly component failure. appropriate lubricant for the expected • Change oil regularly ambient (outside air) temperatures. • Use the correct grade and type of oil • Buy oil from a reputable dealer

5

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-155 TRANSMISSION AND CLUTCH

Manual Transmissions of oil circulated by the motion of gears Service Intervals and shafts. Manual transmissions are designed so For recommended types and brands that the internal parts operate in a bath of all lubricants, see the transmission manufacturer's Service Manual

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE VISCOSITY MODEL RECOMMENDED LUBRICANT (See Note) DEG. C DEG. F (SAE) Eaton-Fuller HD engine oil: API CE or CF-4. Above -12 Above +10 50 Synthetic oil: Chevron RPM Above -40 Above -40 50 Synthetic Transmission Fluid, or equal, meeting MIL-L-2104D and Eaton PS-081 specifications.

NOTE Do not use multi-viscosity or EP (extreme pressure) gear oil (e.g., axle oils) in transmissions. Multi-viscosity or EP oils may damage components. 5 Standard Transmission Oil Level Clutch System Introduction Thus, free pedal and free travel are directly related to each other. NOTE Free pedal is the distance the clutch pedal moves by applying only slight As the clutch pedal is depressed The vehicle must be parked on level pressure. During free pedal the further, with harder pressure, the ground. release yoke in the transmission release yoke moves the release moves until its bearing pads contact bearing away from the engine. This Maintain the oil level and check it the release bearing. This movement of causes the clutch plate to release from regularly. Oil should be up to bottom the release yoke is called free travel. the driven disks in the clutch. This is of filler plug hole.

5-156 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) TRANSMISSION AND CLUTCH called release travel. And finally, on Clutch Adjustment — Clutch Linkage 9-, 10-, and 11-speed transmissions, Normal Wear as the pedal is pushed to the last 1/2 The Medium Duty is equipped with to 1 inch of travel, the release bearing Clutch pedal free travel is usually 1 3/4 a rod and lever mechanical clutch contacts and engages the clutch brake. in. to 2 in. (34 to 51 mm). This should linkage. Lubricate each pivot point on This is called clutch brake squeeze. be your guide for determining whether the clutch linkage. When the clutch wears, the release your truck needs clutch adjustment. bearing gradually moves toward the Also, if it becomes increasingly difficult engine, decreasing free pedal and free to shift into gears, or the truck creeps travel. When all free pedal and free with the clutch pedal depressed, your travel are gone, the clutch requires clutch needs adjustment. See the adjustment. Medium Duty Maintenance Manual for the proper adjustment procedures. The clutch is adjusted by turning an adjustment ring that is built into the Some vehicles have automatic clutch clutch. When the ring is turned, the adjustment. If yours doesn't have this release bearing moves back toward feature, adjustment will have to be the transmission, restoring free pedal done by a trained certified mechanic. 5 and clutch free travel. Under normal Have the adjustment done before clutch wear this is the only adjustment clutch pedal free travel is reduced to needed. Do not attempt to change any the minimum allowable 1/2 in. (13mm). other component. See the Medium Duty Maintenance Manual for details.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 5-157 TRANSMISSION AND CLUTCH

Automatic Transmissions Automatic Transmission Oil Level Service Intervals NOTE Check daily with engine idling. See The vehicle must be parked on level Preventive Maintenance Schedule on ground. page 5-12 for service intervals.

See the Transmission Operator's Manual for information on checking the transmission oil level.

5

5-158 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) INFORMATION

CONSUMER INFORMATION AND VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION Vehicle Identification ...... 6-3 General VIN Information ...... 6-4 Component Identification...... 6-7 CONSUMER INFORMATION Federal Safety Standard Certification Label . . . . 6-8 How to Order Parts ...... 6-8 NHTSA Consumer Information ...... 6-8 Canadian Consumer Information ...... 6-9 Warranty...... 6-9

6

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 6-1

CONSUMER INFORMATION AND VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

CONSUMER Example VIN: Plant Code

INFORMATION M = Ste Therese AND VEHICLE D = Denton IDENTIFICATION 1 Manufacturer Identifier Vehicle Identification 2 Vehicle Attributes Each vehicle completed by Peterbilt 3 Reserved Space Motors Company uses a Vehicle 4 Model Year Identification Number (VIN) that 5 Assembly Plant contains the model year designation 6 Serial Number (Chassis Number) of your Peterbilt. The practice is in compliance with 49 CFR 565, Code of Model Year Federal Regulations. J = 2018 The Vehicle Identification Number is K = 2019 on the Peterbilt labels on the left hand L = 2020 door post. The VIN contains 17 digits. M = 2021 The 10th digit is the code for the model Glider Kit Identification year of your vehicle. The example VIN 6 below shows how this code works: 0 (zero) = Glider Kit

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 6-3 CONSUMER INFORMATION AND VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

General VIN Information Chassis Number Certification Labels VIN Locations The Chassis Number refers to the last Your vehicle information and The full, 17-digit VIN is located on the six characters of the VIN. This number specifications are documented on Weight Rating Data Label. The label is will allow your dealer to identify your labels. As noted below, each label located on the driver's side door edge vehicle. You will be asked for this contains specific information pertaining or on the driver's side door frame. number when you bring it in for service. to vehicle capacities and specifications that you should be aware of. Chassis Number Locations • Right frame rail, top flange, about 3 ft. from the front end • Cab back, left-hand rear panel, lower edge • Tire, Rim, and Weight Rating Data label (truck) • Components and Weights label • Noise Emission label 6 • Paint Identification label

6-4 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CONSUMER INFORMATION AND VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Components and Weights Label Tire and Rim Data Label WARNING! The Components and Chassis Weight The Tire, Rim and Weight Rating Do not exceed the specified load rat- Label is located on either the driver’s Data Label is located on the driver’s ing. Overloading can result in loss side door edge or on the driver’s side door edge or on the driver’s side of vehicle control and personal in- side door frame. It includes chassis door frame. It contains the following jury, either by causing component number, chassis weight and gross information: failures or by affecting vehicle han- weight, plus model information for the dling. Exceeding load ratings can vehicle, engine, transmission, and • GVWR - Gross Vehicle Weight Rating also shorten the service life of the axles. vehicle. • GAWR FRONT, INTERMEDIATE and REAR - Gross Axle Weight The components of your vehicle Ratings for Front, Intermediate are designed to provide satisfactory and Rear Axle service if the vehicle is not loaded in excess of either the gross vehicle • TIRE/RIM SIZES AND INFLATION weight rating (GVWR), or the maximum PRESSURES - Tire/Rim Sizes front and rear gross axle weight ratings and Cold Pressure Minimums (GAWRs). • VIN including CHASSIS NUMBER NOTE GVW is the TOTAL SCALE WEIGHT 6 the vehicle is designed to carry. This includes the weight of the empty ve- hicle, loading platform, occupants, fuel, and any load.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 6-5 CONSUMER INFORMATION AND VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Noise Emission Label Paint Identification Label Federal Safety Standard Certification Label The Noise Emission Label is located The Paint Identification Label contains in the driver's side door frame. It the paint colors used by the factory The NHTSA regulations require a label contains information regarding U.S. to paint your vehicle. It lists frame, certifying compliance with Federal noise emission regulations, chassis wheels, cab interior and exterior Safety Standards, for United States number, and date of manufacture. colors. This label is located inside the and U.S. Territories, be affixed to glove box. each motor vehicle and prescribe where such label may be located. This certification label, which indicates the date of manufacture and other pertinent information, is located on the driver’s side door edge or on the driver’s side door frame.

6

6-6 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CONSUMER INFORMATION AND VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Component Identification 1. Axle Specification Number, usually stamped on the right rear side of Each of the major components on the axle housing. This number your vehicle has an identification label identifies the complete axle. or tag. For easy reference, record component numbers such as, model, 2. Axle Housing Number Tag, usually serial, and assembly number. located on the left forward side of the housing arm. This tag Engine: For further information, identifies the axle housing. please refer to the Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3. Axle Differential Carrier Identification, usually located Transmission: For both manual on the top side of the differential and automatic transmissions, the carrier. The following information identification number is stamped ona is either stamped, or marked with a tag affixed to the right rear side of the metal tag: Model No., Production transmission case. Assembly No., Serial No., Gear Ratio, and Part Number. Clutch: Enclosed in clutch housing. Location depends on manufacturer. Steer Axle: The front axle serial 6 number is stamped on a plate located on the center of the axle beam.

Drive Axles: The drive axle numbering system includes three labels or stamps:

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 6-7 CONSUMER INFORMATION

CONSUMER How to Order Parts NHTSA Consumer INFORMATION Information Replacement parts may be obtained from an authorized dealership. Federal Safety Standard If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash Certification Label When you order, it is IMPORTANT or could cause death or personal that you have the following information injury, you should immediately inform The National Highway Traffic Safety ready: the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration regulations require • Your name and address. Administration (NHTSA) in addition to a label certifying compliance with notifying the vehicle manufacturer. Federal Safety Standards, for United • Serial number of the truck. States and U.S. Territories, be affixed If NHTSA receives similar complaints, to each motor vehicle and prescribe • The name of the part you need. it may open an investigation, and where such label may be located. if it finds that a safety defect exists • The name and number of the This certification label, which indicates in a group of vehicles, it may order component for which the part is the date of manufacture and other a recall and remedy campaign. required. pertinent information, is located on the However, NHTSA cannot get involved left hand cab door post. • The quantity of parts you need. in individual problems between you, your dealer, and vehicle manufacturer. • How you want your order shipped. Contacting NHTSA is possible through 6 telephone, written mail and email. NHTSA also has a website where you can input your comments directly to them on the web. Please use any of the four ways to contact NHTSA:

6-8 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) CONSUMER INFORMATION

Canadian Consumer Warranty Toll Free 888-327-4236 (800-4249153 TTY) Information Greenhouse Gas Tires 8:00 am to 10:00 pm ET Monday-Friday Canadian customers who wish to report The following warranty is for vehicles Office of Defects a safety-related defect to Transport equipped with Greenhouse Gas Investigations/CRD Canada, Defect Investigations and certified tires: NVS-216 Recalls, may telephone the toll free 1200 New Jersey Ave SE. VEHICLE EMISSIONS LIMITED Washington, D.C. 20590 hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact Transport Canada by mail at: EXPRESS WARRANTY RELATED www www.safercar.gov TO ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT TIRES @ [email protected] Transport Canada, ASFAD Place de Ville Tower C PACCAR Inc warrants the tires 330 Sparks Street installed as original equipment on Ottawa ON K1A 0N5 this vehicle only against defects in materials and workmanship which For additional road safety information, cause the vehicle to fail to comply please visit the Road Safety website with applicable U.S. and Canadian at: greenhouse gas emission limits ("Warrantable Emissions Failures"). http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/ This vehicle emissions limited express menu.htm warranty relating to original equipment tires is valid for two (2) years or 24,000 6 miles, whichever occurs first.

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 6-9 CONSUMER INFORMATION

BY LAW, PACCAR EXPRESSLY The tires are separately warranted YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF by their manufacturer for defects in REMEDY AGAINST PACCAR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS materials and workmanship other than Inc IS LIMITED TO THE FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE those which cause non-compliance REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT RELATING TO VEHICLE EMISSIONS. with U.S. and Canadian GHG OF ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT TIRES IT IS AGREED THAT PACCAR regulations, subject to limitations and AT AUTHORIZED UNITED STATES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR conditions contained within the tire AND CANADIAN PACCAR DEALERS, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL manufacturer’s warranty agreement. SUBJECT TO PACCAR’S TIME AND DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT You are responsible for the safe MILEAGE LIMITATIONS LISTED LIMITED TO: LOSS OF INCOME operation and maintenance of the ABOVE. This Vehicle Emissions OR LOST PROFITS; VEHICLE vehicle and its tires. PACCAR does Limited Express Warranty relating to DOWNTIME; COMMUNICATION not warrant wear and tear of the tires. original equipment tires begins on EXPENSES; LODGING AND/OR the date of delivery of the vehicle MEAL EXPENSES; FINES; to the first purchaser or lessee and APPLICABLE TAXES OR BUSINESS accrued time and mileage is calculated COSTS OR LOSSES; ATTORNEY’S when the vehicle is brought into an FEES; AND ANY LIABILITY YOU MAY authorized dealer for correction of HAVE IN RESPECT TO ANY OTHER the Warrantable Emissions Failures PERSON OR ENTITY RELATING relating to the original equipment tires. TO WARRANTABLE EMISSIONS FAILURES. 6 PACCAR MAKES NO OTHER VEHICLE EMISSIONS WARRANTIES This Vehicle Emissions Limited RELATING TO THE ORIGINAL Express Warranty relating to EQUIPMENT TIRES, EXPRESS original equipment tires is limited OR IMPLIED. WHERE PERMITTED to emissions compliance only.

6-10 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) Index Index

5th wheel tag axle calibration ...... 4-53 air intake system ...... 5-104 maintenance ...... 5-111 After-treatment system draining air tanks ...... 5-59 introduction ...... 4-61 primary air pressure gauge..... 5-60 A Air cleaners...... 5-105 secondary air pressure gauge . 5-60 Air compressor ...... 5-61 turbocharger ...... 5-105 Accessories Air disc brakes Air system maintenance...... 5-54 glove compartment...... 3-70 maintenance ...... 5-64 Air tanks ...... 5-59 navigation system ...... 3-69 Air dryer...... 5-57 Allison transmission lubrication... 5-47 radio ...... 3-70 Air dryer (Bendix® AD-IS series) . 5-58 Anti-lock brakes vehicle telematic system...... 3-71 Air dryer overhaul ...... 5-58 trailer ABS ...... 4-26 Accessory drive belts ...... 5-102 Air filter replacement...... 5-106 trailer ABS (without PLC) ...... 4-27 Adding electrical options ...... 5-90 Air intake system...... 5-104 wheel spin control ...... 4-32 Additional sources of information...1-9 Air pressure gauge (primary / Anti-lock brakes (ABS) California proposition 65 warning 1-7 secondary) ...... 3-37 electronic stability control data recorder ...... 1-7 Air suspension deflate switch ..... 3-50 (ESC)...... 4-28 installed equipment - operator's Air system roll stability program (RSP)..... 4-28 manuals...... 1-9 air cleaners ...... 5-105 Audible alarm...... 3-9 other sources ...... 1-10 air compressor...... 5-61 Automatic and automated Adjustable auxiliary axles ...... 4-50 air dryer ...... 5-57 transmissions ...... 4-22 liftable/non-steerable pusher air filter replacement ...... 5-106 Automatic Slack Adjusters ...... 5-66 calibration...... 4-53 air gauges and air leaks ...... 5-60 Automatic transmissions 7 liftable/steerable calibration .... 4-53

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 Index-1 Index

oil level ...... 5-158 roll stability program (RSP)..... 4-28 Climbing onto the deck plate...... 1-14 service intervals ...... 5-158 spring brakes ...... 2-20 Clutch Auxiliary axles...... 4-50 yaw control...... 4-29 clutch brake...... 4-19 Auxiliary transmission ...... 4-23 Brake warning lamp ...... 4-37 clutch travel ...... 4-19 Axle creep rating ...... 4-52 Bulb replacement double clutching ...... 4-21 Axle lubrication...... 5-114 headlight ...... 5-86 identification ...... 6-7 Bulb specifications ...... 5-87 riding the clutch...... 4-23 Clutch brake ...... 4-20 B Clutch maintenance ...... 5-156 C Batteries Clutch travel ...... 4-20 battery access ...... 5-91 Cab and frame access ...... 1-11 Coasting ...... 4-62 battery care ...... 5-95 Cabin fresh air filter ...... 5-120 Component identification reference 6-7 battery charging ...... 5-95 California Proposition 65 Warning..1-7 Components and weights label.....6-5 jump starting vehicles...... 2-8 Canadian consumer information....6-9 Consumer information removing and installing Certification labels Federal safety standards ...... 6-8 batteries...... 5-93 components and weights label...6-5 how to order parts ...... 6-8 Battery access ...... 5-91 federal safety standard certification Controls Battery care ...... 5-95 label ...... 6-6 air suspension deflate switch... 3-50 Battery charging...... 5-95 noise emission label ...... 6-6 cruise control switch ...... 3-51 Belt damage and repair ...... 1-27 paint identification label...... 6-6 daytime running lights...... 3-48 Bendix® AD-IS series air dryer ... 5-58 tire and rim data label...... 6-5 dome light ...... 3-49 Brake adjustment ...... 5-63 Checking tire inflation pressure..5-143 fifth wheel lock switch...... 3-57 Brake system Chrome and aluminum surfaces.. 5-71 fog lights switch ...... 3-50 adjustment ...... 5-63 Cleaning vinyl and upholstery .... 5-75 hazard flasher ...... 3-47 7 hydraulic brakes ...... 4-35 Cleaning, protecting and weather horn...... 3-46 retarders ...... 4-41 stripping ...... 5-72 ID and clearance lights switch . 3-49

Index-2 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) Index

ignition switch...... 3-47 Dash- and door-mounted controls DEF filter...... 5-126 interaxle differential lock switch 3-56 air suspension deflate switch... 3-50 Descending a grade ...... 4-63 mirror heat switch ...... 3-54 cruise control switch ...... 3-51 Diesel exhaust fluid gauge ...... 3-37 panel light dimmer...... 3-49 daytime running lights...... 3-48 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank ...... 5-126 parking brake valve ...... 3-57 dome light ...... 3-49 Differential lock...... 4-47 power door lock switch...... 3-55 engine brake switch...... 3-55 Disc wheels...... 5-153 power engine brake switch ..... 3-55 fifth wheel lock switch...... 3-57 Dome light ...... 3-49 power mirror switch ...... 3-53 fog lights switch ...... 3-50 Door lock ...... 1-12 power port...... 3-60 hazard flasher ...... 3-47 key fob synchronization...... 1-14 power window switch ...... 3-54 ID and clearance lights switch . 3-49 remote keyless entry (RKE) regeneration switch ...... 3-52 ignition switch...... 3-47 system ...... 1-13 shift pattern display ...... 3-61 interaxle differential lock switch 3-56 Double clutching ...... 4-21 two-speed rear axle switch ..... 3-56 mirror heat switch ...... 3-54 Drive axles Coolant Level...... 5-82 panel light dimmer...... 3-49 identification ...... 6-7 Cooling system parking brake valve ...... 3-57 Driver controlled main differential 2-15 adding coolant ...... 5-82 power door lock switch...... 3-55 Driver information display fan ...... 5-103 power mirror switch ...... 3-53 diagnostic display ...... 3-28 fan clutch...... 5-103 power port...... 3-60 ignition timer ...... 3-27 maintenance ...... 5-80 power window switch ...... 3-54 RPM detail ...... 3-26 Cooling system maintenance ..... 5-80 regeneration switch ...... 3-52 settings menu...... 3-29 Cruise control switch ...... 3-51 shift pattern display ...... 3-61 transmission display ...... 3-29 Cupholders ...... 3-60 two-speed rear axle switch ..... 3-56 trip information...... 3-27 Data recorder...... 1-7 truck information...... 3-28 Daytime running lights...... 3-48 Driver's D Deck plate access ...... 1-14 daily checks...... 1-33 7 Daily checks ...... 1-33 Deep snow and mud switch...... 4-33 weekly checks ...... 1-35

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 Index-3 Index

Driver's Check List...... 1-32 battery charging ...... 5-95 Engine (block) heater...... 5-84 Driver's seat adjustment electrical and alternator Engine block heater ...... 4-6 with air suspension...... 1-20 precautions ...... 5-98 Engine brake switch ...... 3-55 with standard seat...... 1-20 fuses, circuit breakers and Engine control display ...... 4-13 Driveshaft Maintenance ...... 5-142 relays...... 5-87 Engine cool down ...... 4-67 Driving tips jump starting vehicles...... 2-8 Engine fan ...... 5-103 coasting ...... 4-62 removing and installing Engine fan control ...... 4-11 descending a grade ...... 4-63 batteries...... 5-93 Engine hours ...... 3-33 engine RPM...... 4-63 Electrical system maintenance ... 5-85 Engine is overheating ...... 2-5 fuel economy ...... 4-64 Electronic stability control (ESC) . 4-28 Engine lubrication...... 5-100 using the tachometer...... 4-64 Emergency Engine maintenance...... 5-99 Driving with deflated air springs .. 4-60 battery connections ...... 2-10 Engine Mounting ...... 5-107 Drum brakes emergency equipment kit...... 1-31 Engine oil pressure gauge ...... 3-34 maintenance ...... 5-66 jump starting vehicles...... 2-8 Engine oil pressure lamp turns on..2-4 Dual range (two-speed) rear axle 4-48 Emergency equipment ...... 1-31 Engine operation Emergency welding...... 5-110 engine block heater ...... 4-6 Engine engine control display...... 4-13 E air cleaners ...... 5-105 engine cool down...... 4-67 Eaton/Dana axle lubrication...... 5-50 air intake system ...... 5-104 engine fan control ...... 4-11 ELC concentration ...... 5-80 drive belts ...... 5-102 winterfronts ...... 4-12 Electrical and alternator engine mounting...... 5-107 Engine overspeed ...... 4-63 precautions...... 5-98 exhaust system...... 5-107 Engine warm-up...... 4-7 Electrical system identification ...... 6-7 Environmental protection...... 1-8 adding electrical options ...... 5-90 lubrication ...... 5-100 Exhaust system ...... 5-107 7 batteries ...... 5-91 pipe and hose clamp torque Extended life coolant (ELC) battery care ...... 5-95 values ...... 5-40, 5-101

Index-4 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) Index

What To Check In An ELC-filled Fuel system water temperature...... 3-35 Cooling System ...... 5-80 fuel filters...... 5-109 GAWR - Gross Axle Weight Exterior maintenance ...... 5-71 shut-off valves ...... 5-109 Rating...... 1-31 Exterior washing ...... 5-74 Fuller transmission lubrication .... 5-45 GCW - Gross Combination Fuse inspection and replacement 5-90 Weight ...... 1-31 Fuse or relay blows ...... 2-6 General VIN information...... 6-4 F Fuses, circuit breakers and relays 5-87 Glove compartment...... 3-70 Federal safety standard certification Greenhouse gas certified tires...5-147 Greenhouse Gas Tires label...... 6-6 G Fifth wheel warranty ...... 6-9 maintenance ...... 5-111 Gauges GVWR - Gross Vehicle Weight Fifth wheel lock switch...... 3-57 primary air pressure...... 5-60 Rating...... 1-31 Final stopping procedures ...... 4-69 secondary air pressure ...... 5-60 Fog lights switch ...... 3-50 Gauges (optional) H Forward drive axle temperature forward drive axle temperature. 3-39 gauge ...... 3-39 rear drive axle temperature..... 3-40 Hazard flasher...... 3-47 Frame fastener torque Gauges (standard) Headlight aiming ...... 5-87 requirements ...... 5-112 air pressure ...... 3-37 Headlight replacement ...... 5-86 Front axle and suspension diesel exhaust fluid...... 3-37 Heater and air conditioner ...... 5-118 maintenance ...... 5-114 engine hours / outside air air conditioner...... 5-121 Fuel economy ...... 4-64 temperature...... 3-33 heater ...... 5-120 Fuel filters ...... 5-109 engine oil pressure ...... 3-34 Heater and air conditioner Fuel gauge ...... 3-36 fuel...... 3-36 maintenance ...... 5-118 Fuel shut-off valve ...... 4-68 odometer / trip meter...... 3-32 Heating and air conditioning Fuel shut-off valves ...... 5-109 speedometer...... 3-31 air flow control dial ...... 3-65 7 Fuel specification ...... 4-67 tachometer ...... 3-32, 4-64 cooling...... 3-66

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 Index-5 Index

defrost vents ...... 3-65 brake fluid check and refill...... 5-68 diesel exhaust fluid gauge...... 3-37 dehumidify ...... 3-67 parking brake component engine hours / outside air fan control dial ...... 3-65 inspection ...... 5-70 temperature...... 3-33 floor and defrost vents ...... 3-65 service brake component engine oil pressure gauge ...... 3-34 floor vents ...... 3-65 inspection ...... 5-69 forward drive axle temperature fresh air/recirculation switch.... 3-66 Hydraulic brakes ...... 4-35 gauge ...... 3-39 heating ...... 3-67 ABS warning Lamp...... 4-39 fuel gauge...... 3-36 instrument panel and de-mister brake components ...... 4-36 indicator symbols...... 3-11 vents ...... 3-65 brake warning lamp ...... 4-37 instrument panel...... 3-5 instrument panel, de-mister and floor parking brake burnishing ...... 4-40 menu control switch...... 3-8 vents ...... 3-65 wet or overheated brakes ...... 4-38 odometer / trip meter...... 3-32 temperature control dial ...... 3-65 rear drive axle temperature what each control does ...... 3-65 gauge ...... 3-40 windshield defog and defrost... 3-67 I speedometer...... 3-31 Heating and Air Conditioning ID and clearance lights switch .... 3-49 system self test ...... 3-10 cab controls...... 3-62 Idling the engine ...... 4-9 tachometer ...... 3-32 Hill hold ...... 4-22 In-cab battery box...... 5-92 warning Lights ...... 3-9 Hood hold downs ...... 1-16 Indicator symbols ...... 3-11 warning symbols description ... 3-19 Hood safety cable...... 1-18 Inspection of the engine oil level 5-100 water temperature gauge...... 3-35 Hood tilting ...... 1-17 Installed Equipment - Operator's Interaxle differential lock switch .. 3-56 hood hold downs ...... 1-16 Manuals ...... 1-9 hood safety cable ...... 1-18 Instrument panel ...... 3-5 J Horn ...... 3-46 Instrument system self test ...... 3-10 How to order parts ...... 6-8 Instrumentation Jump starting vehicles...... 2-8 7 How to use this manual ...... 1-3 air pressure gauge ...... 3-37 Hydraulic brake system ...... 5-67 audible alarm ...... 3-9

Index-6 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) Index

K brake adjustment ...... 5-63 oil changes...... 5-48 brake inspection ...... 5-64 painted surfaces...... 5-71 Key fob operation ...... 1-13 chrome and aluminum surfaces 5-71 preventive maintenance ...... 5-9 Key fob synchronization...... 1-14 cleaning vinyl and upholstery .. 5-75 rear axle alignment...... 5-137 Keys clutch ...... 5-156 rear axle and suspension...... 5-132 remote keyless entry (RKE) .... 1-12 cooling system...... 5-80 rear axle lubrication ...... 5-135 Kingpin lubrication ...... 5-114 driver's check list ...... 1-32 rear suspension fasteners torque Komfort-Latch® Feature ...... 1-25 Eaton/Dana axle lubrication .... 5-50 table ...... 5-134 electrical system...... 5-85 rear suspension U-bolt torque L emergency welding ...... 5-110 table ...... 5-135 Lap/shoulder belt ...... 1-22 engine ...... 5-99 safety restraint system - Load distribution ...... 1-31 exterior ...... 5-71 inspection ...... 5-75 Low air alarm turns On ...... 2-3 frame fastener torque safety restraint system - inspection Low voltage disconnect (LVD) .... 5-85 requirements ...... 5-112 guidelines ...... 5-77 Lubricant specifications ...... 5-38 frame fastener torque table.... 5-112 sliding fifth wheel ...... 5-113 Lubrication...... 5-41 front axle and suspension Spicer transmission lubrication. 5-47 lubrication...... 5-114 stainless steel...... 5-72 fuel system...... 5-109 steering and driveline ...... 5-138 M Fuller transmission lubrication . 5-45 steering gear lubrication ...... 5-52 Maintenance heater ...... 5-120 tail pipe surface cleaning ...... 5-72 5th wheel...... 5-111 inspection ...... 5-115 tires ...... 5-143 air cleaners ...... 5-105 lubricant specifications...... 5-38 transmission ...... 5-155 air conditioner...... 5-121 maintenance schedule...... 5-12 U-bolt torque...... 5-116 air intake system ...... 5-104 Meritor axle lubrication...... 5-49 U-bolt torque table ...... 5-117 air system ...... 5-54 noise and emission control universal joint lubrication ...... 5-52 7 Allison transmission lubrication 5-47 standards ...... 5-122 vehicle cleaning ...... 5-73

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 Index-7 Index

washing chassis ...... 5-75 NHTSA consumer information ...... 6-8 automatic and automated washing exterior ...... 5-74 Noise and emission control transmissions...... 4-22 wheel alignment ...... 5-115 maintenance ...... 5-122 refueling ...... 4-68 wheel bearing lubrication ...... 5-51 Noise control inspections ...... 5-124 setting ride height ...... 4-57 windshield wiper/washer...... 5-79 air intake system ...... 5-124 stopping procedures ...... 4-69 Maintenance Procedures diesel particulate filters ...... 5-126 transmission retarder ...... 4-42 inspection of the engine oil engine fan and shroud ...... 5-128 Outside air temperature ...... 3-33 level ...... 5-100 engine mounted noise Overinflated tires...... 5-146 topping up the engine oil ...... 5-101 insulators...... 5-124 Overloaded tires ...... 5-145 Maintenance schedule ...... 5-9 exhaust system...... 5-125 Manual transmission...... 4-14 exhaust tail pipe ...... 5-128 clutch brake...... 4-20 hood insulation blanket ...... 5-128 P clutch travel ...... 4-20 inner fender shields and cab Paint identification label ...... 6-6 double clutching ...... 4-21 skirt ...... 5-129 Painted surfaces ...... 5-71 release bearing wear...... 4-23 joints and clamps...... 5-125 Painting ...... 5-111 riding the clutch...... 4-23 maintenance log...... 5-129 Panel light dimmer ...... 3-49 shifting gears ...... 4-20 piping ...... 5-126 Parking brake ...... 4-43 Master lubrication index ...... 5-41 Noise emission label...... 6-6 Parking brake valve...... 3-57 Matching tires ...... 5-146 Pipe and hose clamp torque Menu control switch ...... 3-8 O values...... 5-40, 5-101 Meritor axle lubrication ...... 5-49 Power door lock switch...... 3-55 Mirror heat switch ...... 3-54 Odometer ...... 3-32 Power line communication (PLC). 4-26 Off-road ABS function switch ..... 4-33 Power mirror switch...... 3-53 Oil changes...... 5-48 Power Port...... 3-60 N 7 Operating procedure Power window switch...... 3-54 Navigation system ...... 3-69

Index-8 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) Index

R Release bearing wear ...... 4-23 Safety alerts ...... 1-4 Radio...... 3-70 Remote keyless entry (RKE)...... 1-13 Safety restraint belts...... 1-21 Rear axle - dual range Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ..... 5-98 belt damage and repair ...... 1-27 (two-speed)...... 4-48 batteries ...... 1-14 during pregnancy...... 1-26 Rear axle alignment ...... 5-137 key fob operation ...... 1-13 inspection ...... 5-75 Rear axle and suspension key fob synchronization...... 1-14 safety restraint tips ...... 1-27 maintenance ...... 5-132 removing and installing batteries . 5-93 Safety restraint system rear suspension fasteners .....5-134 Replacing tires ...... 5-147 inspection ...... 5-75 visual inspection...... 5-133 Returning vehicle to service ...... 2-20 Seat adjustment...... 1-20 Rear axle lubrication...... 5-135 Riding the clutch ...... 4-23 Driver's seat with air Rear drive axle temperature Roll stability program (RSP) ...... 4-28 suspension ...... 1-20 gauge ...... 3-40 standard driver's seat ...... 1-20 Seat belts ...... 1-20 Rear suspension fasteners ...... 5-134 S Rear suspension fasteners torque adjustments...... 1-20 table...... 5-134 Safe vehicle operation...... 1-29 belt damage and repair ...... 1-27 Rear suspension U-bolt torque Safety during pregnancy...... 1-26 table...... 5-135 cab and frame access ...... 1-11 Komfort-Latch feature...... 1-25 Recovery hitch capacities ...... 2-18 deck plate access ...... 1-14 lap/shoulder belt...... 1-22 Recovery hitch connection ...... 2-14 deflated air springs ...... 4-60 safety restraint tips ...... 1-27 Recovery hitch installation ...... 2-15 driver's check list ...... 1-32 Seats Recovery procedure ...... 2-13 emergency equipment kit...... 1-31 adjustments...... 1-20 Recovery rigging ...... 2-19 safe vehicle operation...... 1-29 Komfort-Latch feature...... 1-25 Refilling your radiator ...... 5-83 safety alerts...... 1-4 tether belts ...... 1-24 Refueling ...... 4-67 setting ride height ...... 4-57 To adjust an external tether belt 1-25 fuel specification...... 4-68 vehicle loading...... 1-30 Seats and restraints ...... 1-20 7 Regeneration switch ...... 3-52 vehicle safety ...... 1-6 ServiSignal Mini Indicator ...... 5-107

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 Index-9 Index

Setting ride height ...... 4-57 tilt/telescoping ...... 3-41 T Shift pattern display...... 3-61 trailer brake hand valve...... 3-46 Tachometer...... 3-32 Shut-down turn signal/high beam switch ... 3-42 Tail pipe surface cleaning ...... 5-72 fuel specification...... 4-68 Steering column-mounted controls Telematic system location of fuel shut-off valves.. 4-68 horn...... 3-46 care and operation ...... 3-72 refueling ...... 4-67 Steering gear lubrication ...... 5-52 disclaimer ...... 3-73 Sliding 5th wheel Steering system maintenance Tether belts ...... 1-24 maintenance ...... 5-113 steering shaft ...... 5-140 Tilt/telescoping steering column .. 3-41 Sliding Fifth wheel Stop engine lamp turns on ...... 2-4 Tire and rim data label...... 6-5 maintenance ...... 5-113 Suspension lubrication ...... 5-114 Tire chains...... 5-148 Speed restricted tires ...... 5-148 Switches Tire Chains ...... 2-23 Speedometer...... 3-31 air conditioner switch...... 3-65 Tires...... 5-143 Spicer transmission lubrication ... 5-47 cruise control ...... 4-44 greenhouse gas certified tires.5-147 Spring brakes—manual release .. 2-20 dual range rear axle switch..... 4-48 inflation check ...... 5-143 Stainless steel...... 5-72 engine fan switch...... 4-11 replacement...... 5-147 Starting procedure fresh air/recirculation switch.... 3-66 tire chains ...... 5-148 cold temperature ...... 4-6 off-road ABS function switch Tires and wheels engine warm-up ...... 4-7 (option)...... 4-33 wheel cap nut torque normal temperature ...... 4-5 optional deep snow and mud sequence ...... 5-150 Stationary PTO operation ...... 4-11 switch ...... 4-33 wheel cap nut torque table ....5-149 Steer axle trailer marker light interrupter wheel mounting and fastening 5-149 identification ...... 6-7 switch ...... 3-42 Topping up the engine oil ...... 5-101 Steering and driveline turn signal/high beam switch ... 3-42 Towing the vehicle ...... 2-23 maintenance ...... 5-138 windshield wipers/washer ...... 3-44 Trailer ABS ...... 4-26 7 fluid level and refill ...... 5-139 Trailer air supply valve ...... 3-57 Steering column Trailer brake hand valve...... 3-46

Index-10 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17) Index

Transmission V Vehicle telematic system ...... 3-71 identification ...... 6-7 Vehicle cleaning...... 5-73 Vinyl and upholstery introduction ...... 4-14 Vehicle identification cleaning ...... 5-75 maintenance ...... 5-155 chassis number...... 6-4 shifting gears in a new vehicle . 4-20 chassis number locations...... 6-4 W transmission tips ...... 4-23 VIN number ...... 6-3 Transmission maintenance ...... 5-155 VIN number locations ...... 6-4 Warning light/indicator symbols .. 3-11 Transmission retarder ...... 4-42 Vehicle loading ...... 1-30 Warning lights ...... 3-9 Transmissions GAWR ...... 1-31 Warning symbols automatic and automated ...... 4-22 GCW...... 1-31 description ...... 3-19 auxiliary transmission ...... 4-23 GVWR...... 1-31 Warning/informational screen..... 3-73 transmission retarder ...... 4-42 load distribution...... 1-31 Warranty ...... 6-9 Trip meter...... 3-32 Vehicle recovery greenhouse gas tires...... 6-9 Turbocharger ...... 5-105 driver controlled main Washing chassis ...... 5-75 Turn signal/high beam switch..... 3-42 differential...... 2-15 Water temperature gauge ...... 3-35 Two-speed rear axle switch ...... 3-56 recovery guidelines ...... 2-12 Weekly checks ...... 1-35 recovery hitch capacities ...... 2-18 Welding (emergency)...... 5-110 U recovery hitch connection ...... 2-14 What to do if...... 2-3 recovery hitch installation...... 2-15 engine is overheating ...... 2-5 U-bolt torque ...... 5-116 recovery procedure ...... 2-13 engine oil pressure lamp turns U-Joints ...... 5-142 recovery rigging ...... 2-19 on...... 2-4 Underinflated tires ...... 5-144 returning vehicle to service ..... 2-20 fuse or relay blows ...... 2-6 Universal joint lubrication...... 5-52 sand, mud, snow and ice ...... 2-22 low air alarm turns on ...... 2-3 Using the tachometer...... 4-64 spring brakes ...... 2-20 stop engine lamp turns on ...... 2-4 towing the vehicle ...... 2-23 you need roadside assistance ...2-3 7 Vehicle safety ...... 1-6 Wheel alignment ...... 5-115

(03/17) Y53-6060-1C1 Index-11 Index

Wheel bearing adjustment ...... 5-154 Wheel bearing lubrication ...... 5-51 Wheel cap nut torque...... 5-149 Wheel mounting and fastening ..5-149 Wheel replacement with disc brake option ...... 5-151 Wheel spin control ...... 4-32 Windshield wiper/washer...... 5-79 maintenance ...... 5-79 Windshield wipers/washer ...... 3-44 Winterfronts ...... 4-12

Y Yaw control ...... 4-29 Yaw stability ...... 4-29

7

Index-12 Y53-6060-1C1 (03/17)